Actions

Work Header

Secret Secret

Summary:

Jisung had been born with magic. He didn’t come to his power through years of studying, or through a pact with a magical being. He just was magic, which was a big problem in a world where any kind of magic was outlawed.
When he turns 18, his mother sends him to an old friend of hers to the capital to study where he also meets a certain rude, pretentious prince he can't help but hate with every fiber of his being.
But fate seems to have another path set for Jisung, and maybe Prince Minho isn't as much of an asshole as he thought.

Notes:

This is heavily inspired by BBC's Merlin, but other than taking inspiration from the premise and some interactions this is an original story and not a retelling of the show.

Also feel free too reach out on tumblr where I post moodboards, updates and teasers!

(See the end of the work for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung had been born with magic. He didn’t come to his power through years of studying, or through a pact with a magical being. He just was magic.

His mother had noticed when he was just an infant, when the blanket moved seemingly on its own to cover him on a winter night before she even knew he was cold.
He’d been moving things with his mind before he’d even develop the motor skills to grab them with his hands. It came natural to him, which is why when his mother first explained to him that he could never show his magic to anyone confused him. When he got older he understood that not everyone marveled at the little wonders he conjured up like his mother did. A woman from their village, living only a few houses away from him and his mother, was arrested one day by armored soldiers. She screamed and struggled against her binds, an iron pot flew towards a soldier’s head but was deflected by him raising his shield.

“Stop struggling, witch!” Another soldier yelled, putting cloth over her eyes and into her mouth to keep her from using any more magic.

“Mom? Where are they taking her?” Jisung whispered.

His mother pulled him into a hug and turned his head away from the scene.
“They are taking her to the capital where she will stand trial for witchcraft.” She explained to him.

“But why?” He asked.

“The king has outlawed magic. That’s why nobody can know about you, my love.” She said, kissing the crown of his head.

“Why doesn’t he like magic?” He continued his questions in his childish innocence.

“Because he is scared. He thinks magic is a devilish, evil craft, but magic is neither good nor bad. It can accomplish wonderful things but it can also cause great harm.”

“I don’t want to hurt anyone.”

“I know, my love. But the world is not ready for you, that’s why you must hide your powers. Do you understand? I couldn’t bear to lose you.”

Jisung nodded. He was still a kid, but he understood how serious his mother was about this. He also didn’t want to lose her, so he did as he asked.
He couldn’t keep his magic completely under control. Sometimes it just burst out of him when he experienced strong emotions, still most weird happenings could luckily be blamed on coincidence and accidents. None of the neighbors ever suspected Jisung to be the cause of the strange occurrences. After all, they had known him since the day he was born, and the sweet child certainly didn’t seem like someone selling his soul to the devil.
As Jisung grew, his magic did too.

Finally, when he turned 18 and some sort of magical mishap happened on a daily basis, his mother realized that they were in over their heads.

“Jisung, my love, it’s time…” She said only a few days after his birthday.

“I know, I know, I’m late.” He promised to deliver some of his mother’s homemade herbal remedies to her customers today but he’d unfortunately overslept.

“I’m not talking about the deliveries, dear.” His mother said, grabbing his arm before he could leave.
“Your magic is growing everyday and I am simply not able to teach you control. I have this friend who knows more about magic than I do. He learned the craft from… from your father.”

Jisung’s father was usually a topic they didn’t talk about. He had left his mother before Jisung had even been born. Jisung had asked his mother about him when he was a small child but he quickly learned that it was futile. All she’d ever said was “He had to leave for our sake.” with a sad look in her eyes. He had learned not to ask about him but as he got older he put together that he inherited his magic from his father and magic had been the reason he couldn’t stay with them.
So that is how he ended up multiple days of travel away from his home, the place he’d grown up in and had never left before, to travel to the bustling capital of the land where he would apparently study magic right under the king’s nose. What could go wrong?



Jisung had never seen that many people before, even his village’s harvest festival didn’t draw these many visitors. The crowds made him a bit uneasy, he just wanted to get out of there as quickly as possible as he followed his mother’s instructions and entered the upper city where he found the house belonging to the man he was looking for. Here, less people were walking the streets and Jisung got a moment to breathe before looking at the door.
He knocked hesitantly and waited for a little bit but no one answered.

He tried it again but still nobody opened the door.
Unsure about what to do next he pushed against the door, which slowly opened for him. He looked around if anyone would stop him but when nobody paid any attention to him he just stepped inside.
The house was well-maintained from the outside, right outside of the palace walls, clearly belonging to someone with money. The inside however was a mess. The signs of wealth were still there, expensive wooden flooring, covered in carpets could be found under the piles of books and clothes littering the floor.

“Hello?” Jisung called out when he heard a horrible sound from a room to his side. It sounded like a mixture of a wolf’s growl and a boar’s grunt. He could feel his heart beat so quickly that almost jumped out of his chest. He couldn’t imagine what kind of monster could produce a sound like that. His mother had told him that this friend of hers had practiced magic once, what if it was some horrible magical creature like a dragon or… well Jisung didn’t actually know many magical creatures.

His hand reached out to carefully open the door and peak inside of the room. Somehow, the room was even messier than the narrow hallway. He didn’t even know what the floor looked like under the books, maps and scrolls. The sound, now louder, made him flinch. Finally, he could locate the source. There was a big desk, also covered in things. A man was sitting at the desk, resting his upper body on it as he snored peacefully. If one could call the sounds he made peaceful.

Jisung slowly approached the sleeping figure.
“Excuse me? Hello?”
The man didn’t react. If he could sleep through his own horrible sounds, it was no wonder he didn’t wake up from Jisung’s calls.
Jisung made his way through the messy room, hoping he didn’t break anything he couldn’t help but step on, until he stood next to the man.
He was older than Jisung, but by no means old, maybe in his late twenties or early thirties. He had dark, slightly curly hair and a strong jaw. Dark circles under his eyes betrayed why he was sleeping in the middle of the day.

Jisung reached out and poked his arm carefully.
“Hello?”

The man startled awake, immediately grabbing Jisung’s arm. Just a moment later Jisung was tripped up and thrown to the ground. He used his magic without even thinking. His eyes flashed golden as a pillow that was just lying in another messy corner of the room flew under him and cushioned his fall.

“Who are you, mage? What do you want?” The man growled, twisting Jisung’s arm painfully behind his back.
Jisung worried that he had stumbled into the wrong house after all, exposed his magic to some random guy, and now he was going to be arrested and executed.

“I-I’m looking for someone named Chan. My mother sent me here. I’m Jisung.” He stuttered.

“Jisung? Eunji’s son?” The man asked.

“Yes! Please, I don’t mean to cause trouble.” Jisung pleaded.

The pressure on his arm disappeared as the man held out his hand to pull him up again.

“God, I’m sorry. I didn’t expect you until Sunday. I’m Chan.” The man introduced himself.

“It… it is Sunday…” Jisung said, hesitantly taking his hand. Chan pulled him up with ease.

“It is? How time flies… Are you okay?” He asked. Jisung couldn’t blame him, he seemed so tired, no wonder he’d mixed up some days.

“I think you almost broke my arm…”

“To be fair, you did break into my house and surprised me. Now, do you want to tell me how you did that? Which spell did you use?” His tone was serious, a reminder that Jisung’s use of magic was very much illegal.

“I… I didn’t use a spell? I don’t know any spells.”

Chan looked a bit puzzled, “You didn’t use a spell? That’s actually… Nevermind. Your mother told me you would come but hasn’t actually said why…”

Jisung’s eyes widened as he remembered the letter his mother had told him to deliver to this man. He quickly reached into his pack and handed him the small envelope.
Chan opened it and quickly read through its contents, his brows furrowed slightly.

“You want to actually study magic, and learn from me…” Chan sighed, “I don’t think this is the smartest idea. I haven’t practiced magic in over a decade and doing this right here of all places… you are practically asking to get caught.”

“Please, my mother said you are the only person she can trust to teach me right.”

“Don’t get me wrong, I am not turning you away. I am in your mother’s debt and if what she says in this letter is true, if you really were born with magic… Jisung do you know how rare this is?”

“Very rare if you say it like that?” Jisung guessed hesitantly.

“Exceptionally so.” Chan confirmed.

Jisung didn’t really know what to think about that. He knew that it wasn’t exactly common to find magic users, his mother had mentioned that he was special but he always thought it was just something mothers said to their children.

“What I mean is that it would be irresponsible of me not to teach you. I think you could be destined for great things.”

“So no pressure?” Jisung asked with an awkward laugh.
Chan only put his hand on Jisung’s shoulder, which only signalized to him that there would be a lot of pressure.


Jisung found out that Chan was a minor noble and a knight. He had studied magic under Jisung’s father when he was a child, before magic had been outlawed roughly 20 years ago, and while he’d stopped his apprenticeship with his father when it became illegal, he had still studied the theory in secret.

“So, what I’m getting is that you studied magic for like… a year when you were a child and that is enough for you to teach me?” Jisung didn’t want to be rude but it did sound like Chan wasn’t that much more experienced than him.

“I wasn’t really good at the practice part of magic, but since it’s theory you’re lacking I don’t see a problem. Of course, you can go home to your mother and tell her you didn’t want to learn from me.” Chan shrugged.

“No, no, sorry. I want to learn from you.” Jisung backpaddled immediately.

“Good. Let me show you your room then.”

 

His room was surprisingly clean compared to the rest of the house, not that it would stay like that for long as Jisung was a bit of a messy person himself.

“I’ll give you some time to settle in. I’m going to be busy tomorrow and the day after that but we can start your lessons afterwards. Dinner is delivered here from the palace kitchens shortly before sundown, you can go explore the city until then.” Chan explained to him as Jisung put down his small bag and looked around the room.

“You get your food from the palace kitchens?” Jisung asked, this didn’t seem normal but how would he know?

“I’m close with the royal family and I don’t like having house servants, too many secrets to keep, you know?”

Jisung didn’t even know what the royal family looked like, it wasn’t like they would ever visit a small backwater village like his, and he’d never left before this. And Chan was a noble, a knight and close friends with these people. Their situations couldn’t be more different.

“I don’t have to tell you not to use any magic outside of the house, right?” Chan asked, stopping at the door and looking back at him.

“Of course, I’m not an idiot.”

“Alright, don’t get in trouble.”


Jisung decided to look more around the upper city and the palace courtyard since there were less people there and nobody seemed to mind him.

The weather was surprisingly nice, the sun was incredibly warm and inviting to sit down on a small patch of grass overseeing the knights’ training grounds where a few people seemed to practice archery, it was mostly one person shooting at the target though a few others stood around him and cheered him on.
The one shooting was pretty talented, hitting the bull’s eye with incredible consistency, only pausing when he was out of arrows and a servant or squire ran forward to collect the arrows.

“This is too easy.” The shooter complained loudly.

“Should I move the target further back, my lord?” The servant asked only to be sent off with a wave.
As the servant got behind the target and picked it up to move it further away, Jisung saw the shooter raise his bow and arrow again and shoot the target again. The young man behind the target yelped, drawing a short laugh from the shooter’s company.

“I think a moving target would be sufficient.” He announced as he knocked back a second arrow. As the servant and the target scrambled away, the second arrow hit, the third one very close to following.
Jisung couldn’t watch this any longer, without even thinking his magic bubbled to the surface again. A short strong breeze picked up, blowing the sand of the training field right into the shooter’s eyes.
He instinctively shut his eyes but let the arrow loose, which flew not even near the target, disappearing somewhere in the grass further away.
Jisung ran towards the servant behind the target who was still cowering there, waiting for the next arrow to hit.

“Hey, are you okay?” He asked, holding his hand out for the poor guy to stand up.

“Thank you.” He said, taking his hand and standing up.

The shooter cursed as he wiped his eyes with a piece of cloth.
“Hey! Get out of the way if you don’t want to end up as a target!” He yelled at him when he could finally see again.
The man was around his age, maybe a little older, with a straight nose and sharp eyes.

“So it’s a habit for you to shoot at innocent people?” Jisung shouted back.

The man scoffed, “I didn’t shoot at him, I was shooting at the target.”

“Somehow I have the feeling that it doesn’t make that much of a difference to a pretentious douche.”

The man’s eyes widened as his friends behind him snickered, “What makes you think you can talk to me like that?”

There was a quiet fury about him as the man approached Jisung. A smart person would probably get the hint and back off but Jisung conveniently seemed to have lost his brain in the mess of Chan’s house.

“What makes you think you can just go around and bully innocent servants? Who do you think you are? The king?”

“The king? No, I’m his son. Minho.” He said, coming to a stop in front of Jisung. He wasn’t that tall per se, but tall enough to look down at Jisung’s small frame.

His words took a second to register with Jisung. He had expected him to be a noble, sure, a knight, yes, but the crown prince? Realistically, it only changed how much trouble he was in, and honestly, how much worse could it get? He’d already called him a pretentious douche.

“So you’re not just a bully, you’re a royal bully.” He said before he could think about backing down.

The prince raised his eyebrows and opened his mouth but was interrupted by someone approaching from behind Jisung that drew his attention. Jisung didn’t dare turn around to see who it was. He felt like looking away would mean he would lose this confrontation.
Then a heavy hand hit Jisung’s shoulder and pulled him back as Chan hissed, “What do you think you’re doing?”

“You know this boor, Chan?” Minho asked.

“Right now, I wish that I didn’t. He’s under my care right now.”

“Is he the son of a lord?”

“Don’t talk about me like I’m not even here.” Jisung protested but Chan, almost painfully squeezing his shoulder, made him shut up.

“He’s not. He is the son of an old friend of mine.”

“Then you might want to start with some etiquette lessons about how he shouldn’t address the crown prince as… what was it again, Seungmin?”

“I think he called you a pretentious douche and a bully.” One of the knights reminded him. He didn’t seem to be able to completely hide his amusement that someone had talked to Prince Minho like that.

Chan’s hand wandered to Jisung’s neck and pushed him down into a bow before also bowing slightly.
“I apologize for his horrendous behavior.”

“No, I want to hear it from him.” Minho said nonchalantly.

This was beyond embarrassing. Chan hadn’t seen what this asshole was doing to that poor servant, he shouldn’t have to apologize but he found himself completely unable to physically oppose Chan’s grip that forced him into a bow.

“You won’t.” Jisung muttered stubbornly.

Jisung .” Chan hissed scoldingly.

“Well, it seems like you can’t really control your ward. I don’t think I should let you handle his punishment. I think spending the rest of the day in the stocks should suffice.”

“Of course, your Highness. As you wish.” Chan let go of Jisung and grabbed him by the arm to lead him back to the courtyard.



“I can’t believe that I let you out of my sight for not even half a day and then I find you fighting with the prince.” Chan scolded him.

“You don’t understand! He was literally bullying a servant! What was I supposed to do?” Jisung protested.

“You weren’t supposed to do anything. You aren’t supposed to attract any attention. Another noble would have had your tongue cut, you idiot.”

Jisung hadn’t known that when he had mouthed off to the prince. He was rather fond of his tongue.
“So I am supposed to ignore it when I see something like that?” It just didn’t feel right.

“No… just come get me if something like that ever happens again. I’ve known Minho his whole life, he’s not a bad person per se, he’s just…”

“A spoiled brat?” Jisung finished his sentence.

“You are on your way to your punishment right now, do you really want to keep talking like that?” Chan scolded him again before they finally reached the courtyard where Jisung was handed off to some guards.

“Wait, can you really not do anything about this punishment?” Jisung tried.

“I could have done something earlier if you hadn’t continued running your mouth. They’ll let you out tonight, I’ll save some food for you. And a friendly word of advice, if people with rotten fruits show up, keep your mouth shut for once.”


Jisung had thought that the comment about the fruit was an exaggeration until a rotten apple hit his head. It was so mushy that it didn’t hurt too bad but he could feel parts of it sticking in his hair. At the end of it, he was wondering why there was such an overabundance of food that so many people had leftovers just to throw at him for fun.
When the sun set, he was let go and made his way back to Chan’s house.
Luckily, Chan had kept his word and Jisung found a plate with a delicious, although cold, piece of roast and a full pitcher of water.
Chan joined him shortly during his meal to tell him that he would be gone early tomorrow but breakfast would also be delivered.

“You’re expected to apologize to the prince tomorrow at noon.” Chan said.

“What? But I already got my punishment and stuff! I still need to get rotten fruit out of my hair!”

“And that’s why you’re getting a chance to apologize. Listen, Jisung, I’m a close advisor to the King and while living with me, you will probably run into the prince more often. Just swallow your pride and apologize, okay?”

“Ugh, fine! But if it was up to me, I’d never see him again!”



The next day, Chan left early in the morning and left Jisung with a short note telling him where to go.
Jisung only got ready when he couldn’t put it off any longer, Chan would be furious if he came late.
He followed Chan’s description to the castle where some guards led him to a small audience chamber. When he entered the only people aside from a few more guards where Chan, one of the knights that had been with the prince yesterday, Jisung believed his name was Seungmin, a young man with long, blonde hair around Jisung’s age, and of course Prince Minho who was lounging in a chair and smugly grinning as Jisung entered the room.

Jisung stood awkwardly before the group in the middle of the room.
Silence stretched just for a little bit too long until the prince raised one of his eyebrows, “And?”

His face made Jisung so angry. How could someone so arrogant and horrible look so beautifully innocent?
He looked at Chan briefly who stared him down with eyes so intense he might as well screamed at him.

Jisung took a deep breath and swallowed his anger.
“I am sorry for my behavior yesterday, your Majesty.”

“Highness.” Minho commented.

Jisung was confused.

“Majesty is reserved for the King or Queen. You can address me as Highness. So, go again.”

“Minho…” The blonde man next to him whispered.

Jisung hated him so much.

Through clenched teeth he slowly said, “I apologize for my behavior yesterday, your Highness .”

“I don’t know… I feel like this is missing a bow…”

“Minho, come on. Now you’re just being mean…” The blonde man whispered again, earning him an eye roll from the prince.
“Fine, as you wish.”

Whoever this blonde guy was, Jisung wanted to hug him for sparing him any more embarrassment but instead he just followed Chan outside.
“Okay, now that this is out of the way, was it really that bad?” Chan asked.

“Yes.”



The next day, Chan had a day off his courtly duties, whatever they encompassed. It was time to start Jisung’s lessons.
Chan closed the curtains of his study and locked the door so they wouldn’t be disturbed. He’d even cleaned up the floor slightly so they had a place to sit.

“So, until now you’ve been using magic instinctually, am I correct?” Chan asked as he put up some baskets around the room.

“I think so?” At least Jisung couldn’t remember actually learning a spell. Things were just happening around him.

“While powerful, using your magic like that can be dangerous and unpredictable, which is why you have to learn to channel your natural gift through spells and give your magic a purpose.” He explained and sat down opposite of Jisung on the ground.
Jisung nodded as he thought about his words. It did make sense.

“We’ll start simple.”
Chan pulled an egg out of a small pouch and held it in front of him and muttered some words in a language Jisung had never heard.
His eyes flashed golden as magic rushed through him. The egg slowly lifted up from his hand and floated between them.
With some more words in the strange tongue, the egg flew over and landed gently in one of the baskets.

“Okay, easy. I can do that.” Jisung said confidently. He’s been moving stuff with his mind for as long as he could remember after all.

Chan took the egg out of the basket again and gave it to Jisung, “Okay, show me.”
Without any words the egg started floating again and zipped over into the basket with so much force that it tipped over, the egg shattering on the ground.
Chan sighed, “And that’s why you are supposed to use the spell.”

“But I hit the basket?”

“And you broke the egg. The spell helps you focus on controlling the force behind your power, without it you just use a random amount of strength every time.” Chan explained and took out another egg.

“So, with the spell this time.”


Jisung practiced throwing things around with different amounts of strength the whole day.
At the end he was exhausted but did manage to not break any more eggs pretty consistently.

“Good job today.” Chan praised him during dinner.

“I don’t think I’ve ever been so tired from using magic…” Jisung rubbed his forehead to combat the slight headache he had developed in the last hour.

“Magic burns energy like physical exercise… just… in a different way I guess. Anyway, I have something for you.” Chan pulled out a thick package wrapped in cloth.
This immediately made Jisung perk up again, headache and exhaustion almost forgotten.

“I feel like you have better use for this now than me.”

Jisung took the heavy package and slowly unwrapped it, revealing a thick tome.

“It’s my old spell book from when I was still studying magic. I collected some spells and other things in there even after I stopped. There are also still a few empty pages in case you want to add anything.”
Jisung opened the heavy book and skimmed over countless words, runes and drawings of monsters that he couldn’t even begin to understand.

“I’ll teach you the ancient tongue so you know how to read it.”

“This is… wow thank you…” Jisung was at a loss for words. Just from the drawings alone he could guess what some of the spells could do and it was more than he’d ever imagined being able to do with his magic.

“I have no use for it anymore, it would be a shame if it just kept rotting in some dark drawer. I don’t have to tell you to keep this a secret and safe from prying eyes, right?”

“Of course! I’ll keep it safe! Thank you!”
When he went to bed that night, he couldn’t stop looking at its pages, imagining what the strange words and drawings meant, until he fell asleep.

Chapter 2

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Unfortunately, Jisung couldn’t study his new book as much as he wanted as Chan asked him to run a few errands for him over the next few days, and considering the man let him stay with him for free and even taught him magic he found it hard to deny his requests.
He was mostly carrying messages to different people in the city, and even in the castle itself. Chan had given him an amulet with his seal on it so he could walk anywhere freely without being stopped by guards.
Most messages were delivered to other knights, like Seungmin who was Prince Minho’s second-in-command. The young man wasn’t as bad as Jisung had originally assumed. He was actually quite patient and kind when he wasn’t around the prince, and luckily Jisung managed to avoid the royal pain in his neck. Whenever Jisung delivered a message to him, he bowed his head slightly and thanked him before diligently reading through the letter and telling him his answer to give it to Chan.

When he couldn’t find Seungmin, he just followed the next loud clanging to find his squire Jeongin. He was a clumsy, slightly nervous boy who always ran into something or dropped a piece of armor. He forwarded any message Jisung couldn’t deliver directly to the knight. Jeongin was a big part of the reason why Jisung found himself starting to like Seungmin more. The boy talked about the knight in such high praises, Jisung thought he was exaggerating at first but the more he talked to him, he seemed entirely truthful when he talked about the kind and noble knight.
Of course, Jisung also asked about a certain prince.

“His Highness can be a bit prickly…” Jeongin started after thinking about his words carefully.

Jisung couldn’t hold back a small burst of laughter, “Oh really?”

“I heard what happened when you first met… but Prince Minho also has another side, he just doesn’t show it to anyone. He’s not really good with people.”
Jisung didn’t really believe what he was telling them, he would have to see actions before he accepted that the prince cared about anyone but himself.

 

Of course, he couldn’t avoid the prince forever but he’d hoped that Chan wouldn’t send him directly to him. His mood for the day was ruined the second Chan handed him a letter addressed to the prince.

“Just leave it with his servant.” Chan had dismissed his complaints, “This is important and has to reach him today.”

So Jisung begrudgingly stomped up to the castle and started looking for Minho.
After showing Chan’s seal he was given a brief description of the way to his chambers and made his way up to one of the towers. A heavy wooden door was the only thing separating Jisung from what he considered was his worst enemy. He stood there for another two minutes, trying to get himself to knock when the door just opened in front of him, revealing a surprisingly friendly face.
It was the young man that had stopped the prince from embarrassing him even further during his apology. Long, blonde hair framed a beautiful, freckled face as the man looked at him with a slightly startled but warm smile.

“Oh! It’s you!” The man said when he recognized him, “What are you doing here?”

“I’m supposed to deliver a letter to Prince Minho.” Jisung explained and held up the piece of paper Chan had handed him.

“He’s not here currently. But you can leave the letter with me if you want to.”

Jisung concluded that the man was the servant Chan had told him about, and whatever ensured he didn’t have to deal with the prince was fine with him.
“Sure, here you go.”

The man reached out for the letter, his fingers lightly brushing against Jisung’s, when he suddenly gripped his arm hard and his head snapped back. Jisung thought he saw just the faintest golden glimmer in the man’s eyes.

“In a chalice lined with emeralds bright,
Lies a peril hidden from sight.
Beware the drink, so rich and rare,
For doom awaits the one who dares.”


Jisung was completely thrown off by what was happening, he tried freeing his arm from his grip but found himself unable to until he had finished speaking and stumbled backwards.
The man shook his head slightly and blinked before looking at Jisung again.

“Is everything okay? Are you going to give me that letter?” He asked as if nothing happened.

“What?” Jisung just asked, still trying to figure out what this weird episode was. Did the man not remember it?

“You… wanted to leave this letter here with me for Minho?” The man sounded confused but the confusion in his voice didn’t even close to the one in Jisung’s head.

“Um, yes. Right. Here. I’ll be off.” He quickly said, pushed the letter in the man’s hand, hoping it wouldn’t trigger another episode, and ran back home before he could say anything else. He was so spooked and confused that he didn’t even realize that the person he slightly bumped into on his way was none other than the prince.


“Chan?” He called out as soon as he entered the house. He managed to get to the study before he could even answer.

“Everything okay? You sound like you’ve seen a ghost.” Chan asked, turning in his chair to look at a heavily breathing Jisung.

“You didn’t tell me there was another sorcerer here.” Because there was no other explanation right? He'd seen the golden shine of magic in his eyes.

“Another sorcerer? What are you talking about? Calm down. What happened?”

“I delivered your letter but the prince wasn’t there but there was this blond guy, the one who was also there that day I had to apologize. And I don’t know he touched my hand and suddenly he got all weird and was saying something about chalices and doom and then he acted like nothing happened. But I saw his eyes, Chan, I saw the magic!” Jisung started rattling off.

“Wait, wait, wait. You met Felix?” Chan asked.

Jisung was caught off-guard, “Felix? As in ‘The second prince of the realm Felix’? I don’t know, is he a blonde sorcerer?”

“He isn’t really… he… it’s complicated. Felix is not a sorcerer, not like you. What did he say?”

“I don’t know, something, something chalice with emeralds and doom waiting.” Jisung tried to gather his memories but he’d been way too shocked to actually pay attention, “Can you please just explain to me what that even means? If he’s not a sorcerer, what is going on with him?”

“I’ve had my suspicions for a while… I believe he might be a seer.” Chan muttered, seemingly deep in thought.

Jisung wondered if he was supposed to know what that was, so when Chan didn’t continue his explanation he carefully asked, “So he’s seeing something?”

The older man sighed, “I’m sorry, I always forget that despite your nature, you don’t know a lot about magic. He sees the future. It’s an old form of magic, it can’t be learned and only very few bloodlines inherit this ability.”

“So how is the son of someone so anti-magic as the King…” He didn’t even need to finish his question before Chan answered.

“His mother. The King didn’t know about her ability.” He looked a bit uncomfortable.

“So is Prince Minho as well… you know?”

“No.” Chan immediately shot down the idea.

“Are you sure?”

“Completely. It’s impossible.” Chan confirmed again but Jisung could see that he was holding something back.
“Listen, what I’m about to tell you is not not common knowledge. Not even the princes know about this. Can you keep this to yourself, Jisung?”

“I mean, my whole identity is a secret. I’m kinda used to not telling people stuff.” He quipped but when he noticed Chan’s serious expression he quickly cleared his throat and added, “I swear I won’t tell anyone.”

“The queen is not Felix’s mother. She died shortly before he was born.”

“I thought she died in childbirth…” Jisung wondered out loud.

“That’s what the King told everyone. Her Majesty got sick shortly after Minho was born.”

“So who is Prince Felix’s mother then?”

“The King met her after the Queen died and fell in love with her. He intended to marry her but the night Felix was born he witnessed her having a vision. He believed she tricked him to gain his power. She…” Chan sighed, “She was executed in secret so it would never come out that the King slept with a witch and sired a son.”

It was revolting, Jisung felt himself grow irrevocably disgusted with this man he’d never even met before.

“The ability to see the future usually favors the women of a bloodline, a son inheriting it is not unheard of but so rare that Felix was deemed not a threat. He’s never had more than subtle precognitions or bad feelings about situations… If he had a full-on vision now…” Chan drifted off, worried thoughts silencing him.
“You can’t talk about all of this to anyone. If someone finds out Felix has magic, I don’t think even his title could protect him.”

Jisung hadn’t planned to tell anyone. He barely knew anyone anyway, and the prince seemed a lot nicer than his older brother. He had absolutely no reason to out him as a seer and ruin his life. He nodded in agreement.

“You sound like you care a lot about him.” Jisung added.

“Minho and Felix are both like little brothers to me. I’d do anything to protect them.” Chan’s voice was so serious, Jisung believed him that he really meant it when he said he’d do anything .


Jisung was pretty sure that Felix didn’t remember the vision, or at least he didn’t mention anything to anyone. The next time he saw him was in front of the chambers of the court physician when Chan sent him to pick up a valerian draught he needed to sleep.

“Jisung! That’s your name, right? Good morning!” He greeted him with a smile.

“Y-yes that’s me, umm, your Highness.” Jisung answered him awkwardly.

The prince cocked his head to the side, “Why are you so stiff? You talked pretty freely to me last time.”

Jisung coughed slightly, “Umm… to be honest, I didn’t know you were a prince last time.” He admitted.

“Oh, but you didn’t talk to my brother this formally either from what I’ve heard.”

Jisung couldn’t help but laugh awkwardly, “Well, I didn’t really know he was a prince either when I did…”
Now that he thought about it, Felix probably thought he was incredibly stupid.

“You’re not from around here, are you?” Felix just asked with an understanding smile.

“No, I’m from a small village close to the sea.”

“And you haven’t been here long, right? So you probably don’t know about the festival yet!”

“Festival?”

“Yes, at the end of next week. It’s my brother’s birthday. He’ll be of age and then Father will officially crown him as his heir, so there will be a big celebration in the whole city. Anyway, whenever there’s a festival Channie goes there with us as a guard so we can see it, and since you’re living with him you might as well join us, don’t you think?”

Jisung was a bit overwhelmed by how talkative and friendly the prince was. While he didn’t particularly want to celebrate the birthday of Prince Minho it was hard to say no to Felix’s disarming smile. He also wasn’t too fond of the crowds attracted by festivals but he had to admit he was curious.
“Thank you for the invitation, your Highness.”

“And stop it with the ‘your Highness’ stuff. You are a friend of Channie and you seem nice enough, so just call me by my name when it’s just us, please.”

Jisung hadn’t even noticed how tense his shoulders were until he relaxed at his words. He wasn’t good at the whole polite etiquette thing, so it was nice that the prince had offered to speak casually. He didn’t want to end up in stocks again after all.
“Okay, sure, umm Felix?”

Being called by his name made the prince smile so bright it was almost blinding.

“See you around then, Jisung.” He said and stepped out of his way so Jisung could enter the physician’s quarters.
Jisung briefly wondered what Felix had been doing here but then shook his head and got on with his tasks.


Chan had started teaching Jisung the ancient tongue, so he could study magic even when his teacher didn’t have time, and the young sorcerer quickly started adding new spells to his repertoire.
Unfortunately, some spells actually needed some ingredients and not just raw magic power, which is why Jisung found himself armed with a jar right outside of the city walls in the middle of the night, searching for fireflies.
When a cold breeze sent a chill down his spine, he realized that the summer was almost over and most fireflies were probably already gone, and that after sneaking out of the castle and thinking and failing hard at finding an excuse why he was running around with an empty jar at night. Luckily, nobody had stopped him yet.
Still, he walked along the edge of the forest for at least two hours until he finally spotted the faint glow of the sought bug. As soon as he found it, it was easily caught with a bit of magic that let the critter fly right into the jar.
Proudly, he went on his way back home, entering the city again through the lower city gates and making his way up.

Before he entered the side street that led to Chan’s house, he took a second to stop and look at the castle. He had to admit that it looked stunning on this full moon night. The white stone of the courtyard reflected the moonlight, making it easy to see even the smallest details. Otherwise, Jisung probably wouldn’t have seen the hooded figure sneaking through the shadows. He watched as they waited out a passing guard before swiftly disappearing behind another corner. Just for a second Jisung thought he saw the metallic glint of a weapon as their cloak was brushed away shortly by the wind.
Now, Jisung wasn’t a palace security expert or anything but an armed, hooded figure hiding from the guards did sound a bit suspicious. And considering he wasn’t an expert, his decision to follow this person was probably something Chan would scold him for if he were here.

This hooded person was honestly impressive, Jisung could barely hear any footsteps but he managed to keep up. He followed the figure to the lower city where he finally lost them in a narrow alley. He cursed silently, looking around when he heard a cacophony of high-pitched meowing right around the corner along with someone shushing them.
Jisung carefully crept around the corner, finding the cloaked figure hunched down, surrounded by at least five kittens, meowing at him.

“It’s okay, shhh, quiet down.” The cloaked figure said sweetly, placing down a small metal bowl and filling it with milk from a bottle.

Was this the same figure that he followed? Why were they so secretive about… feeding kittens?
He felt so stupid, why did he even follow this person? They weren’t an assassin or something like that, and what would he have even done if they were?
He took a step back and promptly got his foot caught on a rock, tripping and landing himself on the ground with an oomph.
The figure turned around, pulling a dagger from their belt, ready to defend themselves when they spotted him.
They were staring at each other for a second, both not knowing what to say.
His face was shadowed from his hood but he was still easily recognizable.
The person sneaking around the castle in the middle of the night to feed kittens was Prince Minho.

“Maybe he just wants to gain the kittens’ trust so he can skin them and line his winter boots.” A spiteful little voice in the back of Jisung’s mind suggested but he quickly dismissed it. The prince might be a dick but he didn’t kill baby kittens… probably…

“What are you doing here?” Minho asked, sounding so disgusted one would think he just stepped into dog shit.

“I could ask the same thing!” Jisung said before thinking. Somehow being polite and respectful towards Felix had been a lot easier.

“I’m the prince, I’m allowed to go wherever I want without having to explain myself to, what even are you, a messenger boy?”

“Then why are you sneaking out in the middle of the night? That doesn’t sound like you are allowed to be here. Me, on the other hand, I don’t have to sneak through the shadows.” Jisung defended himself.

The prince opened his mouth, presumably to give him a snarky answer, but his face betrayed that he couldn’t really defeat that logic. Jisung had to admit that he enjoyed seeing the prince speechless. His dumbfounded expression could almost be described as cute.

“So if you’re allowed to be here, you won’t mind if I call for one of the guards that just passed by, right?” He suggested.

“No. Don’t tell anyone, I… ugh… what do you want?” Minho grumbled.

Jisung enjoyed hearing that even more.
“Hmm… I want to know why you are hear. It can’t be just to feed some kittens? Are you hiding a secret lover around here somewhere? How scandalous.”

“Watch your tone, messenger boy.”

“Do you hear that? I think the guards are making another round?”

“You are infuriating.”

“Ahhh, is that Prince Minho over there?” He raised his voice slightly, not loud enough to actually alert anyone.

“There is no lover, I just came here to feed the kittens.” The prince finally admitted.

Right on cue the kittens started screaming again and tried climbing up on Minho’s boot.

“Why?” Jisung asked, genuinely confused.

“What do you mean ‘why’? Because they were hungry and obviously don’t have a mother.” The prince’s voice was so full of vitriol that Jisung could almost forget that what he said actually showed some genuine care.

“Let me get this straight, you, the prince, go out in the middle of the night to feed some hungry kittens. Have you ever thought about, I don’t know, bringing them up to the castle with you?”

“If it was that easy, I would do it. The King doesn’t like them.”

“So you’ve been sneaking out here to feed them.”

“I thought we'd already established this. So, are you going to call a guard now or not?”

Jisung was tempted to, just to mess with the prince.
Minho crouched down to pick up two of the kittens who by now had started climbing up his leg and Jisung had to admit that the sight was just the tiniest bit precious.

“I’m not…” He relented, thinking about Chan who would be so mad at him if he got Minho into trouble for no reason but spite.

“Good, also, poke some holes in the lid of that jar. Your bug or whatever is suffocating.” The prince said, turning away to put more milk into the bowl for the kittens.

Jisung’s eyes widened as he looked at his jar.
“Umm… could I… umm… I don’t have anything to make holes…” He admitted, embarrassed that he didn’t think about this earlier.

“Unbelievable.”

Jisung couldn’t see the prince’s face but he knew he just rolled his eyes as he reached for his dagger again and handed it to him.
He quickly cut some small holes in the lid of his jar and handed it back.
The prince carefully petted the head of one of the kittens as they drank more milk.

“It’s getting cold…” He blurted out after watching them for a while.

“Nobody is forcing you to stay, I don’t even know why you’re still here. Go home if you’re cold.”

“No, I mean for the kittens. It’s getting too cold for them to stay outside alone like this…”

Minho looked like he had to bite his tongue to not make some snarky, sarcastic comment, because he knew Jisung was right.

“I can take them with me…” Jisung suggested, “I can’t imagine Chan having a problem with them.”

“And why would you do that?” The prince asked defensively.

“Get over yourself, your Highness , I am not doing this for you. Who in their right mind would let a bunch of kittens freeze to death?”

It was probably hard to believe for a prince that not everything in the world revolved around him, and from the looks of it, it was equally hard for a prince to admit when he was wrong about something.

“Good, take them then.” He finally said after looking at the little furballs again for a while.

“So, my arms are kind of full now, I think I’ll have to go back home and get a basket or something or I won’t be able to carry everything.”

The prince groaned in annoyance, as if to say “I can’t believe you weren’t prepared to randomly pick up five baby cats on your nightly stroll” and took off his cloak.
“Here. Bundle them up in this.” He said as he was holding it out towards Jisung.

It took all of the young sorcerer’s efforts to not make some comment about him almost seeming like a nice person. Instead, he quickly tied up the cloak into more of a bag and started scooping up kittens into the make-shift pouch.
He couldn’t help but notice a woody smell from the cloak and wondered if it was the prince’s perfume or soap that gave it this calming scent.

Before he could then turn around to leave, Minho gripped his arm.
“If you tell anyone about us meeting here…”

“I get it, I get it. I won’t.” By now, Jisung had gotten used to keeping all kinds of secrets left and right, and this one was so insignificant compared to the others, it would be laughably easy.


“Jisung, why are there kittens messing up my priceless documents and why do you have the prince’s cloak?” was the very first thing Chan asked when Jisung came out of his room in a hurry after noticing he hadn’t closed his door before going to sleep properly and all of the kittens had escaped his room.

He’d been so tired when he finally returned last night that he hadn’t even taken off the cloak-bag before falling into his bed.

“How do you even know this is his cloak?” Jisung just asked incredulously.

“Because I’ve seen him wear it and that subtle pattern in the black is a lot more expensive than anything you brought with you. So, care for an explanation?”

“You know, they wouldn’t even get to your stuff if it wasn’t all sprawled out over the floor.” Jisung commented.

“I’ve seen your room, you are not one to talk about cleanliness. So, answer my question?” He said, holding four of the five kittens in his hands while carefully trying to push the fifth one away from a map with his foot.
Maybe the small, insignificant secrets were the hardest to keep after all.

Notes:

So, I hope you're not confused that the fic is now called "Secret Secret" instead of "Wherever you stray, I follow". I do feel kind of stupid of not coming up with that title earlier.

Anyway, I hope you liked the chapter!
Please leave a comment and kudos if you did!

Chapter 3

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Chan promised not to tell anyone about Minho and the kittens but he also put his foot down that they could not all stay with them. Five cats were just too many.
He gave Jisung two weeks to find all of them a new home, at least he said so, Jisung assumed he wouldn’t throw them out if they were still there then.

Over the course of the week more and more people were flocking to the city in preparation for Prince Minho’s birthday. The already crowded city became so uncomfortably full that Jisung didn’t even go to the lower city anymore, instead preferring to stay at home and practice his spells, unfortunately Chan forced him to go out and find homes for the kittens.
So Jisung took a bag, put two kittens inside and made his way to the city to ask around if someone wanted to adopt him, he was miserable.
He felt awkward talking to random strangers to ask them if they wanted to adopt a cat, yet he managed to get three of the five kittens a new home by the time of Minho's birthday.

Chan even invited him to join him for the coronation ceremony and Jisung felt that he didn’t really have a choice to say no.
He’d never been to the throne room before. It was a big hall, lined with purple banners showing the King’s crest, a golden tiger. Jisung felt very out of place among courtiers, lords and ladies, maids, knights and squires.
The King was seated on his throne, he was an older man with a stern face and long, gray hair. Next to him sat Felix on a smaller throne, shortly waving to Jisung when he spotted him in the crowd.
Multiple long benches were placed in front of the throne, leaving a broad alley in the middle.
Chan sat him down on a bench in the back of the room while taking his own place near the King.

Jeongin sat down next to him, as a squire he too wasn’t high up enough to sit somewhere in the front.
“I didn’t know you would be here.” He whispered to Jisung, “I thought you didn’t like Prince Minho.”

“Chan dragged me here, believe me I’d rather be anywhere else.” He answered, lying only a little bit as he was just the tiniest bit curious.

It didn’t take long for the room to be filled, when everyone was seated and quieted down.
Soon after, the huge double doors to the room opened once again, revealing Minho in ceremonial armor with a large, purple cloak billowing behind him as he took confident steps towards the throne.

‘Tsk, his shoulders are not that broad without the armor.’ Jisung caught himself thinking.

Minho came to a stop in front of the throne, pulled his sword and knelt down, planting the weapon in front of himself, lowering his head in front of the King.
The King stood up from his throne and stood in front of him.

“Minho from the House of Lee, Prince of Levanter, do you swear your loyalty to the realm and promise to serve it faithfully?” His voice boomed through the hall.
Even though Jisung sat so far away from him, he couldn’t help but feel slightly intimidated by the old man.

“I swear it.”

“Do you swear to uphold its laws and exercise justice with strength and mercy?”

‘Mercy, like you are showing sorcerers?’ Jisung thought cynically.

“I swear it.”

“Do you swear to serve the good people of Levanter with integrity and dedication?”

"I swear it.”

Felix rose and picked up a pillow holding a thin golden circlet, walking up to his father and holding it out to him.
The King took the circlet into his hands and lifted it over Minho’s head.
“Live by these oaths as a protector of our kingdom. By my god-given authority as King of Levanter, I hereby proclaim you Crown Prince Minho.”
The golden circlet was placed on Minho’s head, resting over his brow.
“Rise, my son.”

As he rose and turned towards the rest of the room, the audience started cheering.

“Long live, Prince Minho!” They yelled in unison, Jisung wondered if he was the only one not knowing what to do.

Felix went up and hugged his brother and Jisung almost couldn’t believe what he was seeing when he saw a soft smile appear on the older prince’s face. Without the defensive scowl his face always held when he talked to Jisung, the sorcerer could understand what all the realm’s maidens and boys were gushing about. He was beautiful.

Jisung blinked and shook his head, not really wanting to think about Prince Minho’s good looks. His personality was still completely unbearable.

After the coronation ceremony, most people filed out of the room. Jisung wanted to disappear in the crowd, when Felix called out his name behind him.
He thought about pretending not to hear him when Jeongin next to him put a hand on his arm.

“His Highness wants to talk to you.” He said innocently.

“Oh, thank you…” He muttered, before turning around and walking towards the group consisting of the two princes, Chan and the King.

“So, this is your ward, Chan.” The King said, his eyes wandering over Jisung’s body, assessing him as he probably wondered what Chan saw in him.

Jisung could have lived without ever meeting the man prosecuting his kind. He could feel his heart pounding, standing in front of this intimidating man felt unreal.
Chan cleared his throat, the sound pulling Jisung back into his body.
He quickly remembered at least some of Chan’s lessons and bowed deeply.

“Yes, Sire, this is Jisung.” Chan introduced him.

“You’re thin, boy. Is Chan not training you?” The old man asked.

He wondered if Chan had told everyone that he was preparing Jisung to be a soldier or a guard. He certainly was training him, just not in things the King would approve of.
“I… I am not very physically gifted. He is giving me an education though…”

The King nodded in understanding, “With a teacher like Chan you will learn to read and write in no time, I wish you luck in your future endeavors.”

Jisung couldn’t help but feel the tiniest bit offended. His mother was an intelligent woman, she had taught him to read and write ages ago. Now he certainly knew where Minho got his superior attitude from.

“Thank you, Sire.” He said, swallowing his pride.

“Now, Chan, if I understand correctly, you are going to accompany my sons to the festivities later?”

“I will.”

“Good, don’t let them out of your eyesight.”

“As always, your Majesty.”

“Good, enjoy the festival.” The King stood up to retreat back to his private rooms before turning around to Minho once again, “And of course, enjoy your birthday, my son.”


Chan and Jisung had to wait for a bit in front of the princes’ chambers as they changed their ceremonial garb for something more comfortable to enjoy the festival.
When they finally joined them, the familiar scowl was back on Minho’s face when he saw Jisung.

“Why are you here?”

“Don’t be like that, Minho. I invited him to come.” Felix cut in before Jisung could answer.

“Why?” Minho asked, seemingly unable to imagine any reason why Felix could have wanted him to come.

“Because Jisung is nice, now cheer up a bit. It’s your birthday, so let’s go!” The blonde prince grabbed his brother’s arm and pulled him with him.

“Be civil, okay?” Chan whispered before following the two princes.

“I am if he is.” Jisung grumbled and quickly followed as well.

There were so many people in town that even the presence of the two princes of the realm was surprisingly unnoticed by most. Chan instructed them to stay together and not stray too far, which was harder than Jisung had thought, seeing how Felix ran from one stall to another whenever something caught his eye, and a lot of things seemed to catch his eye.

He gave Jisung half of the candied fruit a vendor had given him for free when he realized who he was, and he had to admit it was one of the best things he’d ever eaten. Minho got a small bag of roasted nuts Jisung really wanted to try but he would only ask the older prince for something over his dead body. Looking at the bag alone caused Minho to slightly turn away from him as if Jisung would just steal his snack from him.
They stopped at a few stalls offering games. Chan absolutely destroyed a game testing his strength and was awarded a free pitcher of mead that he slowly sipped on over the whole evening so as to not get drunk.
Felix pulled Minho towards an archery game. Jisung had seen that Minho was scarily proficient with bow and arrow so it came as a surprise when he didn’t stand a chance against his younger brother.

“I’m no good with a sword, so I trained a lot with the bow.” He explained when he saw Jisung’s wide eyes, “But I’m also not a knight like Minho, so archery is just a hobby for me.”

“Still, that was impressive! I couldn’t hit that target if it was right in front of me.” Jisung insisted.

“I bet you’re better than you think. Come on, Channie and Minho are  already on to the next stall.” Felix took his hand and pulled him with him towards the next stall, where Minho was talking to a vendor who offered the prince a goblet of wine between an unhealthy amount of bows and praises for the glorious heir to the throne.

Jisung rolled his eyes at the suck-up when Felix’s grip on his hand suddenly got almost painfully strong.
“Felix is everything okay?”

Chalice lined with emeralds bright… ” He muttered absently, now almost crushing Jisung’s hand.

He recognized the line, putting himself in front of Felix when he saw the golden glow in his eyes again and hoping he could shield anyone else from seeing.

Doom… doom awaits… ” Felix said, looking right through Jisung before his eyes rolled back and his legs gave out under him.

Jisung caught Felix, barely able to hold him up with his untrained arms.
He looked around for Chan when he saw Minho being handed a beautiful emerald-lined golden chalice with wine.
Without thinking, he hauled Felix’s limp body the last few meters towards them, slapping the chalice out of Minho’s hand, spilling almost all of its content over the vendor’s stall and the prince’s torso.

“What is wrong with yo-” Minho started furiously, abruptly stopping when he saw Felix, hanging off Jisung’s arm.

“Lix? Lixie what’s going on?” He took his little brother from Jisung, lifting him a lot easier than the sorcerer had.

“The wine, it’s poisoned.” Jisung explained to an alarmed looking Chan.

“What? That’s ridiculous!” The vendor exploded at him.

“Are you sure, Jisung? Do you have any evidence?” Chan asked.

“I… I don’t. You have to trust me, Chan.” He said, giving him his best knowing look so he understood it had something to do with magic.
Chan nodded, taking the chalice into his hands and inspecting it and the little rest of wine that had miraculously stayed in there.

“You wouldn’t mind taking a sip, right?” He looked at the vendor, holding it out to him.

“Th-this is a fine wine, not fit for something lowly like me.”

“Drink it.” Minho looked up from Felix’s limp form with an icy gaze.

“N-no… I…” The vendor stammered before turning tail and running.

Chan was after him immediately, but the slight frame of the vendor gave him a huge advantage at weaving through the crowd of people.
Jisung looked around quickly to check if anyone was watching him but most people were looking at the escaping man, while Minho was focused on his unconscious brother.
With a short burst of magic, he pulled a wooden box from a stall into the street, hitting the fugitive in the shin and causing him to tumble to the ground where he was quickly apprehended by Chan.

“You saw what happened to him right? Did he… He wasn’t poisoned right?” Minho asked, looking up at Jisung.

“No, no, I’m not sure what happened. He just collapsed suddenly.” Jisung tried to explain without mentioning Felix’s vision.

Felix moved his head slightly before opening his eyes again. Jisung was worried for a second that his eyes would still reflect his magic but they were just their usual dark brown color.
“Min, you’re okay…” He whispered.

“I’m okay? You collapsed! What happened?” Minho put his hand on Felix’s forehead and then carefully stroked his cheek.

“I don’t know… I’m tired, my head hurts…”

“Let’s go back. You need some rest.” Minho said, shifting Felix slightly to carry him more comfortably.
Chan delivered the vendor to some nearby guards and came back to them as they escorted him away.

“Are all of you okay?”

“I’m taking Felix back to the castle. I’m fine… I…” Minho looked at Jisung again.
“I don’t know how you knew about the wine but this is a question you’ll answer another time… For now…” Minho looked like he was in physical pain from speaking to Jisung like this, “Thank…you…”
With that, he turned his back to him and left with Felix.

“I’ll go with them, you can stay here or go home, just don’t stay out too late. We’ll talk later, okay?” Chan said before quickly following them.
Jisung decided that he didn’t want to stay there alone, so he also returned home, hoping that Felix would be fine.


Chan returned a few hours later.

“How is Felix?” Jisung came out of his room as soon as he heard the door close.

“Better, the physician has given him something against the headache and to sleep.” He said with a sigh.
“I can already imagine what happened but can you tell me your perspective?”

Jisung nodded, recalling the event. “Felix and I were just talking and wanted to follow you to the stall and then he froze up and I think he had the same vision as last time but he didn’t really repeat it completely. And then he just collapsed and I saw Minho with the goblet and I knew this was what Felix was trying to warn us about.”

“Great job, you saved Minho’s life today. I took a closer look at the goblet. The wine wasn’t poisoned, there are runes engraved into the emeralds that curse any person who drinks from it.”

“Scary, where is it now?” Jisung commented.

“I turned it in, of course. The King is searching for a way to destroy it. Unfortunately, his son almost being assassinated through a cursed object is not really helping his attitude towards magic.” Chan said as he finally took off his jacket, “You should turn in for today. Tomorrow you’ll be expected in the castle early in the morning.”

“What? Why?” Jisung asked, he came up blank when he thought about any reason why he should go there.

“Jisung, you saved the crown prince’s life. The King wants to reward you with something.”

The young sorcerer didn’t really want to talk to the King again but what choice did he have?


The next morning, Chan practically dragged Jisung out of bed and then splashed his face with cold water to wake him up properly.
When he’d said ‘early in the morning’ he really meant it apparently. The sun only started peaking over the horizon by the time they left.
Jisung was sure he was asleep on the way up to the castle, his body only moving along with Chan without his brain actually noticing what was happening.
The next time Jisung actively paid attention to where he was, he found himself in front of the throne room as Chan opened the door for him and led him inside, where the King and Minho were already waiting.
Jisung bowed after being prompted by Chan.

“There you are, I already expected you to do great things when I met you yesterday, boy, and then I heard that you saved my son’s life.” The King said as a greeting.

“Thank you, your Majesty…” Jisung mumbled.

“A feat like this deserves to be rewarded, so I’d like to offer you employment.”

Employment? He wanted to offer Jisung a job? He was currently working for Chan as a messenger boy but that was more something Chan gave him to do so he wouldn’t sit at home the whole day, he didn’t even get paid.

“That’s, umm, very kind, your Majesty.” He said, still wondering if a job was even a reward.

“You are the ward of one of my most trusted knights, and you’ve proven your loyalty by saving my son.” The King continued, “Since there has been an opening recently, I want to offer you the position of Prince Minho’s personal manservant.”

Jisung took a second to register the King’s words but then they certainly woke up his sluggish brain.
“What?” Jisung and Minho said in unison.

Notes:

Thank you for reading!
Please leave a kudos and comment if you liked it!

Also, you should note that I added some tags that will be important in the future. Just in case you didn't see it, I thought I should mention it.

Chapter 4

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung was too stunned to say anything else, just looking at Chan in confusion, while Minho started to argue with his father.

“I don’t want him to be my servant.”

“Stop behaving like a child. After what happened with your last servant, I’d like to be sure that someone trustworthy stays close to you.”

“He stole one thing and was thrown out because of that, I can find a new person. I don’t need him.”

“I already found you a new one, if he turns out to be insufficient you can still get a new servant, but I’d like to give him a chance. So quit complaining, I have made my decision.”

“Father!”

“Minho.” The King said seriously, shutting the prince up for good.
Jisung quickly realized that it wasn’t a job offer , they didn’t ask him to become Minho’s personal attendant, the King ordered him to. It wasn’t his place to decline. If he was lucky, he could do a bad job and be fired immediately but for now he was stuck with this.

 

After the King dismissed all of them, Jisung finally found his words again.
“My reward is to be a servant?” He asked Chan, still not quite believing what was happening.

“You shouldn’t look down on this position too much, Jisung. A personal attendant to a prince is a prestigious position, you’ll manage his chambers, accompany him to events and see that everything around him is in order. They are also better paid than regular servants in the palace.” Chan explained, obviously trying to make light of the situation.

“But I don’t want to manage his chambers and whatever. I don’t even know how to do that.” Jisung objected.

“You’ll learn. It’s going to be okay.”

“Messenger boy, are you coming?” Minho called out from the door, equally unamused.

Jisung grumpily stomped after him, “I have a name!”


“So, you are to wash my clothes, clean my armor, wax my boots, tidy up my room, ready my horse if I need it, fetch my meals, polish my jewelry and deliver my messages.” Minho started listing things as soon as they reached his chambers.

“Anything else?” Jisung asked sarcastically.

“I don’t expect you to be able to do any of these tasks, so if it sounds like too much, go tell my father that you’re quitting.”

Now that really triggered something inside of him. While Minho was right that he didn’t know how to do most of these tasks, he wasn’t about to admit that.
He would not go to the King and tell him he was rejecting his “reward”.

“Oh yeah? Big talk for someone who wants me to do all of his work. I bet you don’t know how to do any of these things.” He challenged him but Minho didn’t jump on the provocation.

“Of course not. I’m a prince. I literally have people do things for me so I don’t have to bother with them. Was that your smart comeback?”
Jisung shortly debated if it was such a good idea to save Minho from the poison.

“Well, if you want to get rid of me, you’ll have to fire me. And my performance isn’t going to be a valid reason.” Jisung declared. He was going to excel at all of Minho’s stupid tasks, just because he knew it would piss him off that he couldn’t get rid of him.

“We’ll see. Over there are my dirty clothes, my armor is in the armory, my jewelry is in the case over there. My boots need to be fixed, so get them to the cobbler. There is a stack of letters on my desk. I want everything to be done by sunrise tomorrow. If you want to give up, just tell me.” The prince said with a smug grin.
Jisung was going to make him eat his words.

The problem of Jisung not knowing how to actually accomplish his tasks didn’t miraculously disappear and while he couldn’t admit to it in front of Minho, he didn’t have the same problem with other people.
“Jeongin~?”

“Why do you sound like you want something from me?” The boy asked suspiciously.
He’d found him in the stables where he was brushing one of the horses.

“It’s not like I want something from you… or I guess I do, but it’s nothing bad, really. It’s just… Can you tell me how to clean a suit of armor?”

“A suit of armor? Are you helping Sir Chan with his?”

“No, it’s a long story but I’m starting as Prince Minho’s attendant today and he wants me to clean his armor.” Jisung admitted with a groan.

“Let me guess, you were too proud to admit to him that you didn’t know how.” Jeongin guessed.

Jisung laughed sheepishly, “Is it that obvious?”

“Glaringly. But I get it. I’ll show you.”

He definitely owed Jeongin big time. The squire showed him exactly what he used to clean armor and Jisung was glad he asked because it really was more complicated than it looked at first. After Jeongin had left him again to get back to his own job, Jisung cleaned exactly one protective plate before coming to the conclusion that it was entirely too much of a hassle. The armor pieces were too heavy and clunky to clean easily. Jisung wondered how the knights actually wore these and could still walk around. In the end, Jisung ended up taking the clothes, armor and boots back to Chan’s house where he put everything down in his room. Chan would probably kill him if he knew how he used his magic but he wasn’t about to clean all of it by hand.

With his magic, everything washed itself while Jisung looked through his spellbook to find a way to fix the boots. After that was put into motion, Jisung grabbed the letters and went off to deliver them. Unfortunately, this and polishing the jewelry wasn’t something magic could do for him as he had to do that outside of the comfort of his room.
And even with the magical help he was busy until sundown just from the sheer amount of jewelry Prince Minho owned.
That evening he collapsed into bed right after eating dinner, not even properly talking to Chan when he asked him how his first day was.
He dreamt of Minho’s dumbfounded face when he found out Jisung accomplished everything he’d asked him to do.


The next day, Jisung brought everything with him to the Prince’s chambers even before leaving to get him breakfast. He’d probably never gotten up so easily in the morning as today. He had hoped that he could wake Minho with the loud clanging of the armor but unfortunately he was already awake, sitting at his desk and reading through some documents.
Jisung couldn’t suppress a smug grin when Minho indeed stared at him in surprise as he entered with his arms full. It was so heavy he just wanted to drop everything, the stairs had been hell but he managed to get everything up there.
The prince quickly schooled his expression but his wide eyes and slightly parted mouth would be forever seared into his mind.

“You did all this?” Minho asked as he was inspecting the boots.

“Sure did. Not everyone is a helpless noble who can’t accomplish a few simple tasks in the span of a day.” Jisung said, ignoring the fact that he would have been screwed if he didn’t have magic.

“Fine, I’ll admit it. You’re not as incompetent as I thought you would be. Happy?” The prince grumbled with an eyeroll.

“Very.” Jisung grinned at him.

“It sounds like you actually want to be my servant now.”

“No, not really. But kinda like how bothered you are about it and the pay is actually pretty nice.” It was a necessary evil to see Minho suffer and make some money while doing it.

“Oh, you want to see me bothered? You should be careful what you wish for.” Minho narrowed his eyes slightly as if challenging Jisung before moving his arm to the side and pushing the little ink jar off of his desk, “Oops. Better clean that up before it stains anything.”

Or maybe Jisung would be the one to suffer, only time would tell.
The Prince apparently had the temperament and coping mechanisms of a spoiled house cat, otherwise Jisung couldn’t explain the sheer amount of times he ‘accidentally’ pushed something off the table so Jisung had to clean it up. No matter if it was ink, wine, water or tea, nothing close to the edge of a table was safe.

With time, Jisung found himself not hating his job that much anymore. Sure, Prince Minho could be a pain in the ass, unbearably arrogant and a little shit to top it off, but sometimes Jisung found his antics to be almost funny. Apparently, he wasn’t just a douche towards poor servants, other nobles sometimes had it even worse with him, being outright mocked for bad ideas. Jisung would lie if he didn’t enjoy seeing these nobles being put in their place. And he had to admit that whenever Minho’s sharp gaze put down an earl or duchess, it was for the sake of the regular citizens, and Jisung respected that. He’d never tell that to the prince though.



Yet, the best thing about working for Minho was that Jisung also saw Felix more, as at least one of the princes was a delight to be around.
Whenever Minho went anywhere Jisung couldn’t come with him, he found himself in the younger prince’s chamber to talk. Felix almost never left the castle walls, only ever going as far as the archery range.

“I’m prone to sickness…” He told Jisung when he asked why, “I mean, you were there at the festival…”

Jisung knew it wasn’t sickness that had made him faint, he wondered if he’d been having visions for longer than Chan had thought, and he just didn’t realize because the symptoms were attributed to illness.
“So you faint a lot?” He asked carefully.

“No, but I get bad headaches, sometimes I wake up with them and then can’t really do anything but lie in bed for the whole day, and sometimes they even appear when I strain myself too much. It’s the reason why I didn’t become a knight like Min…” Felix’s shoulders slumped slightly.

“So you wanted to be a knight?”

“Of course! When Min and I were small, we always ran after Channie and wanted to be just like him, a brave knight fighting monsters and defending the innocent! And well, at least one of us made it…” He said with a sad smile, “I’ll probably never be more than the second prince. Maybe I can be an advisor once Minho is king, but it’s honestly more likely that I’ll be married off to another kingdom soon…”

“You’re getting married? To whom?”

“I don’t know. I just overheard Father say something about needing to form new alliances.”

“So you have to marry whoever your father wants you to?”

It felt wrong. Jisung had never thought about marriage before, he’d never even thought about courting someone, but he couldn’t imagine committing himself to someone like that because someone else had told him to.
“Father, or Minho when he’s king. My brother would never do that without asking me first though. But yes, it’s rare that nobles marry for love.”

“That’s… sad…” Jisung said slowly, not really knowing what else he could say.

“It’s okay, I’ve made my peace with it a long time ago. I just hope that whoever I marry one day is a nice person. Phew, this really dragged down the mood, didn’t it?” Felix let out a short laugh.

“Jisung!” A yell interrupted their little talk.

“Looks like Min is back from his meeting with Father.” Felix commented.

“Ugh, yeah. And he’s probably going to have another insufferable task for me.” Jisung groaned as he got up and walked to the door.

“Good luck!”


When Jisung returned to Minho’s side, the prince was already on his way out of his chambers.

“There you are. Pack a bag, we’ll be gone for a few days.”

“What? Where are we going?” Jisung asked.

“There is a monster terrorizing our farmers, and we’re going to kill it.” Minho explained determinedly.

“What do you mean ‘we’? I’m not a fighter, why do I have to come?”

“Because we are going to be gone for a few days and you, as my servant, are supposed to stay by my side at all times? You know sometimes I think you might be a bit slow. You’ve been in my service for weeks now, you should know that.”

“No need to be a dick about it…” Jisung mumbled but quickly shut up when Minho raised an eyebrow at him.

“So what do we need?” He instead changed the subject.

“Pack enough to last us a week, then go tell Chan and Seungmin that we’re leaving as soon as possible and get the horses ready… you know how to ride, I assume.”

“Tsk, of course I know how to ride.” He didn’t. Before he’d started working for Minho, he’d always just watched horses from a safe distance, and now he only knew how to clean them. But how hard could it be?


The sun had reached its highest point by the time everything was packed and everyone accompanying them had been gathered.
“Are you sure you don’t want to take more people?” Chan asked when he looked around the small group, consisting of him, Minho, Jisung, Seungmin and Jeongin.

“We are three of the best fighters of the realm and Seungmin told me Jeongin is getting better with the sword every day, it should be fine.” Minho waved him off before mounting his horse, “Let’s go, if we leave now, we’ll make it there midday tomorrow.”

Jisung stood in front of the giant animal, nervously petting its fur. He put his foot in the stirrup like he’d seen Minho do and then tried to hoist himself up on his horse's back, which took apparently more strength than he’d expected as he just landed back next to the horse.

“Come, I’ll help you” Chan offered, recognizing Jisung’s struggle. As he helped him get an extra boost to get up on the saddle, Minho watched them with an amused grin. Jisung turned beet red, it was obvious that he’d lied before.

“Just relax into the saddle, don’t pull too harshly on the reins. Only pull slightly if you want her to stop.” Chan quickly explained, not minding Minho’s gaze, before getting on his own horse.

Jisung fell forward slightly and clung to the saddle when they started going. Being carried by a huge animal like this felt weird, he was a little scared he would lose balance and just fall off. Fortunately, Chan had chosen a very gentle, brown mare for him that just let Jisung do whatever and just followed the rest of the horses.

Minho and Seungmin were in front, while Chan was in the rear to keep an eye on everything and Jeongin was right next to Jisung in the middle of the pack.
He watched the back of Minho’s head to distract himself from his butt that had started hurting not an hour into their travel. The prince was talking to Seungmin, joking around with him from the looks of it but there were far enough in front of them that Jisung couldn’t properly hear what they were saying.

“What do you think this monster will look like?” Jeongin suddenly asked, probably just to break the silence.

Jisung looked away from the prince and towards the squire.
“I don’t know, I’ve never seen a monster.” 

“I imagine it being a mix of other animals. Maybe it’s a mix of a tiger, a snake and a spider.” Jeongin thought out loud.

“Let’s hope it’s not that, that sounds horrifying…” Chan laughed as he rode up next to Jeongin.

“Which monsters have you fought, Sir?”

“Please, no need to be so formal, you are the only one in our small group that doesn’t call me by my name. Chan is fine.” The knight put his hand on the squire’s shoulder to get him to relax.
“As for monsters that I’ve fought, I helped take down a griffin once years ago. Ferocious beast, the body of a lion, the wings and head of an eagle.”

“And was it the size of a lion or an eagle?” Jisung quipped.

“Very funny, it was the size of three horses, with a wing span doubled that.” Chan rolled his eyes and fake annoyance.

“I heard about that! I didn’t know you were part of the group that took it down, Si- Chan.” Jeongin said, his eyes sparkling in awe.

“How old are you now, Jeongin?” The knight asked.

“I just turned 17.”

“17 and already on a big quest like this, Seungmin must hold you in high regard.”

Jeongin blushed slightly at the compliment, “No, no. I’m really not that good, other knights probably would have given up on me already. Sir Seungmin is very patient with me.”

“Minho said earlier you were on your way to become one of the best fighters they had, that doesn’t sound too bad.” Jisung commented.

“His Highness was exaggerating…” Jeongin said meekly.

“Well, we’ll see when we find that monster.” Chan finally let the squire off the hook.

“We should probably set up camp soon, it’s starting to get dark.” He added as he looked up into the sky. He spurred on his horse slightly to catch up to Minho and Seungmin to tell them.

“Ugh, good, I never want to sit in a saddle again.” Jisung groaned, “I can’t even feel my ass anymore.”

That got Jeongin to laugh, “You’ll get used to it, I promise.”


When it finally was time to stop, Jisung realized that his legs had fallen asleep a while ago. He tried to slowly dismount when his legs just gave in and made him ungracefully land in the mud below. He tried to ignore the chuckle coming from Minho’s direction but he was exhausted and done for today.
“Very funny, your Highness.” He put as much annoyance as possible in his voice.

“I just imagined a seasoned rider being more proficient in mounting and dismounting.” The prince chuckled as he approached him.

“Okay, so maybe I’ve never been on a horse before, my mother couldn’t exactly afford one.” He grumbled, trying to get up when he noticed a hand being outstretched towards him to help him by none other than the guy that had just laughed at him.

“I guess, you did okay for your first time riding. I just don’t get why you lied to me about it.” Minho said, probably the nicest words he had ever directed towards Jisung.
The young sorcerer could do nothing but stare at him for a second.

“Look, do you want my help getting up or not?” The prince quickly lost his patience.
Jisung hesitantly took his hand and was quickly pulled up on his feet again. He couldn’t help but be startled by the prince’s strength, banishing the thought from his mind immediately. Of course Minho was strong, he was used to fighting in heavy armor after all, nothing to marvel at, Chan was probably stronger anyway. Why was that important? Jisung didn’t know. He just wanted to stop thinking about Minho’s strong arms.

After collecting firewood and putting down their sleeping mats around a campfire, Jisung collapsed in his makeshift bed and watched the rabbits Seungmin had hunted cook over the fire.

“Going to sleep already?” Chan asked, sitting down next to him.

“No, but I can’t sit like this.” Jisung answered in reference to his sore ass.

“We’ve all been there at least once.” The knight laughed, rummaging through his pack.

“Here, I brought some salve if you want.”

“I’m not going to pull down my pants here.” Jisung immediately objected.

“Yeah, please don’t.” Minho commented as he returned from tending to his horse.

“Nobody wants you to pull down your pants here, Jisung. If you go to the forest to relieve yourself, just take it with you and put it on then. It will help, it’s your mother’s recipe actually.” Chan said, putting the small container on the ground next to him.
Jisung knew it would help if it was his mother’s concoction, she really did make the best medicine.

“Fine, but can we please never talk about my butt ever again?” Jisung grumbled as he slowly got up and took the salve.

Notes:

Jisung and Minho are slowly getting over their animosity for each other. They really just got off on the wrong foot and really enjoy annoying each other out of spite ans stubborness.
I'm not good at writing slowburn so they are probably going to get closer soon <.<

Anyway,
did you like the chapter?
Feel free to leave your thoughts and feelings in the comments if you liked it!

Chapter 5

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

They continued their journey early the next morning.
“Walking sounds kind of nice, right? Just for a bit?” Jisung tried, dreading to go back in the saddle.
“You are welcome to walk but don’t expect us to wait for you.” Minho said, not even looking at him as he guided his horse back to the path.
“Come on, Jisung. We’re almost there.” Chan encouraged him, waiting next to his horse to help him up again.
In the end, Jisung folded and got back on the horse, although he didn’t stop grumbling about it. 


The fields that greeted them when they reached their destination should have looked lushious and plentiful at this time of the year, but they were littered with ravaged patches and smashed vegetables.

When they rode into the small village, an old woman was already there to greet them.
“Noble sirs, did the King send you?” She asked.

Minho dismounted from his horse to talk to her more easily, “He did. I am Minho, I have come with Sirs Chan and Seungmin to aid with your problem.”

The woman’s wrinkly eyes widened, “Oh dear, kind sir, you don’t happen to be the prince, are you?”

Jisung couldn’t help but roll his eyes when Minho laughed bashfully, “The very same, mylady.”

“Oh, please, I am no lady, merely an old woman and the head of this humble village. I am afraid we do not have proper accommodation for someone of your status, your Highness.” She said with a slow bow that obviously hurt her back.

“As long as we have a roof over our heads, it should be fine.” Minho looked back at them for confirmation. Seungmin and Chan nodded quickly as the latter got off of his horse and walked up to Minho and the woman.

“You have this big barn over there, if you don’t mind, we’ll stay in there with our horses.” He suggested.

“Are you sure?” The woman asked.

“We are sure, now, do you want to tell us what is plaguing you?” Chan confirmed.

Seungmin also got off of his horse and handed Jeongin the reins, “Bring them to the barn and feed them.”

Jeongin nodded and looked over at Jisung, “Can you take his Highness’s horse?”

“Uh yeah, sure.” He said, very slowly getting off his own horse, luckily not landing himself in the mud again this time.

Together they led all the horses to the barn, shortly afterwards a young boy joined them, bringing him buckets of water and horse feed. They took off the horses’ saddles and got them settled by the time the knights joined them again.

“The monster seems to be nocturnal. It destroyed the fields and even got a few sheep and a cow, but nobody has gotten a clear view of it. They only know that it’s slightly bigger than a bull.” Chan clued them in.

“Have you ever heard about something like that?” Jisung asked.

“The information we got is too vague unfortunately, we just know it’s big, an omnivore and has huge claws judging from the wounds on the dead cows.” Chan said, petting his horse before settling down on a haystack.

“So don’t get slashed and eaten sounds like a good plan?” Jisung joked, earning him a quiet snort from the prince. He turned around to look at Minho, checking if he heard correctly.
Minho cleared his throat to cover for the noise and sat down with Chan.

“So let’s wait for nightfall.” He changed the subject before anyone could question his laugh.


When the sun was about to set, they split up into two groups to cover the expansive fields surrounding the village. Seungmin and Jeongin were going to watch the animals in case the monster was hungry again while Minho, Chan and Jisung were going to guard the remaining fields, close to the forest.

“Why are you even here? Shouldn’t you stay back in the village?” Minho asked when they made their way to the fields.
He had a point, Jisung wasn’t armed, as far as Minho knew at least, it felt a little stupid that he accompanied them.

“Well, I’m not going to just sit in that barn and wait, not even knowing if y-... if Chan is okay.” Jisung quickly corrected himself. He wanted to be there in case something went horribly wrong and there was need for a magical intervention.

“Fine, but if I tell you to run, you run. No questions asked.” Minho looked at him seriously, his sharp eyes leaving no space to disagree.

“Fine, I will.” Jisung lied.

Minho went ahead slightly, giving Chan and him time to talk quietly.

“You seem to be getting along well.” Chan smiled at him.

“What are you talking about? He’s still insufferable.”

“Not insufferable enough to not joke around with him apparently. Just admit it, you are warming up to him.”

Jisung cursed Chan’s ability to read people.

“Okay, okay, you’re right. He’s not as bad as I originally thought.” He admitted.


A few hours later, the sun had completely vanished behind the horizon, drowning them in darkness.

“Can we at least light a torch or something like that?” Jisung asked, shivering slightly as he yearned for light and warmth.

“The monster might not come if it knows we’re here. So no.” Minho grumbled.

“What if we can’t see it coming?” He argued, “I can barely see you two.”

“You both have a point.” Chan tried to resolve the argument, “Let’s relocate to a place with fewer trees, then the moonlight should be enough.”

“Fine…” They both relented and followed Chan until the older knight suddenly stopped.

“What-” Jisung was interrupted by Chan shushing him.

“Over there.” Chan whispered as he pointed towards the moon enlightened field where it looked like a small mountain was pushed up from the ground. A molehill but gigantic.
Something came out of the mountain, sniffing the air.

“This isn’t good, Jisung, you have to go.” Chan said, drawing his sword. Minho did the same.

He wanted to ask why when an ear-piercing screech cut through the silence.
The dark form of the monster was now barreling towards them. In the moonlight Jisung could make out that it looked vaguely like a bull-sized mole with gigantic bug-like claws and an enormous toothy maw.
They scattered to escape the mole creature’s attack. Minho managed to deliver a cut to it but the monster was hardly bothered by it as it very determinedly went after Jisung.

“Hey!” Minho yelled to get its attention but was completely ignored.

“Why me? What the hell?” Jisung was running for his life, shortly trying to hide behind a tree that was quickly pushed over by the monster.

“Jisung! Come over here!” Chan called out. Jisung’s stamina was quickly running out, so he immediately pivoted towards the knight but was cut off by the monster.

He stumbled backwards, his foot catching on a rock, landing him on the ground.
He had to use his magic, he didn’t want to die. In his mind he went through the spells he learned, trying to think of anything but “Oh shit, oh shit, oh shit.” as he saw the creature’s claws closing in on him.
He closed his eyes but the slash never came.

“Would you get away instead of just sitting there?” Minho grunted. Jisung opened his eyes to Minho, blocking the claw with his sword, shaking under the strength of the creature.

Before Jisung could get up, the creature’s jaw clamped down on Minho’s shoulder. He screamed in pain as it lifted him up into the air. The prince pulled out a dagger with his free arm and stabbed it where the eyes were supposed to be. The monster shook him before flinging him against a tree. Minho hit the tree with a grunt of pain before falling to the ground limply.

Jisung wanted to check on him, from his position it had looked like the prince had hit his head. What if he was dead? What if he died trying to protect Jisung? Why would he even do that? Minho didn’t even like him!
But the monster was still right in front of him, clearly wanting to get back to his little sorcerer-shaped snack after it was so rudely interrupted.

Chan attacked it from the side, seemingly hitting a weak point as the monster screeched again and retreated enough so that Chan could pull Jisung back to his feet.

“Jisung, you need to get out of here right now.”

“What about Minho, he-”

“No, get out of here, now.” He hadn’t heard Chan’s voice in such a commanding tone until now but Jisung couldn’t leave them like this.

“Let me help, Chan!”

The monster recovered quickly, getting ready to charge at them again.
Chan clearly rang with himself, until he realized they didn’t have a choice.

“Fine, try to immobilize it. I need to get to its belly.”

Chan dashed to the side. The monster ran towards Jisung again until it suddenly sniffed the air and changed its direction to hunt down Chan.

Jisung ran over to Minho to check if he was okay, finding that he was unconscious but breathing. Finally, Jisung had some time to think. He spotted an acorn from the tree Minho had been thrown into and quickly picked it up.
He had only read about the spell he wanted to use, he hadn’t actually practiced it.

He spoke the magical command in the ancient tongue, he felt the magic rush through him, he knew it would work but the monster apparently had suddenly decided to let Chan alone and charge at Jisung again.
Surprised, Jisung dropped the acorn and stumbled back, tripping once again, this time over Minho’s legs.
The monster almost reached him. There was a low rumble as the acorn grew into a mighty oak tree in a blink, knocking over the monster, which landed on its back, struggling to get back up again.
Chan was quick to finish the job as he plunged his sword in the monster’s soft belly, piercing its heart and stopping its movement entirely.

“Jisung? Are you okay?” He helped him up once again, checking for wounds.

“Aside from a few bruises, I’m fine.”
Chan nodded and immediately knelt down to check on the unconscious prince.

“We need to get him back. His armor is dented so heavily, it might have crushed some bones. I can’t see properly, but I think I feel blood in his hair.” He assessed the situation quickly and lifted him off the ground.

Jisung knew Chan was strong but carrying a fully grown, armored man while also wearing armor was something else.
Now that his adrenaline was slowly fading, the only thing Jisung could say was, “He saved me…”


They made it back to the village where one of the young farmers was awaiting their return. He immediately ran to get help when he saw that one of them was unconscious.
They cleared a bed in one of the houses so they could treat Minho’s wounds properly. The wound on the back of his head wasn’t too big, fortunately. Chan cleaned the wound and wrapped it so it would stop bleeding so much.
The prince slowly came to when Chan and Jisung started taking off his armor to look at his arm and chest.

“What… what happened?” He muttered, hissing in pain when they lifted his arm to get the chainmail off.

“You hit your head and passed out.” Chan explained quickly.

“Sorry, this will hurt again.” He wanted him before lifting his arm again to strip him off his clothes and padding under the armor to finally reveal his chest.

Minho whimpered in pain but let Chan just do as he pleased.
His chest and shoulder looked horrible. While the monster luckily couldn’t pierce his armor and padding, his skin was angry red, it would probably turn black and blue in the next few hours.
Chan carefully started to feel around his shoulder, earning him more groans and other pained noises from the prince.

“Can’t you be a little more careful?” He hissed. In that moment, the prince really reminded Jisung of a wounded cat, lashing out but still wanting to be helped.

“I’m really sorry, but I have to check if anything is broken.” Chan said, completely unbothered by the way the prince was talking to him.
“You have a broken clavicle. I can’t find anything else that feels out of the ordinary.” He concluded his quick examination.

“I’ll ask if they have anything to make a sling.” Jisung suggested.

“No, stay here. I’ll do it. Seungmin and Jeongin should also be back soon, I’ll catch them up to speed.” Chan said and left the room.

“Are you okay?” Minho asked when they were alone.

“Are you kidding me? You have a broken bone and you were unconscious for so long! And you’re asking me? Why did you even jump in the way to protect me? That was so stupid!” Jisung rambled off. Of course, he was grateful that Minho saved him from being giant mole food but it just didn’t make sense to him.

“Quiet down a bit… my head is killing me…” Minho complained and Jisung shut up immediately.

“You’re not a fighter. You’re just a stupid civilian who shouldn’t even have been there…” He continued, “I would be a joke of a knight if I didn’t protect you…”
His voice started drifting off slightly. Jisung concluded, he was probably exhausted from the pain.

“Well, thank you… I guess we’re even now…” Jisung said, Minho only answered with an affirmative hum.

“Can you tell me what happened after I passed out?” The prince asked, his voice was a mere whisper.

“I didn’t know part of my job was telling bedtime stories.” He quipped. Minho’s healthy arm moved as if to hit Jisung but he didn’t make much of an effort to reach him.

He sat down next to Minho’s feet.

“The monster left you alone and ran after me. Chan then came in and managed to pierce its skin and then it just kind of collapsed and died.”

“You suck at telling stories…”

“Well then you’ll have to ask Chan next time.”

“I will…” Minho mumbled before his breathing evened out and he fell asleep.

Jisung watched him for a short while, caught up on how gentle his face looked when he was sleeping.


Chan waited for him outside when he finally left Minho.
“How is he?” The knight asked.

“He’s sleeping now, but he doesn’t feel too bad to not criticise my storytelling abilities anymore.”

“Good,” he said with a relieved sigh, “And you’re really okay too?”

“My butt hurts even more than before, and I think I have some scrapes but nothing too bad. Why was that thing even after me so much? It mostly ignored you and Minho…”

“That was a moledrake. They are completely blind but their sense of smell is unparalleled, and they have a taste for magic.”

“What does that mean?”

“Back when there were still more sorcerers around, they were known mage killers. I don’t know how or why, but they could smell magic on a person and something about that made sorcerers especially tasty to them.”

“I didn’t know something like that even existed…”

“Makes sense, they are almost extinct. I’m glad you’re okay, young sorcerers usually don’t survive an encounter with a beast like this.” Chan said, pulling Jisung into a hug, “Your mother would have killed me.”

“Ouch, Chan. You’re killing me right now. Remember all the bruises?” Jisung wheezed out.

The knight quickly let go of him, “I’m sorry.”
“You should also go and rest, the villagers want to give us a cart for our way back tomorrow but it’s still going to be a tiring journey.”

Jisung nodded along, he’s been awake for the whole night, he was definitely ready to sleep for a few hours.


Even before their departure from the village the next day, Minho decided to be difficult as soon as he saw the cart.

“Chan, don’t be ridiculous, I can ride just fine.”

“You can barely stand straight and you are not supposed to move your left arm. You are going in the cart or so help me God.” Chan scolded the prince.

Seungmin and Jeongin were just standing next to them awkwardly, both definitely not in the position to talk to the crown prince like that, even if Seungmin was his friend. They all knew Chan was right, Minho had complained about a headache shortly after he woke up and got periodically so dizzy that he had to hold onto whatever was next to him to stay upright. His left arm was held in a sling now, and Jisung had seen his chest whose left side was completely bruised black and blue this morning when he helped him get dressed. The prince was definitely not in the condition to ride home by himself.
Chan and Minho had argued the whole morning about this, and finally after hours the prince realized that Chan would not budge on this.

“Your Highness, we’ve lined the cart with the softest furs and pillows he could find, please accept this humble gift as thanks for freeing us from this monster.” The old woman who had greeted them originally told him.

“You wouldn’t want their gift to go to waste, right?” Jisung added.

Finally, the prince gave in and let Seungmin help him get on the cart where he sat down, trying to hide a pout but Jisung could see the way his mouth curled into a displeased frown.

They put Jisung’s horse in front of the cart and bound the reins of Minho’s so Chan’s saddle for their way home. Jisung was relieved that he could stay on the cart too and didn’t have to get back on horseback.
Minho managed to keep his bad attitude mostly in check while they were still in the village but as soon as they were far enough away he couldn’t stop letting out an angry huff or short complaint every few minutes.
Jisung almost forgot about the gentle sleeping face or the fact that Minho had saved his life, he was so annoyed with him.
Minho would need his help doing things even more than before, considering one of his arms would be out of commission for a while, but even with his annoyance Jisung didn’t find himself to mind having to spend even more time with him. Deep inside, he felt like they would start getting along at least slightly better from now on.

Notes:

Hey! Thanks for reading!

So they finally start getting along! Yay!

Chan actually cast a tiny spell to get the moledrake's attention away from Jisung for a second.

I hope you liked the chapter!
Please leave a kudos and/or comment if you enjoyed it!

Chapter 6

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

When they finally returned to the capital, Minho stubbornly insisted to at least ride into the city on his own horse. Something about not looking weak and beaten, not worrying the citizens. Jisung thought it was ridiculous when he saw how unsteady Minho held himself on horseback. When they passed the gate, the guards threw a few curious looks in their direction, obviously wondering how the prince had gotten hurt. Jisung heard some of them quietly talking to each other.

 

“Must have been quite the monster for Prince Minho to get hurt.”

“Yeah but he came out on top obviously, that’s our prince.”

“I can’t believe he’s still leading his troupe even though he’s hurt. He really is something.”

 

It was exactly what Minho had wanted to achieve, Jisung had to admit that it was working. People were admiring him, even if he wasn’t the one to slay the monster.
Chan helped Minho get off the horse when they got to the courtyard, only to be pushed aside by Felix who’d stormed into the yard as soon as he’d spotted them from the window.

“Min! What happened? Are you hurt?” The younger prince asked worriedly.

“I’m fine, Lix. Don’t worry. Just a broken bone and a small bump on my head, it will heal in no time.”

“I’m sorry, I fear this is my fault…” Jisung said sheepishly, looking at Felix.

“It’s not, idiot.” Minho interrupted him, “I told you, it’s my job as a knight to protect morons like you.”

“You both sound like idiots…” Seungmin muttered as he led his horse away to the stables.

Felix turned to Jisung, “Don’t blame yourself that my brother got hurt. But, I hope you know that I am holding you personally responsible for nursing him back to health.” He declared.

Jisung thought that it was part of his job anyway so he just nodded dumbly.

“I don’t need any nursing, Lix. Just because I can’t use my left arm, I’m not- ahhh…” Minho interrupted himself as he accidentally moved his arm and couldn’t suppress a groan of pain.

“I don’t want to hear it. Chan can probably report everything to Father. You’re going to bed. Jisung? Can you pick up a tincture against the pain from the physician?” Felix took over command.
None of them dared to object when they saw the determined look in the prince’s eyes as he helped his brother back to his room.


After dropping by the physician, Jisung found Minho and Felix in the older prince’s chambers.

“I don’t need to rest, I’m not tired, Felix.” Minho complained as Felix pushed him to lie down in his bed.

“Chan said you hit your head, you need to rest until you feel better.” The younger prince insisted as he pulled the blanket over him.

“Ah Jisung, there you are. Make sure he stays in bed and drinks a lot of water. Did you get the pain remedy?”

Jisung held up the little bottle the physician had given him.

“He’s my servant, you can’t tell him what to do, Lix.”

“And by now I know Jisung well enough that I know he also won’t do what you tell him to if you’re an idiot.”
Felix wasn’t wrong, Jisung was constantly questioning Minho’s orders if he didn’t like them.

“I’d rather listen to Felix, he’s a lot nicer than your Royal Grumpiness.” He agreed.

“See? I’ll go get my things, I’ll sleep here tonight. Take your medicine!” Felix declared before rushing out of the room.

Jisung went up to the bed where Minho tried to get up again, accidentally putting weight on his hurt shoulder and immediately crumpling under the pain.

“You should listen to Felix.” Jisung said as he put a few drops of the medicine on a spoon.

The prince eyed the tincture warily.
“What is it?” He asked.

“It’s made from poppy seeds.” Jisung explained, he knew a little bit about herbal medicines from his mother.

“I don’t want it then.” Minho turned his head away.

Jisung suppressed an annoyed sigh, “Seriously?”

“I don’t like it…”

“You have to be kidding me… What, should I mix it into some juice so you don’t have to taste it?”

“It’s not the taste… It makes me woozy.”

“And?”

It took Minho a second to answer. Jisung could see his ear turning red slightly.

“It’s embarrassing.” He mumbled.

“I literally wash your dirty underwear, you don’t have anything to be embarrassed about with me.”

Minho seemingly couldn’t argue with that, though his whole head started turning red.
“Fine…”

Jisung held the spoon to his mouth and Minho quickly swallowed the medicine, cringing at the taste shortly.
“See? That wasn’t so bad. Now relax, I’ll go down to the kitchens and get you and Felix something to eat.”


When Jisung returned with the food around half an hour later, Felix was back sitting on the bed next to Minho, catching him up on what they’d missed in the few days they were gone.
Minho was visibly calmer, really bundled up in his blanket and pillow, blinking tiredly as he listened to Felix. The medicine had clearly taken effect by now.

“Dinnertime.” Jisung announced when he handed Felix his plate and put Minho’s down on the older prince’s lap.

“Thank you, Jisung.” Felix said with a beaming smile before starting to eat.

“Not hungry…” Minho slurred as he poked at the piece of meat on his plate.

“Min, you have to eat, or you won’t heal properly. When did you last have a meal?” Felix directed the question at Jisung.

“He had some bread and dried meat before we packed up this morning.”

“That’s not enough. Now eat at least a little bit, Min. Where is your plate, Jisung?”

“Oh, I can eat with Chan later…”

“No, this won’t do.” Felix said, putting his plate down, “I’ll be back.”

The younger prince stood up and a second later he was already out of the room.
Jisung started watching Minho while Felix was gone, taking embarrassingly long to realize why the prince was only poking at his food. He couldn’t cut his meat with only one arm but wasn’t saying anything.
With another sigh, Jisung took Minho’s plate and started cutting up everything in tiny pieces.

“Here, now eat something.” He said when he returned the food to him.

“Feed me.” The prince demanded.

“What.”

“Feed me… I’m hurt…” Minho whined. Jisung hadn’t seen the prince like that before. His mother had told him once “Drunk words are sober thoughts” and wondered if that also applied to being slightly intoxicated by poppy seed medicine. Jisung wanted to make some sarcastic comment about Minho still having one working arm and that he could feed himself, but he had to admit that the prince was a bit adorable like this. He didn’t whine and demand things just to annoy him like he usually did, he was being honest right now.

So Jisung picked up a fork and picked up a piece of meat to hold it up to Minho’s mouth for him to eat.
The prince’s eyes were hazy as he chewed, swallowed and opened his mouth for the next piece, which Jisung quickly gave him.

“You’re so nice…” Minho slurred after eating about half his meal. His eyelids were dropping, he looked like he would fall asleep any second.
Felix finally returned with another plate that he handed to Jisung.

“Here, for you.” He said.

“Yours is probably cold now, you should take this one.” Jisung tried to switch his plate with Felix’s.

“Don’t be silly and eat.” Felix insisted before checking on his brother again.

“Are you tired, Min?”

“Yeah… Did I eat enough?”

Felix eyed the plate shortly before nodding, “It’s better than nothing. Lie down and sleep a bit.”

Minho followed what Felix told him and got more comfortable under his blanket as Jisung put his plate away.

“Are you going to stay?” He asked tiredly.

“Of course, I told you I would sleep here tonight.”

“And Jisung?” Minho’s voice was so quiet that Jisung almost didn’t hear him.

Felix looked at him questioningly, so he would answer Minho.

“Umm, sure. I’ll stay.”

He wasn’t even sure if Minho had heard his answer as he didn’t answer him anymore.

“There is poppy in the medicine, right?” Felix asked when they were sure that Minho was completely out.

“Yes, why?”

“Minho always reacts pretty strongly to poppy, even if it’s just a little dose. But it’s the best pain remedy the physician has.”

“You sound like you know your way around the physician’s medicine closet.”

“Not really, just the painkillers. I told you I get headaches frequently so I’ve tried out a lot of things but not many can help. Poppy helps me but I get headaches so often that I can’t take it every time. I tried to deal with them without it, so the physician gave me a sleeping draught. Sleep also helps and the draught isn’t as strong as poppy, so I can take it more often.”

“I’m sorry, that sounds horrible.”

“I got used to it, don’t worry about me.” Felix smiled at him.

Jisung briefly wondered how someone who was constantly in pain could be so happy and sweet. He also couldn’t help but feel for the younger prince. His problem was caused by magic slumbering deep inside of him, maybe if he knew and learned how to control it, the headaches would stop. But Chan had made him promise to never tell a soul about Felix’s magic and Jisung understood why. It would all lead to a chain reaction revealing the prince’s true origins and the truth would probably bring nothing but despair to him. It was simply not his place to decide to tell him.

“You make it very hard not to worry, you are probably the nicest person alive.” Jisung laughed slightly.

“Don’t be ridiculous, there are probably nicer people.” Felix’s face flushed slightly.

“Okay, okay maybe. But you are probably the nicest prince alive.” Jisung corrected himself, not able to keep himself from slowly glancing over to Minho’s sleeping form. The ‘compared to your brother’ was left unsaid.

Felix noticed his glance, “I don’t really know a lot of princes aside from my brother to be honest, but you underestimate him, Jisung. My brother can be a bit prickly but deep down he always means well.”

“I guess he did save my life but out of some sense of knightly duty at least…”

“You know, sometimes you’re pretty dumb.” Felix laughed.

Jisung didn’t really know what that meant but before he could ask he was interrupted by some incoherent mumbling. He froze, thinking Minho had woken up and heard that they were talking about him.
“Don’t worry, Min sometimes talks in his sleep, always has.” Felix said, calming his nerves.

“We had a lot of sleepovers when we were younger, I used to sneak into his room and hide under the blankets during thunderstorms. And then he’d cuddle me until I fell asleep again. We haven’t done this since before he started his squireship under Chan, and now as a knight and crown prince he’s even more busy. We’ll have to catch up on all of the sleepovers we missed now that he has to stay inside and heal anyway.” The younger prince grimaced, “That sounds so horribly selfish… I hope you know I don’t mean it like that. I just mean that we can make the best out of this situation.”

Jisung shook his head, “It’s okay, I know you’re not happy your brother got hurt.”

There was a short awkward silence until Felix piped up again to change the subject, “Do you want to play cards?”

Jisung stayed with Felix until way after sundown in case Minho woke up again but the older prince luckily slept soundly.
Felix offered him to stay with them overnight but Jisung politely declined as there was no place for him to sleep and he immediately shot Felix’s idea down to join them in Minho’s massive bed, so he returned back to Chan’s house in the middle of the night and went to sleep.



When Jisung returned with breakfast to the princes the next morning, Minho, as usual, was already awake, though today he at least was still lying in bed as Felix had apparently wrapped himself around him like an octopus in his sleep.
Minho tried motioning to him to be quiet but his movements were incredibly restricted by not only his injury but also his brother. While Jisung still understood what he wanted to tell him, he already came in later than usual today and the food was going to get cold.
He slowly went over to the window to open the curtains as Minho shook his head. But Jisung wouldn’t be Jisung if he just did what the prince wanted.
As soon as light filled the room, the younger prince groaned and sleepily opened his eyes.
He grumbled something that sounded vaguely like “Don’ wanna, go ‘way.” There might even have been a curse word in there but Jisung couldn’t imagine a word like that leaving Felix’s mouth.

“It’s okay, Lix, you can sleep a bit longer.” Minho said, petting his younger brother’s head.

“Close the curtains, Jisung. You heard my brother.” He hissed.

Jisung didn’t expect Felix to be such a grump in the morning, especially since Minho always rose so early. He closed the curtains again and then just stood there for a second, wondering what he was supposed to do if he wasn’t allowed to wake Felix up.

“I need to send a few messages, go get someone who can write something down for me.” Minho whispered.

“What, is it something secret I’m not supposed to read?” Jisung asked.

Minho looked at him, furrowing his brows as he tried to figure out what Jisung meant.

“Since… you don’t want me to write down your messages?”

Minho blinked, “Aren’t you still learning how to read and write from Chan?”

Jisung stared at him for a second, “I know how to read… Wait, I’ve been working for months now and you didn’t realize I can read?”

“It’s not like I gave you any tasks that required you to.” Minho defended himself, earning him another groan from Felix saying “Shut up…”

Minho lowered his voice again, “Wait then what is Chan teaching you?”

Jisung didn’t know what to say at first so he decided to deflect, “Well nothing much anymore, I’m too busy cleaning after you.”

Felix was shifting again, letting go of Minho and pulling the pillow over his head to drown out their voices.

“Sorry, Lix.” Minho whispered as he carefully got out of bed.
He was clearly still a bit dizzy but slowly made his way to the adjacent room where Jisung had put the breakfast on the table. Jisung followed him quickly.

“So what do you want me to write?” He asked after collecting paper and writing materials from Minho’s desk.

“Well, first. What is that?” Minho pointed at the bowl with his breakfast.

“Hm? It’s porridge. I thought you’d probably want something you can eat with one hand and don’t have to cut. What, are you going to complain?”

“No, it’s just… nothing… I didn’t expect you to think about that.”

“So, your messages?”

Minho started dictating his letters between bites of porridge.
First was a message to the physician about getting medication that didn’t include poppy seeds, then was a message to the King about what transpired with the monster and lastly a request for the blacksmith to fix his armor.
Jisung put everything away again.

“Anything else?” He asked before opening the door to go on his way and deliver the letters.

“Just… Did you feed me yesterday? I don’t know if that actually happened or if I was just high…” The prince’s ears were flushing red again.

“I did. Let me guess, you don’t want me to tell anyone?”

“I would appreciate that…”

“Of course.”


After delivering all the letters, Jisung returned to Minho’s chambers where he only found Felix sleepily sitting at the table and eating his own breakfast.

“Morning, Jisung…” He mumbled when he saw the sorcerer. It was already past noon but who was Jisung to judge?

“Morning, did you sleep well?” He asked.

“No… weird dreams… kept me up late…” The prince grumbled and stuffed his face with more food.

“Oh, do you want to talk about it?” Jisung asked carefully, wondering if it was something prophetic again.

“Can’t remember, felt strange though…”

Jisung presumed that he should have expected that already but it’d been worth a try.
“Where is Minho?”

“Went to pee.”
Felix really was surprisingly untalkative shortly after waking up, so Jisung didn’t press him any more.
He watched as the prince screwed his eyes shut and held the side of his head.

“Are you okay?” He asked, just to be sure.

“Head hurts again… Feel nauseous.”

“Should I get you something? Medicine? A bucket?”

“No, it’s okay. Manageable.”

Jisung nodded but kept a close eye on the prince until Minho finally returned.
“Oh, you’re back.” He greeted Jisung as he sat down on the chair opposite to Felix.

“Yes, the physician will mix up something else to help you sleep at night but says you should still take the original medicine when the pain gets too bad. The King wants to see you tomorrow morning. And the blacksmith said he’ll get to work on your armor right away but it will take a few days.”

“It’s not like I can wear it like this, he can take his time.”

Felix got up, his chair loudly screeching over the floor, catching both of their attention.
“I’m going back to bed…” He grumbled before quickly disappearing back in Minho’s bedroom.

“Lix, what-?” Minho wanted to get up and follow him but Jisung motioned for him to sit down again.

“He said he has a headache, he’ll sleep it off.” He explained quickly.

“Oh… and he doesn’t need anything?” Minho asked worriedly.

“I think he’ll say something if he needs help but for now we can’t do anything, maybe he just needs some silence.”

Minho sighed, “I hate that I can’t do anything about these cursed headaches. He’s had them for so many years now.”

“I know, he told me about them a while ago.”

“You two are… close, right? Would you say you’re friends?” Minho asked, his voice soft and calm but the question still startled Jisung.

“I mean, yes? I think we’re friends.”

“Thank you… for being his friend. We both never had a lot being princes and all but I at least had my fellow knights. You treat him like a normal person, not royalty. You’re… probably not the worst person to be his friend.”

“Watch it, your Highness , you almost sound like you like me.” Jisung quipped, grinning slightly.

Notes:

They are finally starting to get a bit soft for each other, also this had briefly turned into a sick fic :D

I hope you liked it!
Please leave a kudos and/or comment!
Comments give me life!

Chapter 7

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung could have done without another major crisis until Minho was completely recovered but of course things started to pile up now.
It started with a few servants around the castle sniffling and coughing on such a regular basis that Jisung actually took notice but he didn’t think much of it. Back home his mother had always been the busiest at this time of year as the trees started blooming and a lot of people needed medicine to help them with stuffy noses and scratchy throats.
When the first person in town collapsed with a high fever, it didn’t garner that much attention, people got sick from time to time and that poor man had caught it bad.
Then more people got sick, not just in the capital, the heads of nearby villages had come to seek audience and help from the King.
Finally, when the court physician took a closer look at one of the sick maids, the situation turned really serious. A strange mark had appeared on the back of the girl’s neck, a coiled snake. The physician came to the conclusion that the illness was not caused by natural means but magic.

It went from people coughing, to fever, to the first dropping dead quicker than anyone would have thought.
Minho had to attend many meetings with his father and his advisors, and with Minho attending Jisung was forced to also listen in to the nobles talking in circles while also keeping Minho’s cup filled.

“We need to organize quarantine zones, so this sickness won’t spread even further.” Minho suggested in one of those meetings.

“It’s a wasted effort, most are already sick. Instead we should keep the castle free of this disease.” Some lord whose name Jisung didn’t even remember shook his head.

“We don’t know how many townspeople are infected, there might be more healthy people than you think.” Chan interjected, “I think his Highness’s quarantine idea is worth considering.”

“No, we’ll close off the palace, we can’t risk magic entering these halls.” The King decided.

It took Jisung’s whole willpower to not roll his eyes. ‘Too late for that, old man’ , he thought.

“Father, the townspeople are dying. We can’t just hide from this illness.” Minho argued.

The King silenced him with a stare, “Chan, have you found the cause yet?”

“No, Sire. We don’t even know yet if it is a curse or a magically inflicted disease.”

“The difference being?”

“A curse would be anchored to a person or item. If we destroy the anchor, the curse is lifted. A disease caused by magic can be cured with medicine unique to the illness.” He explained carefully. The King knew about Chan’s past as a sorcerer’s apprentice and relied on his knowledge on the subject. Jisung was still wondering how Chan had managed to still win the King’s trust. Considering he was currently harboring a sorcerer and the King was none the wiser, it was a little scary how well Chan could keep secrets.

“How will we find out?”

“If you’ll allow me, I’d want to take some knights and look for an anchor. The physician can experiment with plants to potentially formulate a cure.”

The King nodded, “Take as many as you need, but Minho will stay at the castle.”

“Father!” Minho complained, “I am a knight too.”

“You are still injured, son. And you are not a mere knight, you are also the crown prince. Now, if you can’t sit still and listen, you should go back to your chambers and rest. Keep your brother company.”

Minho stood up with a huff and stormed out the room, Jisung quickly following behind.

“Unbelievable. He is always preaching to me about serving the people. I swore my oath as a knight before I was crowned, and now he’s keeping me from actually helping.” He grumbled on his way back.

“I mean, you are still injured…”Jisung commented.

“Not you too, Jisung. Whose side are you on?”

“Yours, of course. Sorry, that was stupid.”

“Sure, I can’t wear armor or swing a sword currently, but I can still help look for this anchor thing!”

“So, you’re going right?” Jisung asked, wondering why Minho was still complaining.

“Obviously.”

“Chan won’t allow you to come with him.” He reminded him.

“Then we’ll go alone.”

“Who says I’ll come with you?”

“Are you saying you don’t want to?” Minho raised an eyebrow at him.

Jisung grinned, after these few months Minho knew him pretty well, “No, I’ll come.”



They waited until night had fallen, when the guards were due for a shift change. They quietly left Minho’s chambers and the prince led him to a hidden passageway in an older part of the castle.

“A few hundred years ago this was an emergency exit for the royal family. There was an earthquake that damaged this part of the castle so badly that it was just abandoned.” He explained in a hushed tone when he saw that Jisung was looking around curiously in the dark.

“It looks like it’s going to collapse any second.”

“It’s been like that for as long as I can remember and nothing has happened yet, so I think it should be safe.” Minho said as he held out a torch towards Jisung so he would light it.

“I can’t wait for your arm to be healed, you know I suck at making fire…” Jisung commented, taking out a flint stone and Minho’s trusty dagger. He wished he could just use magic to do it but in front of Minho that was out of the question.

“Believe me, I want to heal even faster when I see you try to make a fire. It’s painful to watch.”

“I can help.” A new voice suddenly offered, making them both flinch and turn towards the newcomer.

“Felix, what are you doing here?” Minho asked incredulously.

“I could ask you the same. I heard you were not allowed to go out.” The younger prince said as he took the fire-making tools from Jisung and lit the torch with one swift strike.

“You should go back to bed, you could get sick if you come with us.” Minho insisted.

Felix just looked at him with a stubborn expression, “And you can’t? I don’t want to sit around while you and Jisung go out to save the day. I’m also a prince of this kingdom, I also want to help people for once.”

“This is… Felix you know you shouldn’t… I mean…” Minho struggled to find the right words for what he wanted to say.

Felix quickly interrupted him, “Because I’m the poor little second prince, too frail to actually do anything to help. I’m fine, Minho. I had a good day. No pain, no dizziness, nothing. And if anything happens, I’ll go back immediately.”

“I can go with him if it comes to that.” Jisung offered.

“Ugh, fine. But you stay behind me and Jisung at all times.”

“Because a one-armed knight and a servant are the best line of defense.” Felix joked with an eye roll until he saw Minho’s serious expression, “Okay okay, I’ll stay behind you two…”

“Good, let’s go.” The older prince held up his torch and led the way.

“So what exactly are we looking for?” Felix asked when they exited the secret passage and found themselves in a dark corner of the courtyard, shielded by a few statues.

“Chan said to affect the whole town, a cursed anchor has to be placed in a public place with a lot of significance to a lot of people.” Jisung said.

“When did he say that?” Minho looked at him, confused. Chan hadn’t actually told him that, He’d read it in the spellbook.

“Umm, I live with him. He obviously talks to me. He probably told the council too after we left…” He quickly tried to cover up his mistake.

Minho nodded shortly at the explanation, but still looked a bit confused.

“So like the marketplace maybe?” Felix suggested.

Jisung shrugged, “Could be a good start.”

“And what does an anchor look like?” Felix continued his questions.

“Well, it can be an object, or a person apparently,” Minho explained, “But other than that… I don’t know.”

“So, you sneaked out of the castle and don’t actually know what you’re looking for?”

“If you say it like that, it sounds like we’re stupid.” Jisung laughed awkwardly.

“I didn’t say that, it’s just… you know…”

“It probably looks… magical… evil, you know…” Minho stammered.

Jisung cringed a bit at the fact that ‘magic’ apparently also meant ‘evil’ in Minho’s book but he guessed in this circumstance it wasn’t really wrong.

“I fear for the future of our kingdom if this is how you make plans, Min…”

“I usually make better plans, right Jisung?”

“I mean, now that I think about it… When we were hunting the moledrake, your plan was just to walk around and wait for it to show up…”

“That was… I mean what else were we supposed to do? Chan didn’t object to it.”

“It worked, Chan probably knew it would work. But he would have probably set a trap or something like that…”

“Oh, anyone could say that now.”

“Stop bickering, you two.” Felix interrupted them.
The younger prince pushed them to start walking, “So, we’ll start at the marketplace and just look for something out of place.”



Luckily, in the middle of the night way past the curfew the King had put up a few days ago, not many people were around to disturb them in their mission. The only people they needed to look out for were Chan and the guards but at the moment they were nowhere to be seen.
Felix pointed to the large fountain in the middle of the marketplace, “If I were to place an evil artifact somewhere, I’d put it in there.”
They took a closer look at the large stone structure. Jisung took the torch from Minho so the prince could look for any secret hiding spots.
Minho even jumped into the water to look at the basins that were too high to look into from the ground.

“What are you kids doing there?” A gruff voice asked from one of the buildings surrounding the marketplace.
Jisung lifted the torch to reveal an older man, stomping towards them.

“Are you messing with the well? Don’t you have anything better to do in these hard times?” The man started ranting until Minho took a step towards him.

“Please lower your voice, I can assure you we are not here to cause trouble.” He said, lifting his good arm in a placating manner.

“Anyone could say that! Who-” The man was interrupted by a coughing fit so heavy that it almost brought him to his knees.

“Are you okay?” Felix asked and ran up to the man.

“Felix, don’t-” Minho wanted to reach out to his brother to keep him away from the coughing man but the younger prince had passed him on his left so his injured arm got in the way.
Felix slowly rubbed the man’s back as he helped him get back up.

“Felix?” The man asked, taking a good look at the young man who was helping him.

“You are… Prince Felix? And you?” He looked at Minho again, “Prince Minho! I’m so sorry, I didn’t recognize you in the dark.” He quickly apologized.

“Please go back to your home and rest. Don’t worry about us being here, okay?” Felix slowly started guiding him back to where he came from.

“I am unbelievably sorry, your Highnesses. I-” He was coughing again.

“It’s okay, we scared you. No need to apologize. Go back to bed and rest. You look very sick.”

As soon as the door was closed and Felix returned to them, Minho slung his arm around him.

“Are you crazy? We are investigating a mysterious illness and you get that close to a sick man?” He chastised him.

“He almost collapsed right in front of us. Somebody had to help him.”

While the two of them were quietly arguing, Jisung heard footsteps approaching them.

“There was someone yelling over there, Sir. I am sure of it.” He heard someone say.

“Someone is coming. We need to go.” Jisung hissed as he pulled at Minho’s arm.

The princes snapped out of it and looked in the direction of the noises.
“Okay, go. Over there into the alley.” Minho decided and herded towards their hiding spot, he took the torch from Jisung and dumped it into the fountain to extinguish the flame.

“Over there! I think I saw someone!” Another voice exclaimed.

“Go look who it is.” Chan’s familiar voice commanded whoever was with him.

Minho grabbed Jisung by the shoulders, “Take Felix back to the castle. I’m going to stay behind.”

“What? Shouldn’t I stay behind? I wasn’t personally told to not leave the castle.” Jisung argued.

“There is a curfew, idiot. You aren’t allowed to be out here as much as I am. You being here would only be suspicious.”
He had a point, in the end Minho was still crown prince, he would probably not be punished severely if he even was punished at all.

“Are you sure, Min?”

“Just go, you two.”
Minho waited until they were both hidden further down in the alley before he stepped out of it, startling the two guards.
Felix and Jisung listened to an exhausted sounding Chan scolding Minho for being here.

“Jisung? Are you here too?” Chan called out into the alley where Jisung and Felix pressed themselves even further into their hiding place.
The knight groaned in annoyance, “He better be in his bed when I return later…”
He gave a few more orders to the guards before personally leading Minho away.

They waited a while longer before Jisung got up to see if they were safe to leave.

“Okay, let’s go.” Jisung said but Felix didn’t answer.
He looked back at the prince who was just staring into nothing.
“Oh no, no not again. Felix?” He knelt down to take a closer look at him. Even in this darkness, Jisung could see the subtle golden shimmer in his eyes.
He slowly reached out to him to take his hand.
As soon as their hands touched, Felix grabbed his in an iron grip, looking at him with pure despair filling his golden eyes.

A puppet brought from foreign lands
With strings pulled on by vengeful hands.
When sun is dimmed and trust is failed,
There comes an end to magic’s lie.
When what was hidden is unveiled,
Know, dead will live and love shall die.


Felix’s eyes rolled back as he slumped forward.
Jisung didn’t have time to process the meaning of the ominous words. The grip on Jisung’s hand loosened as he lost consciousness.

“Felix, Felix, wake up.” Jisung whispered, shaking the prince carefully.

His face scrunched up a bit but his eyes didn’t open.
While Felix wasn’t the tallest, or most muscular, man, he was still too heavy for Jisung to carry. Someone like Chan or Minho could probably pick him up with one arm but Jisung struggled to barely get him on his back. His legs shook beneath him as he pushed himself up. He hadn’t even gotten used to the weight of Minho’s armor, he was glad that he didn’t have to carry it around in the last few weeks since the prince couldn’t wear it anyway, and Felix’s dead weight felt a lot heavier than that.
Slowly, he carried Felix out of the alley and back towards the entrance of the secret passageway when the prince luckily stirred on his back.

“Minho?” He muttered sleepily.

“Nope, sorry. Just me.” Jisung said through gritted teeth, struggling not to lose his balance as the prince on his back started to move.

“Jisung? Can you let me down?”

“Gladly, but can you stand?”

“I think so…”
Jisung leaned against a wall so he didn’t just collapse when he let Felix off of his back.

“What happened?” The prince asked, holding his head.
Jisung took the few seconds he needed to catch his breath to think about what to tell him.

“What’s the last thing you remember?”

“We hid in the alley, and Channie called out for you. You pulled me a bit closer to stay hidden… and I don’t know was there someone else? I remember a young man with long, blonde hair…”

“There was nobody but us.” Jisung said, wondering if Felix was remembering something from his vision.

“Oh… maybe I just dreamt it…”

Felix still looked a bit disoriented and ready to just fall into his bed to sleep for at least 12 hours.

“We’re almost back, let’s go back to your room.” Jisung suggested.

“Of course, yes…” Felix carefully held onto Jisung’s arm for stability as they walked back to his chambers.

Luckily, there were no more obstacles on their way, Jisung was glad when they finally reached the prince’s door.

“Jisung? Can you promise me something?” He asked before entering his chambers.

“What is it?”

“Please don’t tell Min that I collapsed again. He would just blame himself for letting me come with you.”

Jisung didn’t know if that was a good idea, “What if you get worse?”

“I won’t. Trust me. Minho knowing would just lead to him worrying about something he can’t control anyway.”

“Fine, okay. I won’t tell him.”

“Thank you… Good night, Jisungie.” Felix yawned as he disappeared behind the door.

Jisung stood there for a second, hung up on the nickname but in the end he couldn’t help but smile.
Minho had asked him if he and Felix were friends and by now it really felt like it.

Notes:

A bit of a shorter chapter today but it's setting up some new plot points ^^

I worked pretty hard on that prophecy until i was happy with it and luckily I had some friends help me out with it.

Anyway, thanks for reading! See you next time!

Chapter 8

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

He’d somehow made it home before Chan so when he came to check on him, he was already in bed and didn’t have to explain where he went. He thought about telling Chan about Felix’s vision but then he would have to explain why he’d been with Felix, and why he'd let Minho go to town alone, and then it would all just lead to him finding out he’d been there too and Jisung didn’t want another scolding.
The next morning, Jisung returned to the castle as early as possible, picking up breakfast from the kitchen and quickly making his way to Minho.
When he ascended the stairs to get to Minho’s chambers he was greeted by a guard posted in front of the door.

“Morning.” The guard said, stepping aside to let Jisung in.
He nodded in reply and entered the room.
Minho was, again, already up when Jisung put the breakfast down on the table.

“There you are, you weren’t seen last night, right?” Minho asked before even greeting him.

“We weren’t, I don’t think I would be here and Felix would probably also have a guard in front of his door.”

“Ugh, can you believe it? Father was furious and is now confining me to my chambers! I’m 21 and he’s treating me like a child.” Minho complained as he sat down in front of his breakfast.

“I thought being crown prince would give you more… I don’t know freedom? Like nobody gets to tell you what to do…”

Minho let out a short laugh, “Well nobody but the king… honestly, I had more freedom before my coronation.”

He cleared his throat shortly and Jisung quickly filled his cup with water from a pitcher when he reached for it. Minho nodded appreciatively and took a sip of water.

“Did anything else happen after I left?” He asked.

“No, nothing at all…” Jisung said, maybe a bit too quickly when he thought about carrying Felix back to the castle. Now, he remembered that chilling prophecy Felix had delivered yesterday. This one was way more vague and ominous than the one about the poisoned chalice.

“You’re a terrible liar, I can practically hear you thinking.”

‘If you only knew… ’ Jisung thought.

“There was a dog that chased us on our way back… Gave us quite the scare…” He lied, hopefully a bit better than before.

“But you two are good right? Nobody got hurt?”

His arms and legs were still a bit sore from carrying Felix through half the city but he just shook his head.

“Nobody got hurt.” He repeated what Minho said to confirm.

“Thank you for watching out for Felix, I owe you something.”

“I just did my job. Remember? You tell me to do something and I do it. Saving your royal ass is one of my daily tasks.”

“I saved your ass a few weeks ago, don’t get too cocky.” Minho laughed and continued eating his breakfast.

“I don’t know, what are you going to do about it? I might just tell all the servants that you’re helpless as a baby without me.”

Minho rolled his eyes, “Nobody would believe you.”

“Are you sure?” Jisung grinned. Minho halted and stared at him for a second, evaluating if he was serious.

Jisung meanwhile eyes some of the contents of the prince’s breakfast.

“You could buy my guaranteed silence though.” He suggested with a grin.

Minho followed his gaze and let out an amused huff as he picked up the fresh grapes.
“You really are getting cocky, extorting something from a prince like that.”

He placed the grapes on a second smaller plate and pushed it towards Jisung.

“Maybe, but you like it when I talk to you like that. It’s part of my charm.” He grabbed the plate and popped one of the grapes in his mouth. Grapes weren’t really in season right now but somehow Minho still got the sweetest fruits delivered to him.

Minho mumbled something Jisung didn’t quite catch, something that sounded like “You’re lucky you’re—” but he refused to repeat himself after Jisung asked.


It took all of half a day before Minho got bored cooped up in his chambers.
Even with a broken clavicle, he could at least take a walk outside, but now he wasn’t even allowed to do that.

“Do you want to play cards?” Jisung suggested but Minho just sighed and brought up that he couldn’t play properly with only one hand.
“A book?” Jisung asked but Minho didn’t feel like reading.
“I could go get Felix?”

Minho agreed to that but when Jisung went and knocked on the younger prince’s door his servant opened and informed him that his headache had returned that morning so he was sleeping at the moment.
Jisung returned to Minho with the bad news and the prince just answered with a sigh.

“Tell me more about yourself.” Minho prompted after a while of just sitting around.

“You want to know something about me? Why?” Jisung asked while he was folding clothes. If Minho was following his usual routine, Jisung would be alone right now and wouldn’t have to do this by hand, but he was stuck like this for now.

“You’ve been with me for what? Half a year? And I realized that I don’t know that much about you.”

“And now you’re bored enough to ask?” Jisung didn’t want it to sound as rude as it did. But Minho just raised his head and lifted his eyebrow like he did so often when Jisung said something impudent.

“You know, if you don’t want to talk about it, you could just say that.”

“No, sorry, it’s okay. What do you want to know?”

“Where did you grow up?”

“Oh, it’s a small village near the sea to the east. You probably wouldn’t even know it if I told you the name…”

“Try me.” Minho said with a competitive spark in his eyes.

After Jisung told him the name, Minho blinked for a second, “Of course I know it.”

Jisung eyed him suspiciously, “Oh really? Did you visit the fort on the hill near the village?”

“Exactly, the earl there is a good friend of my father.”

Jisung couldn’t keep in his laughter, “You liar, there is no fort on a hill. You have no idea where I’m from.”

“Hey, you are still speaking to your future King.” Minho scolded him lightly, clearly not serious.

“Am I? All I see is a lying prince.”

“You are so infuriating.”

“Are you sure your heart beats that fast because of anger?”
Jisung didn’t even know why he said it but as soon as he realized, his eyes widened and he could feel his head heating up.
Minho looked at him equally surprised.

“Um, I’ll just bring the empty plates back to the kitchen…” Jisung said quickly and slipped out of the room.
It was stupid but he just liked to rile Minho up a bit. He wanted to be slightly infuriating, because the way the prince raised just one eyebrow and stared at him with those dark, piercing eyes was one of the most beautiful interesting things he’d ever seen. And his surprised look just now, his eyes wider and small mouth slightly open, it was seared into his mind.
He convinced himself that his comment was just another way to get a reaction out of the prince. Just because it was so fun to try to get a reaction out of this perfect person.


When Jisung returned a while later, Minho luckily didn’t mention his comment again. The prince had settled on an armchair near the window and taken to read a book after all and Jisung didn’t dare to interrupt him like this so he just started cleaning up.
The silence between them was only disturbed by Minho clearing his throat from time to time.

“Can you get me something to drink? The water’s empty…” The prince spoke up after a while again.

“Is everything alright? Is your throat scratchy?” Jisung asked carefully.

“Just a little, don’t worry. I’m not sick.” Minho assured him but Jisung was still suspicious.

“Don’t look at me like that, I barely talked to that man last night and stood a few paces away from him. I’m not sick.” Minho repeated.

“Okay, okay, I’ll get you some honey and sage tea, just in case.”

“Could you also go check on Felix? He came really close to that man yesterday…”

“Of course.”

Jisung took the water pitcher and made his way to fetch some water and pick up honey and sage.
On his way back, he made another attempt to visit the younger prince, but yet again a servant opened the door.

“His Highness needs sleep. You can come back tomorrow, he often feels better after a day of rest.” The young man assured him.

“Sorry, but… he’s not sick right?”

“Are you worried he caught this mystery plague? How would he? He hasn’t left the castle since all of this started.”

“I know, just. He’s not coughing, right? No fever?”

“No, it’s just his usual headache.”

“Okay, thank you. I’ll tell Prince Minho. He is worried.”

The servant nodded, “I will tell his Highness that his brother thinks of him.”

With that, the young man closed the door again and Jisung was on his way back to Minho to bring him his tea.


A day later, when Jisung entered the prince’s chambers it was surprisingly dark in there. Usually, Minho was up before Jisung got to him. His chambers were positioned perfectly so that the morning sun lit up every corner but today the curtains were still drawn.
Jisung put the breakfast down on the table. Before he could open the bedroom door, he already heard heavy coughs sounding from inside.
He cursed under his breath as he slowly opened the door, revealing Minho still in bed.

“Good morning?” He greeted him carefully.
Minho just answered with a pained groan.

Jisung grabbed a piece of cloth, a scarf, from Minho’s dresser and tied it over his mouth and nose before he went up to the prince.
Sweat clung to his brow, his blanket was halfway discarded as if he couldn’t decide if he was hot or cold. Minho coughed again, wincing as the motion hurt his broken bone.
Jisung carefully put his hand on Minho’s forehead and immediately noticed how hot he felt. The prince leaned into his cool touch as he slowly opened his eyes.

“I guess I was sick after all…” He rasped out.

“No shit. When did the fever start?”

“Few hours ago…”

“Can you move your head to the side?” Jisung asked.

Minho nodded and did as he said. Jisung quickly checked the back of his neck and found the dreaded mark of the magical disease, a coiled snake.
He cursed again as he quickly took a few steps back.

Minho looked at him with exhaustion in his eyes, “Is it bad?”

Jisung didn’t know what to say. It was indeed bad that Minho had contracted a fatal disease that they hadn’t found a cure for yet but the prince knew that, panicking about it wouldn’t help in any way.

“I’m going to be back soon. Hold on, okay?” He excused himself quickly and went back to the door where the guard was posted outside. He carefully opened the door, the cloth still covering his mouth and nose.
The guard looked at him confused.

“You have to go tell the King that Prince Minho is sick. He is also bearing the curse mark.” He quickly told him.

“But… I’m not supposed to leave my post…” The guard stammered.

Jisung was quickly starting to get annoyed, “Didn’t you hear me? The crown prince is sick, idiot. I can’t leave the chambers in case I am also infected. Go tell the King or Sir Chan, and somebody needs to check on Prince Felix.”
The guard nodded nervously and left.

While he was waiting for the guard to return he went back to Minho, giving him a cup of water and wetting a piece of cloth in the water pitcher to put it on his forehead and cool him down.

“Jisung?” He heard Chan call him from outside, so he quickly returned to the door.
“What’s going on? The guard said something about Minho being sick?” The knight asked.

“He’s running a fever and is coughing a lot. He has the mark on his neck.” Jisung explained.

“What about you?”

“I’m fine, I don’t feel sick or anything. Listen, somebody should check on Felix. His servant told me yesterday that he wasn’t feeling well.”

Chan nodded, “I’ll check on him and inform the King. Do you need anything?”

Jisung thought about it for a second, “Something to fight the fever, maybe more pain medication and…” He hesitated, “Can you get me my book?”

“Jisung… this is dangerous business.” Chan warned him.

“I know but…” Jisung looked back to the room as if Minho would walk out of his bedroom suddenly and then behind Chan to check that they were alone before he continued with a whisper, “If magic caused this disease maybe it can also cure it?”

Chan looked conflicted.

“Please, Chan. I’ll be careful. Nobody is going to come in here and Minho will probably not leave his bed for a while.”

“Fine, okay. I’ll see what I can do.”


It didn’t take long after Chan left until another servant knocked on the door and put a tray with medicine and other supplies down for Jisung to pick up after they were gone.
He hurriedly brought them inside and went back to Minho’s bedside.
By now, the prince had fallen asleep again so Jisung had to carefully shake him awake.

“Hey, I have some medicine for you.”

Minho furrowed his brow, “Is it poppy again?” His voice was still raspy.

“No, I don’t think so. It’s mostly to help with the fever and the coughing, and some honey for your throat.”

The prince hummed appreciatively and obediently opened his mouth when Jisung held a spoon with the medicine to his lips.
“Why are you still here?” He then asked.

“What do you mean? I’m your servant, it’s my job to take care of you.”

“But this is no ordinary illness… you could have left when you realized I was infected.”

Jisung just realized that he didn’t even think about leaving to save himself once.
“I guess, but who would sit here and give you your medicine then? And I spent the whole day with you yesterday, I am probably also already infected and just not feeling it yet.”

“Still… thank you… and I’m sorry for dragging you into this. We wouldn’t be in this situation if I’d just stayed in the castle like Father said…”

“No, don’t talk like that. You just wanted to help and do what’s right.”

“I’m still sorry…”

“Just go back to sleep, you’ll feel better when you wake up.”
At least Jisung hoped that he’d feel better.

Minho’s breath, while still labored, evened out quickly, Jisung guessed there was something in the medicine to help him sleep.


Chan returned a few hours later, placing a bag at the door with spare clothes and the magic tome buried at the bottom.

“How is Felix?” Jisung asked once Chan was at a safe distance away from the door.

“He’s fine. He’s not sick. But if he was in contact with one of you yesterday, it might still develop. I’ll keep an eye on him.” Chan said.

Jisung still didn’t dare to tell the knight that they were with Minho that night, it was better if he believed that they had been in contact later.

“If you want to write to your mother, I’ll return tomorrow and take your letter.” Chan was so visibly worried about him, he looked a bit like a kicked puppy.

“I’m fine, Chan. I don’t even feel sick. I would just worry her for no reason.”

“If that changes, please let me know.”

“I will. I guess, I’ll get to reading then.” Jisung said, lifting up his bag.

Chan nodded, “Good luck.”


The rest of the day Jisung split his time between tending to Minho and sitting in the corner next to the bedroom door reading through his spellbook while the prince slept.

The spells and rituals Chan had recorded over time were well-organized. The first part of the book was dedicated to what Chan had dubbed “tangible magic”. It encompassed magic influencing the physical world around them, from making things float to transforming one thing into another, from setting fires to creating water, to locating people and objects.
The second part contained “intangible magic” and Jisung was still struggling to wrap his head around it. Chan himself had told him that he never managed to figure it out as it required a lot of natural talent to master such an abstract form of magic. It influenced energies, whatever that meant Jisung wasn’t completely sure yet. He found a spell that made it possible to communicate with spirits, one that apparently showed ‘bonds’ people had to each other (Jisung also didn’t know what that meant), and one that could make the spellcaster hear thoughts and even charm people to do the caster’s bidding. Apparently, future sight was also a type of this intangible magic but the book repeated that it wasn’t a skill learnt but inherited.

To Jisung’s disappointment, there was no “Cure All Diseases Spell” but he found a cooling spell that might help him keep Minho’s temperature down. He didn’t dare cast it directly on the prince’s body, he had never tried the spell after all and apparently it was easy to accidentally overdo it and he really didn’t need a royal icicle.

Instead he used it to cool down the wet rag he had placed on Minho’s head and the prince was just delirious enough from the fever and medicine that he didn’t even question it and only responded with a relieved sigh.
The prince was sleeping a lot but luckily he became a bit more coherent in the evening.

“How are you feeling?” Jisung asked when he noticed that he was awake.

“Peachy…” Minho said unconvincingly, clearly wincing from the pain in his throat from speaking. Jisung quickly gave him something to drink and a bit more honey to soothe his throat.

“What about you?” He asked when he could speak again.

Jisung realized just then that he had been so absorbed in his spellbook that he didn’t even realize that the expected symptoms weren’t hitting him.
He shrugged dismissively, “I don’t know, I feel normal I think…”
He wondered if the disease only hit certain people but there hadn’t been a clear pattern with the people that had gotten sick before. The only thing that made him different was his magic.
Now that he thought of it, Felix also didn’t seem to be affected even though he had the most contact with a sick person out of all of them.

“Stop thinking so hard, it will hurt your head.” Minho joked weakly.

“Stop talking so much, it hurts your throat.” Jisung quipped back.

The prince pouted slightly, “Then tell me something… I’m bored…”

“Do you really want more boring backstory of your servant?”

“I don’t think you’re boring… tell me more about your village…”

Jisung huffed in amusement, he couldn’t imagine what exactly found Minho interesting about his exceedingly ordinary life before coming to the castle but he couldn’t help but find it endearing that he asked.

“Well, there is a harvest festival every fall. It’s the biggest festival of the year so everyone’s always really excited.” He started talking, watching as Minho was basically glued to his lips as he spoke.
“It’s by far not as big as the one here in the city of course. But there is also this tradition that young men give daisies to a maiden they like and if the girl likes him too she would braid the daisies in her hair.”

“Did you ever gift a daisy to a girl?” Minho interrupted his story.

“Umm, no…” Jisung flushed red, “I don’t really… I don’t really like girls like that…”

“And did you give one to a boy then?”

Jisung didn’t know why Minho was so hung up on that. He was a bit embarrassed that he’d never had a relationship before but he couldn’t help but answer, “Once… but he didn’t really… yeah… I don’t really want to talk about it…”

Fortunately, Minho didn’t press him further so he just continued with another topic.
“There were games too like an apple pie eating contest and apple bobbing.”

“Lot of apples…” Minho commented.

“Yeah, there are a lot of apple orchards surrounding the village so we have a lot of them.” He explained.

Minho wanted to say something else but was interrupted by a series of coughs. Jisung got him something to drink.
“It’s time for your medicine again.”

“No… not yet…” The prince complained.

“Don’t be a baby about it, it’s good for you, it helps with the coughing.”

“But it makes me loopy and I want to keep talking to you…”

“You’re already loopy with that fever.”

“But… different loopy.”

Jisung couldn’t help but laugh slightly at his antics.
“I’ll continue to talk to you even after you’ve taken the medicine.”

“Promise?”

“Promise, now come on, open up.” He said as he filled a spoon with more of the elixir.

Minho took the medicine, even if he cringed a bit at the taste.
“So, there are apple trees all around your village. Are your family farmers who tend to them?” He then quickly jumped back into Jisung’s story.

“No, my mother is the local herbalist. She makes the best medicine in the world, I don’t think even your royal physician can compete with her.”

“And your father?” Minho’s voice was already a bit more quiet than before as he fought against the medicine trying to put him to sleep.

“I don’t actually know my father. He left my mother before I was born, he could be who knows where, he could be dead. I don’t really care to be honest.”

“Oh…” Minho said quietly, “I’m still sorry…”

“It’s okay, I’ve had a long time to come to terms with the fact.”

“I barely remember my mother. She died when I was very young.” Minho didn’t sound particularly sad, it was probably the same as with Jisung that he had just accepted the circumstances over the years, but his hazy eyes showed how much he missed her.
“I have an image of her in my head, but I don’t know if it comes from my own memory or her portrait.”

Jisung wasn’t sure if that was Minho’s way to emphasize with him, to show him that he knew how it felt to only have one parent, or if his story had just reminded him of his mother and the fever made him more loose-lipped than usual, but he didn’t care. It felt nice to talk to someone who understood.

“I saw, she was beautiful.” Jisung said. The portrait was placed in an alcove of the throne room and showed the King, 20 years younger with dark hair and a strong build, and the former queen, with cat-like grace and endlessly kind eyes and a face so delicate as if it was sculpted by an artist. Minho looked a lot like her actually.

The prince was slowly drifting back to sleep, clearly struggling to keep his eyes open.
“Tell me more about your festival…” He slurred.

Jisung indulged him, talking about more of the very apple-themed games and the dances. He only stopped when he heard Minho snoring quietly. He stayed a little while longer, watching over the prince. If the sickness progressed like it did with the others Minho would have a few more days at least. Or rather, Jisung had a few more days to find a way to cure him.

Notes:

Heey ^^
Thanks for reading!

I just decided that this is my medieval fantasy world and homosexuality is not a taboo topic because honestly, they are having enough other problems.
Even for the royal family it's not that much of a problem since adoptions are a thing (think adoptive emperors of Rome)

Minho is also awfully interested in Jisung's romantic preferences, I wonder why >.>

Chapter 9

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Minho got worse over the next four days. Every day he became less coherent, slept more. Minho went from still holding full conversations, to giving only one word answers, to just humming in agreement or disapproval, to Jisung not being completely sure he was even listening.
Jisung tried cooling him down even harder but it felt like the more he tried the more the fever would rise. He couldn’t do much but keep him hydrated and as cool as possible.
He knew it got really bad when after giving him something to drink, Minho muttered a quiet “Thanks, Lix…”
When Jisung tried to correct him, the prince just hummed but didn’t actually listen to him as he closed his eyes again to go back to sleep.
Chan returned twice a day in case either Jisung’s health took a turn for the worse or he found something that could help in the book. After they realized that Jisung was apparently not affected by the illness, Chan dared to enter the chambers to discuss what exactly Jisung should be looking for.

“There are too many plants and herbs, we don’t have the time to test all of them. Minho is… not doing well. I don’t know how long he can hold on…” Jisung slumped into the knight on the morning of the third day of Minho’s sickness.
If someone had told him seven months ago that he would feel like crying over Prince Minho, he would have laughed in their face but now he didn’t feel like laughing. Over the last few months, he had grown to like the prince in all of his sarcastic, playful, stubborn and self-sacrificing glory. Seeing him so delirious that he didn’t even recognize who stood before him… Jisung hated it down to his core.

“You’re right…” Chan sighed, “It’s taking too long…”
Deep eyebags marked the knight’s face, Jisung knew he already wasn’t sleeping a lot on a regular basis, being so worried about Minho probably meant that he hadn’t seen his bed in days.

“The only person who knows the answer, is the one who casted the spell…” He continued, deep in thought.

“There is a locating spell in the book but it says I need something of the person I’m looking for.” Jisung showed Chan the page and the knight quickly read over it again.

“How aware is Minho of his surroundings?” Chan then asked.

“Barely, you could probably set the room on fire and he wouldn’t notice. Why?”

Chan didn’t answer him immediately, seemingly deep in thought.

“Why? What does that have to do with anything?” He repeated.

“It’s risky… But you need something with a connection to this person, and while the curse might not be a physical thing it might be enough…” Chan explained slowly, “The sickness and the curse are an extension of the caster’s magic, it’s really hard, especially since you’re still inexperienced but it might work.”

“I am supposed to channel the spell through Minho?” Jisung asked.

“Not exactly, more like through the illness that has attached itself to him.”

Jisung looked back down to his book, his grip on it tightening, “I’m not sure I get it but I need to try.”

“I feel like I’m not telling you this enough because you get into the most ridiculous little spats with Minho, but you’re a very bright young sorcerer. I believe in you.”

Jisung’s cheeks flushed as he stammered something like “What? No… I’m not… No… I… Thank you…”
He couldn’t deny being praised like this felt good.

Chan gently pushed him towards the bedroom door.
“I’m going to wait right here,okay?”

Jisung nodded, clutching the book to his chest before entering.
The room by now really smelled like sickness even though Jisung made sure to air it out regularly. Opening the window was the first thing he did before sitting down. Minho moved his head slightly when he heard the door but was too tired to actually look who entered. He groaned pathetically when Jisung sat down next to him and exchanged the wet rag on his forehead. Jisung gave him a sip to drink and set the book down on the bed next to the prince.
Minho was drifting somewhere between sleep and wakefulness, his eyes closed and breathing heavily.

“It’s okay, I’ll make sure we’re getting medicine for you…” Jisung muttered, more for himself than the prince.
He read through the right page of the spellbook again and carefully took Minho’s hand. Jisung closed his eyes and started whispering the right words for the spell, focusing on Minho’s hand in his.

He was flying high up in the air. The ground was so far away, a farmer he spotted walking over his field looked even smaller than an ant.
Suddenly, his body was yanked through the air, towards his target.
He spotted the capital, easily recognizable with the beautiful silhouette of the castle, and was rushing towards it.
His body was closer to the ground now as he approached the castle.
Before he could think about if the sorcerer he was looking for was right under their noses, a very familiar tower came into focus. A very familiar tower with a very familiar open window. Two people were inside the window, one lying in bed, the other sitting next to them, clutching their hand.


Jisung snapped out of the spell and shook his head. Chan had told him it was difficult to channel his spell through something he couldn’t see. He let go of Minho’s hand as the only thing that had accomplished was that his spell had located the Prince himself.

“Stupid magic, I know where Minho is… he is right in front of me…” He muttered.

He thought about it for a second before trying to not actually touch Minho but hover his hands over him before trying the spell again but the magic didn’t have anything to latch onto.
He held his hand again, trying to focus not on Minho directly but the spell turned out not only but when he managed to execute it correctly again it gave him the same result of showing him the tower.
He groaned in frustration, trying to cast the spell over and over again was draining. He felt himself getting tired and losing his concentration more easily.

He felt like he only had the energy for one other spell before he desperately needed a nap and something to eat, so before he lost it to another failed spell, he tried thinking about it more.
He kept accidentally focusing on Minho instead of the curse. Because in the end he didn’t know how to focus on the curse. It wasn’t something he could see or touch, he tried imagining what the curse looked like but the spell just fizzled out when he did that. He needed something physical.

‘If only there was a physical representation of the curse…’ Jisung thought before immediately halting and cursing himself for being an idiot.

There was a physical representation of the curse on Minho’s body, the mark of the snake on the back of his neck.
He gently pushed Minho’s head to the side, revealing the edges of the mark.
The prince groaned again and leaned into Jisung’s cold touch when he carefully put his hand on the back of his neck.

“Yeah, yeah, I wonder if you’d do that if you were more awake…” Jisung whispered.
He closed his eyes again and focused on the mark before casting the spell again.

He was flying once again like he did the few times before when he’d cast the spell.
The view by now was familiar, the hills and villages passing under him, Jisung had seen them many times before today.
He was about to end the spell when he realized he was approaching the capital again, thinking he would just locate himself and Minho again but this time he wasn’t towards the castle, he was flying past it over the town.
He passed the upper city, quickly approaching the outskirts of the lower city. Right at the city walls, a small house came into view.

When the spell ended, he hadn’t actually seen the person but he could give Chan a detailed description on where the house was. The knight was off immediately, planning to take a handful of guards with him under the guise of receiving a tip from a concerned citizen.
As soon as he was gone, Jisung returned to Minho’s side, giving him his medicine.
He was so tired from trying the spell so many times, he could barely keep his eyes open.
Without thinking about really anything he fell into the next comfortable napping place and fell asleep, only realizing when he woke up that he’d slept next to Minho in his bed.


Jisung was woken up by Chan calling his name outside.
He couldn’t even begin to start processing that he’d slept next to Minho when he jumped up and quickly followed Chan’s calls.

“What? What is it?” He asked, sleepily.

Chan pushed a small bottle into his hands.
“Make sure that Minho drinks all of this.”

“What? You mean, you found the cure? Did you arrest the guy who did that?”

“We… we did.” Chan said hesitantly, “I’ll explain later. Give Minho his medicine.”

Jisung rushed back into the bedroom, shaking Minho gently to make sure he was awake.

“What…” Minho asked quietly, not even opening his eyes.

Jisung put the bottle against his lips and tilted it slowly for Minho to drink. Even though he was careful, Minho almost choked on the medicine as it poured down his throat.

“Sorry, sorry.” Jisung quickly apologized and gave him some time before he gave him the rest.
When the bottle was empty, Minho took a deep breath as his lungs seemed to immediately clear up.
He opened his eyes slightly.

“What was that? It tastes horrible…” He rasped out. Jisung couldn’t help but laugh when the relief hit him that Minho wasn’t going to die under his care.


It wasn’t a miracle recovery, he still looked weak but the medicine had helped a significant amount in regaining his lucidity. The mark on his neck had faded slightly but was still there.

“He needs more than one dose to fully recover.” Chan explained when Jisung returned to him, “The problem is getting our hands on it.”

“What do you mean? Just get more?”

“It’s not that easy. The medicine is made from yellow wood bark and we only had enough for two doses. The first one we used to test its effectiveness, the second one went to Minho. Yellow Wood doesn’t grow in our kingdom. It can only be found in the Kingdom of Miroh.”

“So? Then get it from there.”

“We’ve already sent Seungmin as a messenger. Their king is protective of his resources, we might need to strike a deal with them to take enough with us to cure everyone who is ill.”

“What if he doesn’t want to give us anything?”

“Don’t worry about that. It’s highly unlikely. Miroh is a small country that can only benefit from Levanter being in its debt, maybe we can even form an alliance.”

“When is Seungmin going to be back?”

“If everything goes well, a week. Let’s hope the medicine bought us enough time.”

Jisung sighed. So they weren’t completely in the clear after all.
“What about the one responsible? You caught them right?”

Chan immediately looked uncomfortable again, “We did…”

Jisung just looked at him, urging him to continue.

“The culprit really was in the house you pointed out. He’s an 11 year old boy…”

Jisung’s jaw dropped, “A child did this? Are you sure?”

“He confessed.” Chan confirmed, “His mother was executed a few months ago for witchcraft, he wanted to take revenge. Apparently, he only wanted to target the King but he lost control of the spell.”

“What is going to happen to him now?” Jisung almost didn’t dare to ask.

“Right now he is locked up in the dungeon. The King hasn’t decided yet what to do but… he’s not known to show mercy to any kind of sorcerer, even if they are children.”

“But… Chan, that’s… We have to do something.”

“He is responsible for the death of so many people…” Chan said, trying to justify it but he was still so visibly unhappy with the thought of sending a child to their grave.

Jisung couldn’t help himself but relate to the child, even if he did almost kill Minho and so many other people. If he was telling the truth, all this mess was just an accident. He was just a child grieving for his mother, if Jisung was in his situation he’d probably lose control of his magic too.

“The execution won’t take place immediately, the King wants to wait until peace has been restored and the cure has been handed out to everyone. I think he plans to burn him at the stake as a celebration that the curse has been lifted…” Chan’s voice sounded detached, as if he didn’t allow himself to think too much about this messed up situation.

“Chan, that’s so… fucked up.” Jisung didn’t know a better word to describe it.

The knight sighed deeply, “I know… I’ll try to convince him to change his mind.”

“Can I do something to help?”

“No, just try to get Minho back to his feet. We first have to wait until Seungmin returns, hopefully with more yellow wood bark.”


With the first dose of the cure, Minho was able to eat something more filling than soup for the first time in 4 days.

“I’m full, Jisung…” He whined after a few bites of meat and potatoes.

“Just a little more, we don’t know if you’re going to get worse again and you need your strength.” Jisung chided him, picking up the fork and holding another potato to Minho’s mouth.

The prince sighed and gave in and managed to eat half the plate in the end.
“You can have the rest…”

Jisung realized he wouldn’t eat any more so he shrugged and helped himself to the rest.

“You stayed with me the whole time?” Minho asked when he had settled back down.

“I told you, I would stay with you. Why are you surprised now?” Jisung spoke through a mouthful of potatoes.

Minho laughed shortly when he looked at him, “The way you eat is fascinating.”

“What do you mean?” He said as he shoved a piece of bread in his mouth, his cheeks completely filled out with food.

The prince’s mostly silent laugh turned into a series of coughs. Jisung stopped fooling around and swallowed his food, quickly grabbing a cup of water for Minho.

“Are you okay?” He asked after the prince had something to drink.

The prince nodded and ran his hand through his hair, grimacing slightly.
“Can you let in a bath for me? I feel disgusting, and I think I want to bathe before it gets worse again…”

“Yeah, of course. How is your arm? Do you think you can do it alone?” Jisung asked.

Minho was silent for a few seconds.
“Could you help me?” His voice was quiet and Jisung could see his ears turning red.

“Of course.”

The prince’s chambers included a washing room with a big metal bathtub.
It was a bit embarrassing for Jisung that before he’d come to the capital, he’d never seen a bathtub made of metal before. He wondered how something like that cost. Jisung pulled a cord that rang a bell somewhere under them in the castle.
The water was delivered through a pumping system under a castle where servants heated up water and then pumped it up so it would flow right into the bathtub. The technology was fascinating really.
Jisung waited for the tub to fill up and then pulled the cord again to signal the staff downstairs that they could stop.
He returned to Minho and slowly helped him get out of bed. The prince wanted to stand for himself at first but was clearly still feeling a bit faint and involuntarily clung to Jisung who helped him get to the adjacent room and sit on the small stool next to the tub.

“It’s still a bit too hot to get in. Do you want lavender or cherry blossom scent?” Jisung asked as he picked up the soap bars and bottles Minho used the most.

“I don’t really care. Which one do you like more?”

Jisung wasn’t sure why his opinion mattered but he thought about it for a second, “Neither. I think I like jasmine best.”

“I almost never use that one…” Minho commented, leaning on the wall behind him to hold himself up more easily.

“You did when you saved me from the moledrake.” Jisung remembered the scent weirdly well.

“I did?”

“Yeah, I think it smells nice.”

“Maybe I should use it more often…” Minho said absentmindedly as he watched Jisung put the soap into the bath and then tested the water with his fingers.

“It should be fine now. Come on, let me help you.”

Luckily, Minho’s sleeping clothes were very loose so it wasn’t hard to get him out of it. The prince shivered slightly as air hit his heated skin.
Jisung helped him get into the bathtub and Minho immediately relaxed into the heat.

“Lean your head back.” He said as he picked up a smaller bowl and scooped up some water.

Minho did as he was told and looked up at Jisung as he carefully poured some water over his hair.
“Your hands are really soft…” He commented when Jisung started massaging the soap into his hair.

Jisung laughed, “What’s going on with you lately? You’re awfully nice to me. Is your fever spiking again?”

“It’s just the truth…” Minho said, closing his eyes and enjoying the treatment.

“Sure…” Jisung shook his head in amusement, not really believing him.

“It is.” The prince insisted, looking at him again with those beautiful cat-like eyes.

“Don’t be stupid… Close your eyes again, I’ll rinse your hair now.”


Jisung helped Minho dry off and get into a fresh set of clothes. The prince looked just about ready to go back to sleep now that he was relaxed and clean.
Jisung sat him down in an armchair first to have some space to change the sheets on the bed. He felt the prince’s eyes on him the whole time until he finally helped him get back into bed.

“Can you talk to me until I fall asleep again?” Minho asked and Jisung didn’t even try to say “No” to his beautiful, tired eyes.

“If you want to, but you’ll have to take the cough medicine first.”

Minho reluctantly accepted the bitter, syrupy tincture before lying down and looking at him expectantly.

“Just to be clear, I’m only doing this because you’re sick. As soon as you’re better, I am not going to tell bedtime stories to a grown man anymore.” Jisung joked. He wasn’t sure if he would actually refuse if Minho asked him directly.
“Okay, so what do you want to know?”

“Your mother is a herbalist, right? Why didn’t you become one?”

That actually sparked another laugh from Jisung, “I’m not good at mixing medicine, there was this one time…”

Notes:

So, revenge is probably a big theme in this whole fic. Makes sense with the way the King is ruling that he makes quite a few enemies.

Also, Minho is really not hiding that he's flirting with Jisung anymore but Jisung is just too dense to notice :D

Anyway, I love reading your theories in the comments! One of you made a prediction for the prophecy and also threw out some accusations for the culprit, that was super interesting to read!

Chapter 10

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The longer Seungmin was gone the worse Minho’s condition again. After a few days, the mark on his neck had returned to its former state and the prince was barely conscious between Jisung feeding him soups and water.
Felix had started showing up in front of the door, demanding to see his brother as he heard he was doing better and it hurt Jisung to turn him away. He was the only one who knew that Felix was immune to the sickness and he’d rather not explain how and why to anyone.

“You’ll be the first one to know when it’s safe to come in.” He tried placating him through the closed door.

“But you’re not sick either. I’ll just do whatever you do to keep safe.” Felix argued.

That made sense but how would Jisung explain that he was immune too? Not knowing what else he should do, he started coughing.

“I’m… sick too… For some reason it didn’t affect me as badly as Minho…” He said, wondering if he was overdoing it with the coughs in between talking.

Felix was silent for a second, “I’m sorry. I didn’t know. Just… Can you just tell me how you two are? I haven’t seen you or Min in almost two weeks and I don’t have a lot of other people to talk to…”

Jisung wanted to open the door and spend time with Felix but Chan had chided him lots of times that he shouldn’t let anyone in, in case it would reveal his secret.
“I’m sorry, Felix.” He said, “As soon as Seungmin is back and we’re both healthy, we’ll spend so much time with you, you’ll probably want to get rid of us.”
He thought for a second, “We’re both okay. Could be better of course. Minho is sleeping, I’m probably also going to lie down again soon.” It wasn’t a complete lie. Minho was doing better than before he got the medicine a few days ago, but he was back to a state of barely being awake and fever high enough to make him barely able to hold a conversation.

“I’m glad… Please get better soon. I…” Felix’s voice broke off shortly, “I’ve been having some scary dreams.”

Jisung blanched at the idea that Felix had a bad prophetic dream about them, he was relieved the prince couldn’t see him.

“What were they about?” He asked carefully.

“I don’t fully remember…” Felix started, “But there was a snake and it was crushing Minho, and he didn’t really fight back.”

That sounded definitely bad, Jisung thought.

“I’ve had this dream more than once in the last few days and it just makes me worry, you know? I usually don’t remember my dreams but that one it’s-”

“It’s just a dream, Felix. Don’t worry, everything will be fine.” Jisung tried to calm him down while he himself was also trying not to overthink too much what this could mean.

He still hadn’t even processed the last full prophecy Felix had a few weeks ago, between taking care of Minho and looking up spells he hadn’t really had the time for thinking about impending doom.

Felix was silent for a few seconds again, “Yeah, you’re probably right…”

“Umm… I’m going to take a nap now if you don’t mind…” Jisung tried to end this conversation before the topic became even more uncomfortable, luckily Felix didn’t argue.

“I’m also going to go back to my room… I heard that they caught the culprit but nobody is telling me anything, I wanted to go see for myself who’s responsible for this but Father forbids it…”

Jisung could imagine why. Felix didn’t really seem like the type of guy who would accept a child to be executed, the King probably wanted to spare himself the argument that would ensue. He briefly wondered what Minho would do when he found out. He hoped the prince would be on the same side as him but what if he wasn’t? Jisung didn’t want to think about what he’d do if Minho wanted to see the kid dead too. He could probably never look at the prince in the same way.
He shook his head, trying to banish these thoughts. He didn’t even know what he would do and he certainly wasn’t the condition to pass judgement like that right now.

“Jisung? Are you still there?” Felix asked and Jisung realized that he hadn’t answered him.

“Yes, sorry. Maybe they are still dangerous and the King doesn’t want to risk you being near them?” Jisung suggested. He felt so bad for lying to him but what else was he supposed to do?

“Probably… anyway… sleep tight, Jisungie.”

“Bye, Felix…”


If Seungmin had returned a day later, Jisung didn’t know what he would have done. When the knight finally returned with a whole carriage of yellow wood bark, Minho was barely strong enough to lift his head to drink the medicine.
Luckily, the medicine worked fast. After two days with 4 doses of the tincture, Minho was feeling almost normal again. He was still coughing a bit from time to time, but the fever had completely receded.
Every morning, Jisung checked Minho’s neck for the slowly fading mark.

“How are you feeling?” Minho asked at the start of the third day.

“Me? I’m good.”

“I just thought I should check your neck too… I can’t believe you managed to keep tending to me while you were also sick…”

“Oh, umm… no worries, I looked into the mirror earlier. I can’t see anything.” Jisung laughed awkwardly. He was glad that Minho had apparently been so out of it that he hadn’t even realized that Jisung wasn’t sick.

“The mark is gone. I think we can finally leave.” He quickly changed the topic.

“How many days has it been? I kind of lost track of time…” Minho admitted.

“I’m not surprised, you were sleeping most of the time. You were ill for almost three weeks.”

“Three weeks… That means it’s already May, right?”

“It’s almost June actually. Chan kept me up to date through the door. Don’t worry you didn’t miss that much.”

“Is there a lead on the culprit?” The prince asked as he checked how well he could move his arm and carefully started dressing himself.

“There is… Chan caught them, that’s how he found out about the cure…” Jisung told him hesitantly.

“What? Why didn’t you tell me?” Minho looked at him, almost offended that Jisung withheld information.

“I mean, you weren’t exactly in the right mind for the last few weeks…”

Minho thought for a second, “I guess you’re right. Sorry… Catch me up then.”

Jisung hesitated again but in the end he had to tell Minho what he knew, he would learn about the kid soon enough anyway.
He watched Minho’s features harden, his eyes sharp and furious but Jisung couldn’t really tell where that anger was directed.
When Jisung was finished, Minho pulled on his jacket and left the room, the door shutting with a loud bang behind him.
Jisung was stunned for a second before he quickly ran after the prince.
He followed Minho down the stairs and almost bumped into Felix. Apologizing to the younger prince, he didn’t stop and instead ran after Minho.

The prince didn’t stop until he reached the throne room. The doors slammed open as he entered, startling the King and Chan out of a quiet discussion.

“Son, I see you are doing much better.” The King greeted him.

“Is it true, Father? You are planning to execute a child?” Minho cut right to the chase.

Jisung was awkwardly standing behind him as Chan sent him a look that could only mean “So, you told him…”

The King shook his head, “I am planning to execute a dangerous sorcerer.”

“The culprit you caught is a child?” Felix, who had followed them, asked from behind Jisung.

Chan stepped between the King and Minho and raised his hands in a placating manner, “Let’s all calm down first, okay?”

“Calm down? When I am supposed to accept that a child is going to burn at the stake?” Minho pushed back.

“You of all people should want the culprit to be brought to justice. You almost died, Minho.”

“This is not justice, it’s cruelty.”

The King stood up from his throne and made his way towards Minho, “I won’t be chastised by my son.” He motioned Chan to back away, his attempt to de-escalate the situation completely failed. Minho was slightly shorter than his father, making the King even more intimidating than Jisung had thought until now.

“Father, Min is right, this is-”

The King cut him off immediately, “Keep out of this, Felix.”

The younger prince’s mouth snapped shut at the King’s harsh tone.

“Don’t talk to him like that.” Minho immediately jumped to defend his brother.

“I will talk to both of you however I like. You are both out of line. That fever must have cooked your brain, you are forgetting your place.”

Minho raised his head in defiance, “Really? Because I feel like my head is much clearer than yours right now.”

“Oh is it? Then what in your great wisdom are you suggesting I do with this dangerous individual who is responsible for countless deaths?” The King challenged him.

Minho looked a bit taken aback before quickly catching himself again, “He’s a small child whose grief was taken advantage of by evil forces. I agree that he deserves punishment but not death.”

“Your Majesty…” Chan interrupted, “Prince Minho has a point. Many of your subjects would scorn the idea of a child dying, even if they are responsible…”

Jisung wasn’t sure if Minho had wanted to make that point but he was glad that Chan was here to twist his words into something useful.
The King rolled his eyes, something Jisung had seen Minho do so many times it was interesting to see where he got it from.

“And then he grows up and he’ll bring even greater devastation. There is only one deal with sorcerers, they should not exist.”

Minho threw his hands up in frustration, “You can’t be serious!”

“I am doing what I have to do to protect my kingdom. I am done with this argument, I will not change the sentence. The sorcerer will burn by the end of next week.” The King said as he walked back towards his throne.

“Father, how can yo-”

“Chan, escort my sons back to their chambers. I don’t want to see them here again until they decide to apologize for their behavior.”
Chan looked a bit apologetic but he couldn’t go against a direct order from the King.


Chan brought them all back to Minho’s chambers. As soon as the door was closed, Felix finally dared to speak again.
“Channie, you won’t let this happen, right?”

“I will try to dissuade the King but in the end my hands are bound…”

“Then we have to do something!” Felix insisted.

Chan sighed, “I fear that it’s not that easy…”

“Why not?”

“Chan is right, Lix…” Minho grumbled, obviously frustrated.

“Why can we not do anything?” Felix repeated.

“If the boy was miraculously freed, the King would know you two were behind it.” Chan explained.

“And?” Felix asked defiantly.

“His Majesty is not thinking clearly when it comes to magic. He could revoke Minho’s and your claim to the throne and turn back to a succession through adoption.”

Jisung cut in, “That’s possible?”

“It is. It's usually used when the reigning monarch doesn’t have any biological heirs.” Minho said grimly.

“So if you try to get the kid out of his death sentence, you can’t become king anymore?” Jisung asked Minho.

“It could happen.” Chan confirmed instead of the prince.

Jisung thought for a second, “What if Minho and Felix are with the king when the child is freed?”

“Then who’s going to do it?” Felix asked.

Chan seemed to catch on immediately, “Jisung, no.”

“Why not? I can do it.”

Minho’s eyes widened, “Are you crazy? If you get caught…”

“Don’t worry. I will deny that you put me up to it and nothing will lead back to you.” Jisung tried to put off his concerns.

“Do you really think I care about that?” The prince looked almost angry, “If you get caught, you’re getting executed right along with the boy.”

“Then I won’t get caught.”

“That’s way too dangerous, Jisungie!” Felix joined his brother’s side.

Chan’s face was dead serious, “You are not going to do this. I promised your mother to keep you safe.”

“I can disguise myself! Chan knows the guards’ schedule. Maybe we can make it look like he escaped with magic.” Jisung argued.

“We are not talking about this anymore. You are not going to do that, and we can’t just set him free anyway. While I don’t think he should be executed, he deserves some form of punishment for causing so many deaths.” Minho shot down his idea again.

Jisung crossed his arms, “Well, it’s either set him free or let him die, because the King doesn’t seem like he wants to change his mind, and since you all can’t do anything, I’m the only logical choice.”

None of them came up with a counterargument, they knew he was right even if they weren’t happy about it.

“Can you leave us alone for a second?” Minho asked, looking at Chan and Felix.

He grabbed Jisung by the arm and pulled him towards the bedroom as the other two slowly left the room.
As soon as they were gone, Minho turned to look at him again.

“Why are you so insistent on throwing your life away on this suicide mission?”

“It’s not a suicide mission. Why are you all underestimating me? If you knew what I can do…”

“And what can you do?” The prince asked harshly, making Jisung realize his slip of tongue.

“I… umm…” He stammered as he tried to come up with an explanation that wasn’t magic.

“Exactly, Jisung, you are a servant, a commoner. You don’t have any combat training, or experience in infiltrating places. If you try to free this boy, you will get caught and you will die.” There was a quiet fury about the prince, Jisung thought he looked even angrier than earlier when he’d talked to the King.

He was reminded of what Felix had told him a while ago, “Minho can be a bit prickly but deep down he always means well.”
Minho was indeed angry with him but it stemmed from a place of caring.

“I just… I want to help the boy…” Jisung said, his confidence slightly worn down by Minho’s berating.

“I don’t want him to die either, but you cannot throw your life away for a boy you have never met, who killed so many people.”

“I’m just a servant…” Jisung started, “I’m not important.”

“You absolute moron.” Minho grabbed his shirt and crashed their lips together. Jisung’s world stopped for a second, his brain completely incapable of processing what was happening.
When Minho let go of him, he couldn’t do anything but stare at him with his mouth slightly agape.

“You’re important to me .” The prince said.

“Wha-...” Jisung could still feel where Minho’s lips had touched his, so much softer than he’d had ever imagined. He couldn’t deny that he’d grown to like Minho. He’d found himself watching the prince during council meetings or while he was working at his desk and Jisung was cleaning the room more than once. When Minho had gotten sick he didn’t even think twice before trying to care for him, even when he didn’t know yet that he was immune. He wanted to stay close to Minho as much as possible. But in the end, Jisung was a commoner, not just that, he was a sorcerer, and Minho was the crown prince of the most anti-magic kingdom of this world. Never in his life had he imagined Minho would actually kiss him.

“I’m… I’m sorry, I should have asked.” Minho took another step back when he realized Jisung stopped reacting to anything.

He had completely lost his ability to form coherent sentences, “No… I… umm… you…”

“Are you okay?” Minho asked.

Jisung nodded shortly. Just the tiniest spark of mischief sparked in the prince’s eyes.

“Do you want me to do it again?”

His brain didn’t need to work properly for him to know the answer, as he quickly nodded.

Minho smiled as leaned in again, kissing him a second time. This time slower, less heated but equally as sweet.
Jisung’s head finally caught up again as he carefully reciprocated. He’d never kissed anyone like that before, he didn’t really know what to do so he just relied on Minho to guide him. Somehow they ended up on the armchair in Minho’s bedroom with Jisung sitting on the prince’s lap.
When they separated again, he couldn’t help but lay his head on Minho’s shoulder as the prince put his arms around him. He felt slightly dazed, even if the kiss wasn’t long.

“Please don’t risk your life so easily…” Minho repeated a lot softer than earlier, sounding a lot more vulnerable, “I need you…”

Before the others returned to the room, Minho quickly fixed Jisung’s hair that had become a little tussled.

“Did Minho talk some sense into you?” Chan asked.

“I… guess you could say that…” Jisung tried not to blush furiously.


He had promised Minho not to do anything stupid. But when both princes were required to attend a reception of a diplomat from the Kingdom of Miroh on Jisung’s free day, he saw his chance.
He practiced magic with Chan and overplayed his exhaustion before going to bed. He had moved on to slightly more advanced magic that came in useful now.

He bundled up a few pillows and books under his blanket and used a spell to layer a very thinly veiled illusion of himself sleeping over them. In the dark and if Chan didn’t try to walk up and touch him, it was a great distraction.

He climbed out of his window and quickly made his way to the dungeons. Before he entered, he entered a dark alley and took out a mirror from his pocket.
The spell he wanted to use wasn’t one he’d ever tried before on a human, he just hoped it would work. Transformations were more difficult than simple illusions since he had to actually change his body instead of just putting a picture over it. He had practiced transformations on some plants, changing the color of their petals. He didn’t always succeed but he was getting better at it. He focused on his features in the mirror.

It took him two attempts but he saw the color of his hair change into a honey gold color, he’d tried to go for a bright blonde but this would work too. His slightly puffy cheeks started to slim down and his jawline became sharper. His skin became lighter and a bit rougher.
When he was finished he almost did not recognize himself in the small mirror.

He still pulled on the hood of his cloak just to be sure, and made his way down to the dungeons.
It was dark and cold, the only light came from a small lantern on a table in the corner where the guard was seated.
He took a small bottle from his pocket, Minho didn’t need the sleeping draught anymore now that he felt better. He levitated it carefully, letting it float up and over towards the guard. He threw a small pebble into the corridor with the cells, catching the guard’s attention long enough for him to look away from his cup.

“Be quiet over there, brat!” He yelled.

Jisung managed to put the elixir into the cup before he noticed. It didn’t take long until he heard the clang of a helmet that fell to the ground as the guard fell asleep on his chair, slumped over the small table.

“Sorry…” He whispered as he picked up the cell keys and quickly snuck towards the cells.
The dungeons were fairly empty right now, not much crime going on while the whole city kept away from each other as much as possible in fear of catching a life-threatening disease.
He followed the sound of quiet sniffling towards the back where he saw a young boy, curled up at the back of a cell, silently crying.
He looked spooked when he spotted Jisung.

“Don’t be scared, I’m a friend.” Jisung whispered as he started unlocking the cell door.

“Who… who are you?” The boy asked, looking at him with fear in his eyes.

“I told you, I’m a friend. I’m going to get you out of here.” Jisung opened the door with a friendly smile.

“B-but… I hurt so many people…” Tears welled up in the boy’s eyes.

“As far as I heard you didn’t mean to, right?”

The boy quickly shook his head, “The spell… she said it would only hurt the King.”

“She? Who is ‘she’?” Jisung asked but then he heard a sound from outside the cell, concluding they didn’t have the time to talk here.
He held out his hand to the boy who hesitantly took it.

“Are you really helping me to get out of here?”

“Of course. I wouldn’t lie about that. Now come on.”


The guard was luckily still asleep when they snuck past him, Jisung made sure to close the cell door again, locked it and returned the key. If everything went according to plan, they would not leave a trace and from the guard’s perspective, the boy would have just disappeared from a locked cell.

The courtyard was too obvious to escape so he took a risk by leading him into the castle and towards the secret passage Minho had shown him weeks ago.
They had a few close calls, hiding under stairs and in broom closets when a guard passed them but they actually made it to the entrance of the secret passage.

Jisung dared letting out a relieved sigh when he held the hidden door open for the boy but immediately regretted it when he heard a voice behind him, “Hey! Who are you?”
He heard Seungmin’s familiar voice behind him. If the knight was here, the feast to greet the diplomat had to be over already.
Jisung cursed and quickly hurried inside.

“Stop!” Seungmin yelled as he followed him.

Jisung grabbed a torch and ignited it with magic, the boy’s eyes growing wide.
“You are like me…” He gasped.

“Yes, no time to talk to. We have to run. Down the stairs, two right, two left.” He said as he grabbed the boy’s hand again and started running.

The door behind them opened again as Seungmin reached it.
“Jeongin! Get reinforcements, someone is freeing the sorcerer!”

Jisung couldn’t blame him for chasing them. Every knight was under direct orders of the King. Even Chan wouldn’t have gotten around reporting them.
They couldn’t evade him for long, Jisung could feel him catching up to them.

“I’m so sorry…” Jisung muttered under his breath as he turned around, threw the torch towards the knight and used a spell to make the flames big enough to create a barrier between them.
Seungmin stopped and Jisung was just glad his plan worked until he saw the fire growing as it fed from old tapestries and wooden beams that looked like they should have collapsed decades ago.
He didn’t have time to wait and see what would happen as he quickly followed the boy again.
He heard a loud crash as the first stones came down and the whole passage started collapsing.
He heard Seungmin alert the reinforcements that there was a fire but he couldn’t focus on that as they finally made it outside and close to a small gap in the walls, just big enough for a child to fit through.

“Do you know where east is?” Jisung asked him quickly.
The boy nodded.

“Great. Head east, follow the big river. In a few days you will reach a small village with a church built out of red stones. Ask for Eunji and tell her…” He thought for a second, “Tell her Ji sent you and that you are like me and you need to run and hide. Do you understand?”

The boy nodded again, “Thank you. Thank you so much!” He wailed.

“No need to thank me. Now run before the guards catch up.”

The boy quickly crawled through the hole.

Jisung was about to leave when he heard the child’s voice again, “Wait. The pretty lady gave me the spell. The pretty lady with the golden hair.” He said before running away.

Notes:

Phew, that was a rollercoaster of a chapter.

I feel a bit sorry that Jisung has to lie to Felix so much. I'm sorry, Lixie!

And then the argument with the King! Emotions were definitely running high!

And then of course... THE KISS! They finally talked to each other after pining for each other for over half a year!

And then of course the kid... well not dropping a name but well, a kid doesn't just get their hands on powerful magic like that. There had to be someone behind them.

Anyway, thank you so much for reading!
Please leave a comment if you liked the new chapter! I love reading them!

Chapter 11

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was pure chaos in and around the castle as everyone present worked to keep the fire contained to the old, abandoned part of the building. If Jisung had known how easily flammable the old passage was, he would have tried to find another way to get away from Seungmin. He hoped the knight was okay but he could also use the focus on the fire to get away.

He made it back to Chan’s house, stopping in another alley to drop his disguise before climbing back into his room. He carefully looked into the hallway as he couldn’t hear Chan’s ungodly snoring anywhere in the house. He concluded that he was also back at the castle to help with the fire, probably still awake anyway and seeing the fire light up the sky.
Jisung wanted to help too, but he’d used so much magic tonight. As the adrenaline of being chased slowly subsided, he found himself swaying slightly, his knees getting a bit wobbly as he crashed down on his bed, breaking the illusion spell that still kept up the image of him sleeping. He fell asleep almost immediately.

He woke up with a crick in his neck as he’d slept weirdly on top of the books and pillows that were still piled on his bed, but this was not what woke him up.

“Jisung.” A stern voice next to called him. He groggily opened his eyes and found Chan standing next to his bed with his arms crossed. Jisung noticed the dark circles under the man’s eyes, betraying a completely sleepless night.

“Do you have something to tell me?”

“Wha-?” Jisung asked, sitting up slowly and yawning as his sleepy mind still had to catch up.

“Last night, the boy was freed from the dungeons by another sorcerer. Seungmin said it was a man with short, blond hair. They escaped and set fire to the castle. You don’t happen to know anything about that, right?”

The sleep vanished from his mind almost immediately, “N-no?”
It wasn’t his most convincing lie, he had just woken up after all.

“You still have blond streaks in your hair.” Chan said, unamused.

Jisung sprung up and quickly looked into a small mirror on his wall just to find his usual reflection. Realizing Chan had lied to him to get him to slip up, he sheepishly turned around to face his guardian.

“You have to be kidding me…” Chan groaned before immediately switching his tone.
“What were you thinking?!” He yelled, “What if you were caught? Seungmin saw you and was close to catching you!”

“But you and Minho wouldn’t do anything! What was I supposed to do?” Jisung tried defending himself.

“So you just went into this without any kind of back-up? Do you realize how reckless and stupid that was?”

“But I made it! And I wasn’t caught!”

“And you burned down most of the old western wing of the castle! You were incredibly lucky that nobody got seriously hurt!”

“So… Is Seungmin okay?” He asked hesitantly.

“He has some scrapes and minor burns but he got out mostly unharmed.”

Jisung let out a sigh of relief, the last thing he wanted was to hurt someone, a friend especially.

“So, where is the kid? You weren’t so stupid to hide him here, right? If I open your closet, he’s not going to come tumbling out?”

“No! No, I sent him away… I hope Mom can help him get to a neighboring kingdom or at least somewhere else safe far away from the capital.”

“Then let’s hope he can make it there alone…” Chan just said, rubbing his eyes tiredly.

“Maybe he can go back wherever his home is?” Jisung suggested.

On his way back last night he started thinking more about what the boy had said and Felix’s prophecy.
A puppet brought from foreign lands
With strings pulled on by vengeful hands”
The boy must have been the puppet, Jisung thought. And this lady he mentioned was the one pulling the strings in the background.

“What do you mean?” Chan asked.

“Well, he wasn’t from here, right?” Jisung asked to clarify.

“As far as I know his mother and him came from a town a day’s travel north of here.”

“But he has to be the puppet!” Jisung argued, “Are you sure?”

“What are you talking about? A puppet?”

Jisung realized that he hadn’t told Chan about the prophecy because it would give away that he’d been out with Minho and Felix.
“Um… so there might have been something else I didn’t tell you…”


Chan being so tired from being up all night came to Jisung’s favor as the man was too exhausted to scold him for too long. He eventually had to let him go anyway so Jisung could go to work.
There were already workers and servants everywhere, cleaning up scorch marks and trying to rebuild the abandoned castle wing.
As always, Minho was already up when Jisung brought him his breakfast.

“Did you hear already?” Minho said instead of “Good morning”.

Jisung nodded, “Chan told me.”

“I can’t believe another sorcerer managed to sneak into the dungeons… Father is furious…”

“He doesn’t think you or Felix had anything to do with this, right?”

“No, none of our servants match the description Seungmin gave of the culprit.”

Minho sighed, “I don’t know what to think. On one hand I’m glad that the boy won’t die, on the other… who knows what this unknown sorcerer is going to do. The boy was already desperate enough to turn to magic for revenge, the sorcerer might corrupt him even further…”

Jisung couldn’t blame Minho for his view of magic, he’d been raised with it after all. He was just glad that he wasn’t so full of hate like his father. Still, it made him a bit uncomfortable talking about it like that.
“Let’s change the subject to something else. It’s too early to think about something so grim.” He suggested.

Minho laughed shortly, “Let me guess, you got up only five minutes before you made your way here.”

“No…” Jisung said honestly yet unconvincingly because he knew that that was how he usually did it.

Minho shook his head and started eating, pushing a piece of bread with some cheese on it over to Jisung, “You probably haven’t even had breakfast yet. Eat with me.”

Jisung sat down and ate the piece of bread Minho had given him, suddenly unsure of what to say. It wasn’t the first time Minho shared his meal with him but after what happened a few days ago… the kiss… it felt weirdly domestic. Yet, Jisung was confused. After that kiss they hadn’t actually done anything. Did he misinterpret the situation? Did kissing someone mean something else to the prince?

“I can hear you thinking.” Minho commented, startling Jisung back to reality.
He noticed that the prince was watching him, his head slightly cocked and a mischievous twinkle in his eyes.

“Just… this is good bread…” Jisung mumbled as he felt his cheeks flush.

“Hm, I was hoping you were thinking about me.” The prince said unashamedly 

Jisung almost choked on the bread as he looked at Minho with wide eyes.

The prince grinned when he saw his expression, “You know, I’ve been thinking a lot about you lately.”

Jisung had absolutely no idea how to handle this situation. It would be much easier if he didn’t like Minho, he’d just tell him to knock it off and leave him alone. But he did like him very much, and he liked the idea that Minho thought about him and that’s why he was left flailing.

“You did?” He managed to squeak out.

The prince’s eyes lit up even more when Jisung answered him, like a cat finally catching a mouse, “Of course. Did you think I forgot about our little encounter?”

“No… it’s just… you didn’t mention it again.”

“You looked a little spooked, I thought I should give you some time.”

Jisung took a deep breath to brace himself.
“So… what are we?” He asked and somehow that took even more courage than breaking into the dungeons.

“That depends.”

“On what?”

“Whether you like me or not.”

“So you’re really serious about… about liking me?” Jisung asked hesitantly. There was no doubt in his mind that he liked Minho, he wanted to kiss him again, hold his hand, stay with him for as long as possible. But what could a prince see in him?

“Do I not seem serious?”

Jisung really couldn’t judge from his tone, “I mean, you’re a prince. You could probably be with anyone you wanted.”

Minho rolled his eyes, “Most of them are bootlickers and brown-nosers. You’re… different…”

“But the King would probably…”

“My father doesn’t need to know about everything I do.” Minho got up, walked around the table and took his hand.
“I understand if this is too much pressure for you. It’s not worth the risk if you don’t feel the same.”

“I… I do!” Jisung quickly said, standing up and accidentally knocking over the chair, flinching at the loud noise.

He didn’t mean to give Minho a false impression. Yes, if they were caught there could be dire consequences, Jisung losing his job was probably the best outcome. But what was one more secret to keep?

Minho smiled at him and kissed his hand, “I’m glad. Then would you allow me to court you?”
Jisung’s answer was obvious.


Jisung didn’t actually know what Minho had meant when he asked to court him and he was too distracted to ask by the prince’s lips meeting his.
That day Minho seemed to use any chance he could get to give Jisung a kiss. It got so much that Jisung actually wasn’t able to finish his tasks for that day but it wasn’t like Minho minded.
When he returned the next day, Minho handed him a small flower. Unfortunately, Minho had some official business to take care of today, so they couldn’t get as close as the day before. Still, whenever Minho looked at him, he couldn’t help but smile. Jisung would have said they were incredibly subtle. Felix however…

“Are you two sleeping with each other?” The younger prince asked as soon as the three of them found themselves alone in a room.
Jisung just spluttered some incoherent words at the accusation while Minho just sighed.

“You couldn’t find a nicer way to ask that, could you?”

“Well, are you?”

Jisung couldn’t believe how calm Minho was considering somebody just found out about them in the matter of a single day.

“We haven’t slept with each other, Lix… but, well… I may have started courting Jisung.” Minho admitted.

“Ugh, finally. You’ve been pining for each other for months.”

“So you’re not going to tell anyone?” Jisung asked hesitantly.

“Of course not, dummy. You’re my friend and I’m happy for you both.” Felix pulled Jisung into a hug.

“Min, if you ever hurt Jisungie’s feelings, I might kill you.” The younger prince sent a joking glare towards his brother while still keeping Jisung in his arms.

“Hey, shouldn’t you be on my side?” Minho complained.

“But Jisung is so much more adorable than you.”

“I’m not adorable…” Jisung grumbled as he got out of Felix’s hug only to land in Minho’s arms who pulled him close and pressed a quick kiss on the back of his head.

“You are.” Minho muttered into Jisung’s hair, making him flush red again.


The next week brought the first summer heat with it.

“What are your plans today?” Jisung asked as he and Minho had breakfast together, a now regular occurrence.

“I was thinking we could ride out after I’ve finished training.” Minho suggested.

Jisung grimaced slightly, “You know I’m not a good rider…”

“I promise we won’t go far. I already have a destination in mind.”

“Okay, fine. But this place better be worth it.”

“Great. Will you come watch training?”

“Then who’s going to wash your clothes? I watched you yesterday and you were very impressive.” Watching the fight training of the knights the day before had ended with Minho and Jisung making out in the closet with the training weapons. Something about the prince beating someone in a sword fight was really attractive to Jisung.

“But what if I’m not motivated enough to beat Seungmin’s ass when you’re not there?” Minho asked while kissing his cheek.

“You’re unbelievable.” Jisung laughed, “Maybe I’ll have some time to watch after I finish.”

“Perfect.”

Jisung turned his head so Minho could kiss him properly when there was a knock on the door, making them both flinch away from each other as Jisung quickly stood up and tried to look busy.

“Come in!” Minho called out.
The door opened and a servant entered the room.

“Your Highness, the King desires to speak to you in his chambers.” He said with a deep bow.

“I’ll be right there.”

The servant nodded and excused himself with another bow.

“So, we’ll see each other later then?” Jisung asked when the servant was gone.

“After training, come to the stables. I’ll get the horses ready.”

“Should I bring anything?”

Minho grinned, “Just your cute butt.”

Jisung had mostly gotten used to Minho flirting with him but sometimes he still caught him off-guard, “D-Don’t just say that just out of nowhere.”

“Try to stop me.” Minho laughed and left the room before Jisung could say anything else.


A few hours later when Jisung made his way to the stables Minho was already waiting for him. Next to Minho’s pure white stallion stood the calm, brown mare Jisung had been on before.

“There you are, ready?” He asked as he handed Jisung the reins.

“I guess I have to be…” Jisung sighed.

Minho helped him get onto the horse this time.

“Aren’t people going to wonder why we’re riding out together?” He asked nervously.

“I mentioned that I was going on a short little hunting trip to blow off some steam.” Minho explained, pointing to the bow fastened to the saddle of his horse.

“We’re not actually going hunting, right?” He wasn’t sure if Minho may consider a hunting trip a romantic outing because Jisung certainly didn’t.

“No, don’t worry. I’ll just get a rabbit or two on our way back. Now come on, let’s go.” Minho said as he mounted his horse and led the way out of the city.

“So where are we going?” Jisung asked as soon as they had left the city walls behind them.

“You’ll see.” Minho just answered cryptically.

“Come ooon, being mysterious doesn’t suit you.” Jisung whined playfully.

“Maybe I should just lead you around the city until you can’t sit on a horse anymore…” The prince teased.

“Okay, okay, I won’t ask again. Just promise me we won’t be long. My butt is already hurting…”

“I promise we will be there before you know it.”

They were quiet for a bit. It was a comfortable silence of them just enjoying each other’s company.
Whenever Minho’s horse got a bit too far ahead, he made sure to slow down so Jisung could catch up again and they could ride side by side.

“What did the King want from you this morning?” Jisung asked after a while. It was unusual that Minho was called directly to his father’s chambers.

“He’s feeling under the weather. If it gets worse, I’m supposed to hold the knighting ceremony next week in his stead.”

Jisung had to think for a second, there was something tingling on the back of his mind.
“Right! Jeongin’s going to be a knight!”

“And just in time to participate and lose to me in the joust on the King’s birthday.” Minho grinned, seemingly a bit too excited about beating him.

“You’re not going to go easy on him? I mean, it’s his first tournament…”

“Maybe, but I’m not going to let him win. It’s the first year since forever that Chan is not participating, and that means the victory is mine for the taking.” The prince’s competitive streak was showing.

“What about Seungmin?”

Minho laughed, “Please, he doesn’t stand a chance against me in a joust.”

“Maybe I’ll put some bets down on Seungmin and Jeongin.” Jisung thought out loud.

Minho turned around to him, looking at him with wide eyes, “You wouldn’t!”

Jisung just shrugged, he didn’t even know if there was betting at the tournament but if there was he would probably bet on Minho anyway.

They'd been riding through a forest for a short while when they finally stopped. Jisung didn’t really see why Minho had wanted to bring them here, it didn’t look special or anything.

“Stay here and wait for me, okay?” Minho said before disappearing behind a few trees with his horse.
Jisung was caught a bit off-guard but waited until Minho returned a few minutes later, without his horse. He took the reins of Jisung’s horse and led him in the same direction he’d disappeared in earlier.

“Close your eyes?” He asked.

“Can’t I get off the horse first?”

“Okay, okay.” Minho relented and helped him off his horse.

Jisung closed his eyes as Minho took his hand and led him to their destination.
They stopped and Jisung waited for Minho to say something.
When he didn’t, he finally asked, “Can I open my ey- Minho!” He was interrupted by the prince planting a kiss on him, startling him slightly.

He opened his eyes and found Minho grinning mischievously at him before he finally looked around where they were.
A gigantic oak tree dominated this little forest section, a small pond right before it. Sunlight broke through the thick canopy, causing the pond to glitter almost magically. It was a dreamy sight straight from legend.
A few meters away from the pond, Minho had put down a large blanket and placed a platter of small finger foods on it. There even was a bottle of wine and two glasses.

“Do you like it?” Minho asked, sounding a bit unsure after Jisung hadn’t spoken in a while.

It snapped Jisung out of his thoughts.
“Y-yes! Minho, this is beautiful.” He quickly said, “How did you find this place?”

“Stumbled over it by chance a few years ago, and I thought if I ever really liked anyone I would bring them here. Come sit down.” Minho pulled him towards the blanket and pushed him to sit.

He sat down too and immediately started rummaging through his bag, “I brought something for you.”

He pulled out two small pastries and put them both down in front of him.
“Are those…”

“I saw you eyeing these when Felix had some. I thought you probably wanted to try them.”

Jisung picked up the small pastry and bit off a small piece. He couldn’t help but groan when the sweet yet slightly tangy flavour hit him.
“I think this is the best thing I’ve ever eaten.” He said before quickly devouring the rest of the treat.

“Why are you looking at me like that?” He asked Minho, not even waiting until he’d swallowed all the food when he noticed the prince watching him closely, “You… didn’t put anything in it, right?”

“I just think the way you eat is fascinating. You look like a squirrel.” He laughed slightly, making Jisung get a bit self-conscious, hiding his face slightly by turning away.

“Nonono, don’t get me wrong. It’s adorable!” Minho turned his head back towards him, “I promise, I’m not laughing at you.”

“Really?”

“Really.” Minho kissed him again and pulled him into his arms so they could cuddle.

“Do you want the other one?” Jisung held up the second pastry.

“You can have it, I brought it just for you. Do you want something to drink?” Minho lifted the wine bottle slightly.

Jisung hesitated slightly, “I haven’t really had wine before…”

“Oh, I didn’t know. I have some water in my saddle bag.” Minho said, shifting to get up when Jisung stopped him.

“No, no it’s okay. I’ll try a little bit.”

“Are you sure? You’ve had alcohol before, right?”

“I had a beer at a festival before…”

“Maybe you should eat a bit more before you have some. Just to be sure.” Minho kissed his temple and picked up some of the fruit he brought to feed to Jisung.

Jisung bit off a piece of strawberry, “Are you also going to have some or did you bring all of this just for me?”

“I chose everything with you in mind, but I’ll admit that I may have overdone it slightly, so I guess I’ll help you.”

“How kind of you, Sir Knight.” Jisung laughed and ate the rest of the strawberry.

Jisung could have stayed like this forever, with Minho’s strong arms wrapped around him and the prince kissing his head from time to time. He had a small sip of wine, which was surprisingly sweet. Even after just one glass, he started feeling the effects of the alcohol, becoming increasingly giggly.

“Maybe one glass is enough for you.” Minho commented when he noticed the change in Jisung.

“Are you saying I’m drunk? I’m not drunk.” Jisung said, not able to suppress a giggle.

Apparently, his laugh was infectious as Minho also started laughing, “Your head is completely red, darling. You look like a sweet little tomato.”

“I’m not a tomato, you… you…” He looked around to find anything, “You pastry...”

“Is that supposed to be an insult?” Minho looked at him like he’d just told the greatest joke of all time.

Jisung laid his head on Minho’s chest, “No… I like pastries…”

“I feel like I’m repeating myself but how are you so adorable?” Minho asked, still laughing slightly, as he tilted Jisung’s head back and kissed him again.

They stayed like this for a while, cuddling and feeding each other little treats. Jisung even took a quick nap on Minho’s shoulder while the prince carded his fingers through his hair.
They made their way back a few hours later when Jisung felt a bit better and was able to hold himself on horseback again.

“Do you want to stay with me tonight?” Minho asked after they had returned the horses to the stables and handed them to some stablehands.

“What about Chan? He will know if I don’t come home today…”

“Don’t worry about Chan, we’ll find an excuse.” Minho said as he slowly led him away towards the castle, with no real resistance from Jisung.

“Okay, fine. But let go of my hand before anyone sees us.” Jisung gave in and followed Minho back to his chambers.

As soon as the door closed behind them, Minho pulled him into a deep kiss, his tongue carefully exploring Jisung’s mouth while his hands roamed over his body. Jisung immediately answered by hesitantly slipping his hands under Minho’s shirt. He’d never been this close to anyone but he knew he wanted to get even closer to the prince.
He could feel Minho smile against his lips before separating from him shortly and pulling off his top to give Jisung better access.
Jisung marveled at Minho’s well-toned body and suddenly got self-conscious of his own thin frame.

Minho sensed his hesitation, “Do you want to stop?”

“No… it’s just… I’m not…” He vaguely gestured to Minho’s muscles.

“Why do you think I’d care about that? I bet you’re perfect the way you are.”

Jisung really couldn’t resist the prince’s charming smile. He slowly took off his top, hiding slightly behind his own arms.
Minho carefully took his arms and pulled them away.

“Beautiful.” He whispered before kissing him again and Jisung couldn’t do anything but melt under his attention.

The next morning Jisung woke up in the prince’s bed, cuddled up to him as Minho, already awake as always, stroked his back.
It had only been a little over a week since their first kiss, but at that moment it became absolutely clear to him that he was utterly in love with the prince.

Notes:

This was my little, early Christmas gift for you. Just 3200 words of Minsung fluff.
Also, Chan is completely in tired Dad mode :D

I hope you enjoyed it!
I loved reading your theories about the lady with the golden hair! ^^
Also, Happy Holidays whatever you're celebrating!

Chapter 12

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung had to return home eventually or Chan would actually become suspicious of his absence. Minho and him had agreed that Felix should stay the only one knowing about them being together. They trusted Chan of course, but they both couldn’t really predict what his reaction would be, so they wanted to keep it to themselves for now.
Unfortunately, again, Jisung wasn’t as sneaky and deceptive as he thought he could be.

When he returned the following evening, Chan greeted him with a tight hug, “God, there you are. I was worried.”

Chan was a bit overbearing but it still warmed Jisung’s heart that he cared so much.

“I’m not a child…” Jisung complained.

“I know, I’m sorry.” Chan let go of him, “You just didn’t return home. If I hadn’t heard from Felix that he saw you in the castle today, I would have sent one of my men to look for you. Where were you?”

Chan quickly looked him over until his gaze got stuck on Jisung’s neck.

“Wh-what?” Jisung asked as his hand flew to the spot Chan had looked at, it hurt the tiniest bit to touch. He quickly turned to look into a mirror behind Chan. Multiple bruises painted his neck purple, making Jisung immediately flush the brightest red color, giving the bruises even more contrast. He remembered Minho biting and sucking at his neck last night. Had his neck looked like this the whole day? He had talked to so many people, they must have noticed!
“I-it’s not what it looks like… I… I fell and… umm…”

“Jisung, it’s okay… I know what love bites look like.” Chan didn’t sound mad. Jisung briefly wondered why he had expected him to be angry. “Is this… something permanent or just fooling around?”

It was so embarrassing to talk to Chan about this, Jisung wanted to hole himself up in his bed and never come out again.
“Permanent… I hope…” He mumbled.

“Look, I’m not going to judge. If you don’t want me to get to know your…” Chan cleared his throat, “your friend… I won’t dig. Just, if it’s a young woman… Your mother told you about these types of things, right?”

Forget his bed. Jisung wanted to be swallowed by the ground.
“You do not have to talk to me about these things! I know everything I need to know! And… and it’s a guy so you don’t have to worry about me getting anyone pregnant, so please just stop talking!”

Luckily, Chan seemed almost as uncomfortable as Jisung himself and didn’t press him further.
“Okay, I’m going to trust you with this and umm… I mean I’m not your father or anything but I’d love to meet him sometime and I’m here to support you if you have problems…”

His offer was really sweet but Jisung was too busy dying of embarrassment to appreciate the gesture.
“Thank you, Chan…” He muttered as he quickly shuffled over to his room. Fortunately, the man decided to leave him alone.


The next week arrived surprisingly quickly, bringing not only the preparations for the King’s birthday with it but also Jeongin’s knighting ceremony.

“Silver or gold?” Minho asked him when he looked through his jewelry. The King let him carry out the ceremony after all so he could recover before the birthday celebrations started.

“Hmm… are you going to wear your crown?” Jisung put his arm around his waist and laid his head on the prince’s shoulder. Minho was slightly taller than him but not so much for it to be uncomfortable to hug him like this.

“I probably should, it’s official business after all and Jeongin deserves the effort since the King himself won’t knight him.”

“Then gold to match the crown?” He suggested. When he’d still lived with his mother, he would have never imagined ever talking so casually about stuff like this. The only gold thing he’d ever seen then was his mother’s ring that had been given to her by his father. She had barely worn it since it got in the way of her work and she also didn’t want to attract the attention of any unsavoury folk by wearing something with such high value.
Any one of Minho’s rings was probably worth ten times more than his mother’s ring. It was strange how much everything for Jisung had changed in the last few months.
Minho finally picked out a few rings with matching stud earrings.
After he was finally finished getting dressed, he turned around to Jisung, “How do I look?”

“Perfectly regal.” Jisung said and kissed him shortly. Minho’s hair had gotten fairly long for his standards, framing his face beautifully. He wanted to run his hand through it but he didn’t want to ruin his look before the ceremony, maybe they could get back to that idea afterwards.

Minho took a deep breath, taking Jisung’s hand and lacing their fingers together.

“Nervous?” Jisung asked.

“Probably not as much as Jeongin, but this is the first time Father lets me do something like this. I don’t want to mess it up.”

“I’ll be right behind you, and you practiced what you have to say and do so many times. You can do this.”

“I wish you could stand beside me and hold my hand just like this.”

“Maybe one day.”

“Surely one day.”


The throne room wasn’t as full as it had been at Minho’s coronation. Only a few knights and their squires were present, Felix sat on one of the smaller thrones, talking to Chan, while Seungmin and Jeongin stood with an older couple. The man’s almond-shaped eyes that almost completely closed when he smiled and patted Jeongin’s back proudly immediately betrayed him as Jeongin’s father, which meant the woman with beautiful reddish-brown hair next to him was likely his mother.

Jeongin was wearing a well-made doublet with his family crest embroidered on the chest, a red fox on blue ground.
Jisung held the door open for Minho and everyone started to take their seats as he entered.
He followed Minho to the front where the prince sat down on the King’s throne. Jisung took his place behind him.

“Jeongin of House Yang. Please step forward.” Minho spoke up when everyone had taken their place and had quieted down.
Jeongin walked forward and got down on one knee in front of him.

“Sir Seungmin of House Kim, are you vouching for this young man’s courage, sense of justice and nobility?”

Seungmin stepped forward as well, “I do.”

“Are you vouching for his mercifulness and generosity?”

“I do.”

“As his master, are you deeming his training finished and him ready to receive knightly honor?”

“I am. He is ready.”

Jeongin’s head was bowed but Jisung could see him not being able to suppress a smile as he was practically buzzing from excitement.
A servant handed Seungmin white cloth, which he quickly unfolded to reveal as white cloak that he placed over Jeongin’s shoulders.
Minho had explained most of the rituals and steps to Jisung before, the white cloak was apparently a sign of Seungmin believing in the purity of Jeongin’s soul and intentions.

For the next step, Jisung handed Minho a small richly-decorated container.
Minho opened it and dipped his finger into the salve inside.
He drew a line on Jeongin’s forehead. Jisung didn’t remember what this part was a sign for, he had been too busy nibbling on Minho’s jaw and earlobe to get his attention to actually listen to his explanation of these ancient customs.

“To determine your worth I will listen to your oath.” Minho said as he handed the container back to Jisung who put it away quickly.

Jeongin took a deep breath, “I vow myself to honesty and courage, to compassion and honor. I vow to protect those who cannot protect themselves, to stand tall in the face of danger, to never cheat or lie and to serve the people of this realm without hesitation.”

Jisung wondered if sorcerers were included in this group of people but doubted it.
Some of the knights shared some confused looks, Jisung couldn’t really interpret, while Felix hid a smile behind his hand.

“I, Crown Prince Minho of Levanter, accept your oath in the name of his Majesty the King.”

Jisung stepped forward again to hand Minho his ceremonial sword, a dull, golden blade with a jewel-encrusted hilt.
Minho drew the sword and tapped it lightly on Jeongin’s shoulders.

“With the authority instilled to me by the King, I pronounce you Sir Jeongin, a knight of Levanter.”
Jeongin rose as Minho handed the sword back to Jisung.

There was some polite clapping and some cheers but the whole ceremony was over fairly quickly after the actual knighting.
As Jeongin was congratulated by his parents and Seungmin, Minho took a few steps back to talk to Jisung again.

“See? Everything went well, you looked very respectable. Almost like you’re already king.” Jisung whispered.

“I looked respectable? Did you like that?” Minho teased.

“You have no idea.” Jisung couldn’t help but smile, he wanted to kiss him right here and now but with so many people in the room it would remain an idea inside his head.

“Min! Seungmin is going to take Jeongin to a tavern in town to celebrate!” Felix called out.

Minho sighed before turning around to the group again, “Let me guess, you want to join them?”

“Of course, and you and Jisung should come too!”

“Only if you don’t have anything else to do, your Highness.” Jeongin said, bowing his head shortly.

“No need to be so formal with me. Just call me Minho, we are brothers in arms now after all.”

As Minho stepped forward and put his hand on Jeongin’s shoulder, Jisung felt his chest tighten a bit. He wanted to keep Minho’s attention. He blinked, surprising himself with his thoughts. Was he jealous? That couldn’t be, it wasn’t like Minho had any romantic feelings towards Jeongin, why would Jisung be jealous? But Minho could just openly show physical affection to any other person in this room, even if it was just a friendly pat on the shoulder. Jisung was different though. In the end, he was Minho’s servant and that created a social barrier between them in public. So maybe he really was jealous and he hated it.

Minho decided to change before joining them, giving him and Jisung a bit more time alone in his chambers.
“You’re awfully quiet. Is everything okay?” Minho asked as he pulled off his rings and put them back into the box.

“I’m good…” Jisung said unconvincingly.

Minho picked up on his sullen tone, pulling Jisung into his arms and kissing him deeply.
“Why the pout, my dear?”

“I’m not pouting…”

“You are. Tell me what’s bothering you.” Minho brushed his fingers through Jisung’s hair. He couldn’t help but melt into his touch and smile.

“It’s stupid. I just couldn’t wait to be alone with you again and at the tavern later, we’ll have to be separate again.”

“I know what you mean. But if my father somehow found out about us…”

“I understand. But it doesn’t make the situation any better.”

“How about we only stay for a little while. Felix probably has to return to the castle early anyway, we can go back with him. And when we’re back here…” Minho didn’t have to finish his sentence for Jisung to know what he meant. He just hoped the prince would put his marks in a less visible spot than Jisung’s neck this time. 


Jeongin was clearly a bit on edge about a friendly night at the tavern with people that had been his superiors until today. While Minho was still his prince, he made it clear that Jeongin was to treat him as a fellow knight first and a prince second. Additionally, Jisung believed that it was impossible not to feel at ease when around Felix, so while Jeongin was visibly nervous in the beginning, an hour or so later he relaxed and even joked around freely with the others.

“You brat definitely made an impression, just changing up the oath.” Seungmin laughed, ruffling Jeongin’s hair.

“You’re lucky, Minho was the one holding your ceremony, I’m not sure if the King would have accepted it like that.” Chan shook his head and took another sip of his beer.

“Well, I obviously would have just taken the normal oath if his Majesty had been there…” Jeongin mumbled and hid his face behind his beer jug.

Jisung now really felt like he was missing something, “What was wrong with his oath?”

Seungmin let out an amused huff, “Well, the oath we all took is ‘I vow myself to honesty and courage, to compassion and honor. I vow to protect the citizens of Levanter against all its foes, to stand tall in the face of danger, to never cheat or lie and to serve the King without hesitation.’”

“Maybe I shouldn’t have accepted this vow considering I’m going to be King one day.” Minho said, his tone serious but Jisung knew by now that he was only teasing.

Jeongin’s eyes widened, “I didn’t mean to be disrespectful, your Highness!”

Minho’s mouth broke into a smile, “I told you to call me by my name, and I don’t mind your oath. You made a worthy vow that I am going to keep you to it.”

“I like it more than the usual one.” Felix commented and while Jisung didn’t say it out loud he agreed.

“I’ll do my best to follow it.” Jeongin promised.

Chan patted the young knight’s back, “You are going to do great.”

Jeongin blushed slightly, “Thank you…”

“Now, let’s order another round. Tavernkeep! Another round of beers and…” Minho looked at Jisung’s empty glass, “and one glass of juice.”
Jisung didn’t trust himself to drink alcohol with so many people around. His tolerance was already really low. What if he slipped up and tried to drunkenly kiss Minho? It was just too risky so he kept to juice.

The others though were slowly starting to get more than a little tipsy, laughing and chatting loudly. Jisung could feel himself growing anxious, just from being around too many people for too long. He’s always been like this, he liked being around people he liked but sometimes he just needed to be alone. But this was Jeongin’s big celebration and nobody else looked like they were about to leave yet, Minho had just ordered another round for them after all.

“Hey, are you okay?” Felix, who sat right next to him, asked.

“Of course, yeah, why wouldn’t I be?” Jisung laughed off his concern, wiping his sweaty palms on his pants.

The prince seemed to accept this answer as he started pulling on Chan’s arm to go look at the small group of bards that had started playing music a little while ago.
He turned to talk to Minho instead but he was currently busy teasing Seungmin about something that happened with a dog.

“You should have seen him, Jeongin. The way he looked at me, he looked exactly like that little dog.” He managed to bring out between fits of laughter.

Jeongin looked like he tried to suppress his own laughter but couldn’t keep it in after all.

“I did not look like that dog.” Seungmin grumbled.

“You did! Completely drenched and with big, sad eyes, and the dog sat right next to him with the exact same look!”

Jisung hadn’t heard the beginning of the story, so the joke was kind of lost on him but he also didn’t want to interrupt, so he just took a sip of his juice. His anxiety continued climbing and he found himself unable to focus on anything but his own breathing, everything else became too exhausting.
He needed some fresh air, the tavern was just too loud. When he finally couldn’t take it anymore, he stood up quickly, accidentally knocking over his chair.
Seungmin, Jeongin and Minho looked at him in surprise.

“Uh, sorry…” Jisung picked up the chair and almost ran out of the tavern. On the way, he bumped into Felix and Chan.

“Jisungie! Isn’t the music great? Come dance with me!” The prince smiled but Jisung could only stare at him like a startled deer.
His breath hitched as a beer mug exploded on a table nearby.
Felix looked towards the commotion, giving Jisung a chance to slip out of the tavern.

As soon as he made it out and cold air hit his face he felt like he could breathe again. The noise inside was now muffled and there weren’t so many people around him anymore.
He needed to go home and hole himself up in his room but for now he had to catch his breath and lean against the cool stone wall.
He hadn’t lost control of his magic like that in months, he just hoped nobody saw.

He closed his eyes and focused more on his breathing when suddenly someone touched his shoulder. He flinched away and looked at the offender but was only met by Minho’s spooked eyes.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to scare you. Are you alright, Darling?”

Jisung didn’t know what to say, except “Don’t… don’t call me darling, we’re in public…”

“Nobody is here, don’t worry.” Minho said with an easy smile.

“I need to go home, I can’t stay any longer…” Jisung tried to explain.

“Did something happen? Did anyone say or do anything to you?”

“No, no… this is just me getting overwhelmed. It happens. There is too much going on around me and too many people in general, I don’t like it.”

Minho thought for a second, “Can I help you somehow?”

“No, it’s alright. I just need time alone.”

“Can I kiss you goodnight?”

“Someone might see…”

Minho carefully took his hand and pulled him into an alleyway where he gently pushed him against the wall so they were out of sight.
“Nobody will see us here.” Minho whispered and kissed him gently.

Jisung couldn’t argue with that and just basked in the attention of his favorite person. Contrary to the crowd in the tavern, he found himself not minding being alone with Minho for any amount of time.

“Sleep well, get better soon, dear.”

“I will, thanks to you.”

Minho ran his fingers through Jisung’s hair and stroked his cheek with his thumb, “You could also go back to my chambers and wait for me there.”

“How long are you going to stay?”

“Not too long if I know you’re waiting for me.”

“It’s a tempting offer…”

“I could make it even more tempting, love.” Minho started kissing him on his cheek and slowly travelled down his neck while he also pulled him closer by the waist.

Jisung couldn’t suppress a chuckle, relaxing in Minho’s embrace, his anxiety from earlier almost completely forgotten.
“Okay, but don’t take too long.”

“I won’t, I promise.”

Jisung had made himself comfortable in Minho’s bed and had already dozed off slightly when the prince joined him, crawling under the blanket clumsily as the alcohol hindered his usually so graceful movements.

“Are you sleeping already?” He slurred as he pulled Jisung into his arms.

“No, not anymore. Did you have fun?”

Minho hummed in agreement and burrowed his nose in Jisung’s hair.
“You’re so cuddly when you’re drunk.” Jisung laughed.

“I’m always cuddly with you, love. You’re like a sweet little kitten, I just can’t resist you.” Minho kissed the shell of his ear and nipped on it playfully.

“You are definitely a lot more sappy when you’re drunk.”

“I’m not that drunk…”

“You definitely are.”

Minho laughed quietly, Jisung could feel his breath on his neck, “Maybe I am.”
It didn’t take long for them to fall asleep in each other’s arms.


The king’s birthday approached quickly, bringing countless people into the city for the festivities. As on Minho’s birthday, vendors set up stalls with games and delicious food, at every corner stood a bard playing joyful tunes for the cheerful crowd. There was an arena set up for duels and grounds for the jousting tournament.

“Why were there no tournaments on your birthday?” Jisung asked Minho as they watched builders set up the jousting arena.

“My birthday is in the same week as the Day of the Dead, tournaments aren’t allowed during that time.” He explained.

“Oh, that… sucks…”

Minho laughed, “Not a friend of tournaments?”

“I mean, I’ve never been to one. I guess I don’t know what I’m missing?”

“I’ll make sure you’re going to enjoy it. I’ll dedicate all of my wins to you.”

There was a short pinch on Jisung’s butt that made him jump a bit, “M-minho, what if anyone sees?”

The prince had been growing bolder lately with his affections, causing them to almost get caught multiple times.
“I’m sorry, I’ll try to control myself.” The prince grinned, his smile already betraying that he wouldn’t.


A few days later it was time for the celebrations. The tournaments started early in the morning as lords and knights from all over the kingdom wanted to participate, so they would take most of the day before in the evening there would be a big banquet.
Jisung helped Minho get his horse ready and get into his armor. It was the first time he actually wore the full plate armor after months of injury and sickness.

“Are you sure you’re ready? You’ve been out of commission for so long.” Jisung worried as he closed one of the buckles.

“Afraid I’m going to lose?”

“Losing means falling off your horse in full armor, you could get seriously hurt. And what if one of the lances pierces you?”

“The lances are made to break on impact so they only push the opponent off the horse at most and don’t actually do lasting damage. And I am wearing armor so even if something goes wrong, I’m protected.”

The thought of falling off a horse still scared Jisung, he couldn’t fathom why Minho wasn’t worried about it.

“How about a kiss for good luck?” The prince asked, “So you can be sure, nothing will happen to me?”

Jisung rolled his eyes at the blatant flirting before giving him a quick kiss.
“Kick Seungmin’s butt.”

“I’m planning to.”



Jisung took his place next to Chan stands next to the arena. Luckily it wasn’t too crowded as it also hosted the royal family and important nobles who were visiting. Behind Jisung there were a few young daughters and sons of nobles gushing over the competitors.

“Did you hear? Prince Minho is participating even though he was sick for so long.”

“What if he accepted my favour and rode in my honor. I don’t think I would even care if he won, I would just pass away and plan the wedding.”

“How would you plan a wedding if you passed away?”

“Shut up, you know what I mean.”

“The prince never accepts favour, idiot.”

Jisung knew what they were talking about. Knights competing in a tournament would often accept favors, small trinkets like scarves to tie around their equipment for good luck.
It was no surprise Minho didn’t accept any as it would mean that he was eyeing someone to court.

“Are you excited for your first tournament?” Chan asked next to him.

“I don’t understand who voluntarily participates in something like this.” Jisung said honestly.

Chan let out a small laugh, “It’s thrilling. Like riding into battle without the actual fear of death, it gets the heart pumping.”

“Why aren’t you participating? It sounded like you were the reigning champion.”

“I thought I should give the younger knights a chance for once.” Chan said with a shrug but Jisung could see there was something else.
He stared at Chan for a few seconds, noting his deep eyebags and slightly stiff posture. He sharply poked the knight in the lower back, causing him to barely suppress a hiss of pain.

“Your back is hurting… you’re not participating because you’re getting ol-”

“Okay fine, fine. Don’t say it out loud. My back has been hurting for a while, sitting on a horse is torture.”

“You know, if you slept in your bed instead of at your desk…”

“I know, I know. You don’t need to chastise me. I’m well aware, thank you.”

“If Seungmin and Felix-”

“Don’t you dare tell them, Jisung. I mean it. I will throw you out.”

Before Jisung could say another thing, fanfares announced the arrival of all competitors.
Sixteen knights rode into the arena, Jisung could immediately pick out Minho on his white stallion, Seungmin with his crest showing a hunting dog and Jeongin with the fox emblem. He recognized a few other knights but most of the competitors only came to the capital for the celebrations.

The crier greeted the crowd, “Your Majesty, your Highness, Lords and Ladies, Men and Women and everything in between, welcome to the jousting tournament where these brave knights standing before you compete for eternal glory!”

The crowd cheered.
The King rose from his throne that oversaw the whole arena, “I also welcome each and every one of you. After the hardships our kingdom faced this year, we deserve a celebration like this. So cheer and celebrate to your heart’s content! I also welcome our esteemed guest from the far-away Kingdom of Miroh. Without their supply of Yellow Wood Bark we could not have overcome this terrible plague. Welcome Prince Hyunjin.” He gestured to a young man seated next to Felix.

The young man seemed a bit awkward and shy as he gave a short wave to the crowd. His sandy blonde hair was tied up in a small ponytail.

“Now, may everyone compete fairly and according to knightly conduct. Good luck to all these brave knights! You may begin!” The King ended his speech and sat back down.

“Thank you, your Majesty! Without further ado, our first two competitors are…” The crier turned over two plates displaying names in a wooden tournament bracket.

“Sir Jeongin of House Yang and our very own Crown Prince Minho!”

Jisung couldn’t help but feel sorry that Jeongin’s first opponent ever in a tournament was Minho.
The other knights filed out of the arena as Minho and Jeongin took their horses to opposite sides of it.
They were both handed their lances and brought their horses into position.

“Oh what do we see here? Is that a token of affection on the prince’s saddle?” The crier pointed out, turning Jisung’s attention to it.
It was a small piece of dark green cloth affixed to his saddle, it wasn’t anything special but Jisung immediately recognized it as the scarf he thought he lost. In summer, he used it mostly to soak up sweat since it was very light cloth. He couldn’t believe Minho had stolen his scarf for this. He wanted to be angry at Minho for being so careless but he couldn’t bring himself to actually hate this gesture. A warm feeling spread from his chest to his face.

“Since when… Jisung, do you know what this is about?” Chan asked, shocked that Minho might be courting someone in secret.
Jisung just shook his head, unable to say anything.

Jeongin, to be fair, didn’t do a bad job, at least Chan said so as Jisung didn’t know anything of the intricacies of jousting, but in the end he lost his balance and landed on the ground, earning Minho his first win.
Minho raised his broken lance in victory, before dismounting and helping Jeongin up. The crowd cheered as Minho was declared the victor and the next competitors entered the arena.

It took a while until Jisung stopped flinching at the loud sound of lances meeting metal armor, breaking and splintering as one, or both opponents landed in the dirt, but he couldn’t deny that he started enjoying watching. Minho practically blew through his first three opponents, landing him in the finale to nobody’s surprise.
His last opponent was a knight Jisung didn’t know.

“Let me introduce our final two competitors of this fine tournament. You all know his Highness Prince Minho, who has been a fearsome competitor for years. At last year’s tournament he barely lost to Sir Chan of House Bang who does not compete this time. Most bets are on him winning this year even though he has just recovered from illness! His opponent stems from the Kingdom of Miroh, Sir Changbin of House Seo!”

Minho’s opponent wasn’t a very tall man but what he lacked in height he made up for in muscle. All the knights looked a bit bulkier in their armor but this guy was huge. He carried the banner of a red boar on black ground.

“He is the personal guard of his Highness the Prince of Miroh and one of their best knights! But is he good enough to beat our Crown Prince? We will see!”

“He’s good, I think Minho is really going to have a hard time against him.” Chan muttered as he watched them get their horses in position.

“He is?”

“He is incredibly accurate with his lance and he’s a very steady rider, he’s not going to fall off easily.”

“But Minho is better, right?” He asked, immediately going back to worrying.

“I don’t know… Whoever wins, it’s going to be close.”

Jisung looked up to where Prince Hyunjin sat, gripping the fabric of his pants as he was focused on the arena. He also looked a bit worried, which made sense considering his knight was also in the finale.
A flag was waved, signalling the riders to start. The first round was over quickly, lances crashed into armor simultaneously, both held themselves on the back of their horses.

“A draw…” Chan muttered as lances were exchanged and both got ready to charge again.

Jisung bit his lip, anxious to see the outcome.
The second round, Minho managed to push aside Sir Changbin’s lance, landing a hit himself.

“Point to Minho, if it’s another draw he’s going to win.” Chan commented.

They got their new lances, Sir Changbin brandished his, pointing it towards the stands, a small charm twinkling at its hilt.
He charged again and Jisung couldn’t watch as the lance hit Minho right in the chest, knocking him back and off his horse.
A short stretch of silence went over the arena until Minho raised his arm, signalling that he was fine, and the crowd erupted in cheers.

“And that’s it! The winner of this tournament is Sir Changbin of House Seo from the Kingdom of Miroh!”

Jisung hurried to get down to help Minho get up and check if he was truly fine.
By the time he made it to the prince, luckily someone had already helped him get up because in retrospect Jisung wouldn’t have been able to pick him up in full armor.
As soon as they made it back to Minho’s tent, where he had prepared himself earlier, Jisung hugged him, “God, are you okay?”
Someone entered behind them, making Jisung immediately flinch away from Minho as if that would prevent the newcomer from seeing them.

“Calm down, it’s just me.” Felix said, “But yes, same question. Are you okay, Min?”

Minho threw his helmet on a small table, “I’m good, maybe a bit bruised.” He huffed, obviously frustrated, “I thought I could win this year with Chan out of the competition. This is… ugh.”

Felix sighed in overplayed relief, “Oh good, the only thing hurt is your pride.”

“Hey, this is serious!” Minho complained and Jisung couldn’t help but laugh at their little squabble.

“Is it though?”

“You little brat…”

“If you can argue with Felix about that, you can’t be too badly hurt.” He grinned as he loosened the straps holding Minho’s armor together.
Minho grumbled something about being older than both of them and deserving more respect but overall dropped it as Jisung freed him from the metal prison that was his armor.

“I have to go back now, Father wants me to show Prince Hyunjin around before the banquet later…” Felix said, uncharacteristically unenthusiastic.

“What’s wrong? You don’t get along?” Minho asked, probably ready to put the foreign prince in his place in case he was rude to his little brother.

“No, that’s not it. I don’t want to sound mean, because he is very nice. He’s just a bit… strange I guess…”

“What did he do?”

“Nothing really. I can’t really explain it. It’s just that I feel like I’ve seen him somewhere before and I have a weird feeling about him.”
Minho furrowed his brow as he thought for a second, “Are you sure you’re not mistaking him with someone else? I don’t think we’ve had any dealings with Miroh before the plague.”

“Just forget what I said, it’s stupid. I have to go back now. See you later!” Felix left the tent before Minho could say anything else.

“Strange… a person Felix doesn’t get along with, I didn’t think they existed.” Jisung joked.

“I hope he really is as nice as Felix said he is and he gets used to him, he needs more friends.”

“You’re so overbearing, one would think you’re his mother instead of his brother.”

“So cheeky, do you not have anything better to do than running your mouth?” Minho pulled him towards himself, keeping him in place with two hands on his butt.

“I don’t know, I have some more things I want to say. You stole my scarf.”

“I borrowed it.”

“You borrowed it without permission to use as a good luck charm.”

“It didn’t work very well though. I lost after all.”

“Maybe it would have worked if I had given it to you, instead you stole it like a petty thief.”

“I am a thief. First, I’ll take your scarf, then a kiss, and then your heart.”

“You mixed up the order, master thief.”

“I didn’t.” Minho pulled him into a kiss so sweet that it made Jisung forget what he’d wanted to say.

Notes:

Hyunjin and Changbin are finally here! Yaay!
And Chan is a tired dad without actually being Jisung's dad!
And Innie is a knight now! The baby bread is one of my bias wreckers, so I had to give him some attention :D
Jisung's anxiety in the tavern was just slightly based on my own experiences when my social battery runs out.

After my vampire AU and the last two chapters, I feel like the only kind of romance I can write is the sickly sweet, fluffy kind that makes you want to throw up from cuteness.

The chapter was actually meant to end differently but it already was longer than the others so I decided to push the original end to the next chapter!

I can't believe I managed to finish this chapter before the years ends!
I hope you all have a great 2025!

Chapter 13

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

After almost being caught making out by Chan who’d wanted to check on the prince after his fall, Jisung and Minho decided to go look at the stalls set up around town. On Minho’s birthday, Jisung had been too caught up on having to spend time with him to really enjoy the festival. He had to admit that the crowd was almost bearable when the prince sneakily held his hand while pushing through.
Last time, he had only tried some treats that Felix had decided to share with him, but this time he almost had to stop Minho from getting him yet another sweet because he was already starting to feel a bit sick because of it.
Jisung tried his luck at fishing a small fish from a huge tub to win a prize but failed miserably.

“Let me try.” Minho took the small net from Jisung’s hand.

“Fine, but it’s harder than it looks.”

“I got one!” Minho smiled at him and held up the net presenting the fish he caught.

“As expected of his Royal Highness. Congratulations!” The stand owner said, showing Minho the array of prizes he could choose from.

They left the stand before Minho pulled Jisung into a small alley and put something in his hand. Jisung looked down to see a small wooden squirrel.
“It’s you.” The prince said with a grin.

Jisung had always been a bit self-conscious about his round cheeks but he knew Minho wasn’t trying to insult him. The first time the prince had told him that he found his cheeks cute, he’d thought he was mocking him, but by now he knew he was serious. He smiled as he took the small figurine, regarding it fondly. When Minho compared him to a squirrel, it was coming from a place of love.

“You won this for me?”

“I can still give it to Felix if you don’t want it.” He teased.

“No, too late! You already gave it to me!” He protested playfully, pressing the small figure to his chest.

Minho laughed and put his hand up to Jisung’s face like he usually did when he was about to kiss him but quickly took it away when he noticed someone else coming into the alley.
“Let’s go see some more stalls. Do you want another pastry?”

“I think if I eat one more I am going to explode.”

“Can’t have that, I still need you.”

They left the alley and made their way back to the castle where they spotted Felix talking to the two visitors from Miroh in the courtyard.
“Min! There you are.” Felix barely suppressed a relieved sigh. He was clearly exhausted from entertaining their guests alone.

“It’s nice to finally meet you, Prince Minho.” Hyunjin bowed his head politely yet a little awkwardly. Jisung wondered if it was because as a Prince himself, he wasn’t used to bowing to anyone.

“The pleasure is all mine, your Highness.” Minho answered equally politely while keeping his distance.

There was an uncomfortable pause after the greetings as both prince’s didn’t seem like the best conversationalists. Minho didn’t like meeting new people but to keep up an open, welcoming front he had to get out of his comfort zone a little.
He cleared his throat, “Sir Changbin, it’s nice to meet you too outside of competition.”

The knight wore a serious expression that gave Jisung goosebumps. Was that just his neutral expression or did he have a problem with Minho? He didn’t know.
He looked over to Minho who really tried hard to contain his annoyance at the knight’s silent stare but Jisung knew all his little tells by now. He could see him shifting his jaw a little.

Prince Hyunjin laughed awkwardly, “Please excuse him, he’s not good at small-talk. And you are?” He looked over to Jisung.

“This is my attendant, Jisung.” Minho answered for him.

“Oh, you must be close if you are visiting the festival together.”

“Jisung is more than just an attendant, he’s a good friend and Chan’s ward.” Felix explained before Minho could say anything else.

“How sweet. It’s nice to meet you.”

“You too, umm, your Highness.” Jisung almost forgot to bow and then accidentally bonked his head against Minho when he quickly tried to remedy his mistake.

“I’m on my way back to my chambers to get ready for the banquet. You should probably also go back soon.” Minho said, stepping slightly in front of Jisung so nobody could see how his face flushed in shame.

“Good idea, Min. I’ll come with you.” Felix immediately jumped on the idea.

“We should return too, your Highness.” Changbin finally spoke in a low voice, clearly only directed at Prince Hyunjin and nobody else.

The prince nodded in agreement and turned to Felix.
“Thank you for showing us your city. I had a lot of fun.”

“No need to thank me. I also had fun. See you at the banquet, yes?”

“I’m looking forward to it. You too, Prince Minho.”
And with that Changbin and Hyunjin left towards the guest quarters.

Felix physically relaxed and let out a sigh as soon as they were gone.
“That bad?” Minho asked.

“No… ugh I don’t want to gossip, it’s so mean.”

“Lix you are probably the nicest person at court. If something is bothering you about Prince Hyunjin…”

“It’s not that he’s bothering me, he just… Min, he is so boring. Every conversation with him is so stifled. I tried so hard to make him feel comfortable but I’m exhausted.”

“He could just be anxious?” Jisung suggested.

“I don’t know, maybe, but I’ve spent the whole day with him and I couldn’t tell you the first thing about him. Please help me later at the banquet. I need someone to talk to who is actually giving interesting answers, not just empty platitudes, or I will go crazy.”

Minho ruffled his brother’s hair, “I’ll be right next to you, don’t worry. And Jisung will be somewhere behind us with a pitcher of wine in case you need it.”

“I will hold you to that!” Felix said, fixing his tousled strands before leaving them.


“So, should I just make sure your glass is always full at the banquet?” Jisung asked while Minho looked through his closet for what he was going to wear.

“Felix’s servant is responsible for his cup, and mine… I’ll give you a sign when talking to Prince Hyunjin becomes too tedious.”

“You could just not talk to him, right?”

“It’s not that easy. His kingdom helped us through a crisis, we have to be gracious and thankful. And, well, we are probably going to see him more often in the future.”

“Miroh is so far away, he could just visit now and then never again?”

Minho sighed, “Father hasn’t confirmed anything but I am pretty sure what he’s planning, Felix probably has also picked up on it. Miroh didn’t help us for free and they can only profit from an alliance with Levanter.”

“I don’t get it.”

“You know, you are so perceptive and smart sometimes and then that brain of yours just goes poof .”

“You’re one to talk, Lord My-Plan-Is-To-Walk-Around-And-Wait-For-The-Monster. Just explain it to me.”

“Father probably made a deal with Miroh that Felix is going to marry Hyunjin. It’s just a matter of time until he announces it.”

Felix had told Jisung about the possibility that he would have to marry for political reasons and that he was fine with it as long as the other person was nice but being confronted directly with this felt wrong.
“But Felix doesn’t like him…” He argued weakly.

“That doesn’t matter, unfortunately… I mean, the best case scenario is that Prince Hyunjin really is just a bit anxious around new people. Felix said he’s nice, maybe he just needs time to warm up.” Minho took out a silver-embroidered black tunic that he decided on wearing, “Can you get me the amethyst earrings?”

Jisung walked over to the jewelry box to get them.
“Why are you so calm about this? Shouldn’t you be a bit more worried that your brother probably has to marry a stranger?”

“It’s normal. Of course, it sucks but Felix has been prepared for this possibility since he was old enough to understand what marriage is.”

It all still felt wrong to Jisung but Minho didn’t seem to worry and Felix also didn’t freak out. Maybe it really was just something royalty had to deal with.
He didn’t want to think about it anymore, after all these were all just theories, nothing was confirmed.

“Which perfume do you want to wear?”

“Jasmine.”
A smile spread over Jisung’s face. The scent really did fit the prince best in his opinion.


The banquet was held in a hall near the throne room that could easily fit the huge tables that were set up. One table was set up in a way that overlooked the rest of them, seating the royal family, Prince Hyunjin, Sir Changbin as the winner of the joust, Chan, and a few more high-ranking officials. Minho was seated to the King’s right, Felix next to him and followed by Prince Hyunjin. Chan sat on the King’s left with Sir Changbin. Seungmin and Jeongin were also present but seated with the other knights at one of the other tables while Jisung’s place was standing at the wall behind Minho with a pitcher of wine.
Even though Jisung had stuffed himself in the city earlier, when the food was brought out his mouth watered from the smell alone. Of course only the best things would be served for the King’s birthday with exotic fish and seafood Jisung had never seen in his life, multiple roasted deer, and only the freshest vegetables found in all of Levanter.

“Mi- Your Highness, watch out it’s still raw…” Jisung warned Minho when he stood next to him to fill his cup with wine.

Minho laughed breathily, “It’s supposed to be, raw fish is a delicacy in some regions.”

Jisung couldn’t imagine that it tasted good but he was also interested. If they’d been alone he would have asked if he could try some but in this situation this would only seem suspicious.
As he returned to his place behind them, he made sure to stay close enough to listen to what they were talking about so he wouldn’t be bored to death.

“You are not a knight, Prince Hyunjin, is that correct?” The King asked, looking over to his guest.

“No, I’m not. Mirohian royalty trains with the knights but does not take an oath.”

“So you are trained with the sword?” The King continued.

“I am.” The prince kept his answers short. Jisung knew what Felix had meant when he said that it was exhausting to talk to him.

“Have you thought about competing in a tournament?”

“No, I’m not that good with it. I’m not bad but I am by far not the best. Sir Changbin is one of our best knights, he represents our small country in these matters.”

The King also seemed uninterested in continuing to talk to him and instead turned to said knight to question him more.

“You are trained with the sword? I personally favour the bow.” Felix tried to strike up a conversation.

“I have heard about that. I’d love to see you shoot one day.”

“So, you aren’t fond of shooting yourself?”

“Miroh is not known for its archers.”

Jisung couldn’t see Felix’s face but he knew that he was struggling to find a way to continue the conversation after this non-answer.

“So you are only passable with a sword and you can’t shoot. What can you do?” Minho asked suddenly.

“Minho!” Felix scolded him slightly for the rude question.

Prince Hyunjin also looked a bit caught off-guard.
“Me? I…” He thought for a second.

“I’m just asking. You are the heir to the throne of Miroh, right? As a fellow Crown Prince…”

“I’m not the Crown Prince…”

“Sure, you aren’t crowned yet, right? But you are the oldest child of the King of Miroh, right?”

Prince Hyunjin looked a bit uncomfortable, fidgeting with his hands.
“I am the oldest but… it isn’t me who is going to inherit the throne…” He said so quietly that Jisung almost couldn’t make it out.
Now Minho was the one who didn’t know what to say.
“My younger sister is going to be the heir as soon as she is of age…”

Felix looked over to Minho, not saying anything but his eyes were clearly asking a question. Minho just shrugged slightly and quickly ate something so he didn’t have to say anything.

“Um… I apologize if my brother’s question has made you uncomfortable.” Felix jumped in to do damage control for Minho as he didn’t look like he would say anything.

“It’s quite alright. She is better fit to rule a country than I am…”

“If you’re not training in any martial arts, what are your hobbies?” Felix asked, steering the conversation towards a lighter topic.

Hyunjin hesitated slightly before answering, “I draw and I like music.”

Jisung had to admit that Felix was pretty good at keeping up conversation even if he wasn’t behind it with his heart, as he told the prince that he himself was horrible at drawing.
Minho was visibly checked out of the conversation, Jisung had seen his handwriting and small doodles the prince had made so he knew he was also hopeless when it came to calligraphy or drawing. He liked to sing sometimes, just absentmindedly when he thought nobody could hear him, but he would never talk about that. He didn’t even talk to Jisung about it because he was embarrassed even though his voice was beautiful, as clear as a bell in Jisung’s ears.

“Jisung?” He snapped out of his thoughts when Minho called him, realizing that he missed that his glass had been empty for a while now.

“Sorry.” He said, quickly filling it up again.

“Can you go tell the kitchen that I want some of the food and dessert sent up to my room later?”

“Of course, but you could have eaten more before they brought out the dessert if you’re still hungry.”
Minho just looked at him with raised eyebrows until Jisung caught up.
“Oh, it’s for me. Makes sense. I’ll be right back.”


After all the months that Jisung had worked for Minho, the kitchen staff was already used to Jisung popping in and ordering some food to be brought up to the prince’s quarters and were kind enough not to ask how Minho alone ate so much food.
By the time Jisung returned to the banquet hall, the guests from Miroh had already excused themselves and left as they would return home early in the morning.
The King apparently used his birthday to drink as much wine as possible, which was why Chan was worriedly trying to get him to drink some water in between.

Minho was trying to convince Felix that it was time to go to bed as he also seemed to have had a little too much to drink.
“Noooo, Min! I’m fiiiine!” The younger prince complained through short bursts of laughter.

Minho looked at Felix’s servant who stood behind him, “Why did you give him so much? You should know he’s a lightweight.”

“I’m sorry, I thought he had enough to eat to balance it out…” The servant bowed deeply in apology.

“Don’t be mean to Jakey-Jakey. He just did what I asked him to do.”

The servant blushed at the nickname, “Um… I’ll get him to bed, your Highness. I promise.”

Minho sighed and looked around, “Ah, Jisung you’re back. Can you get Seungmin?”

Jisung nodded and made his way to the knights’ table where Seungmin sat.
Only a few minutes later, Seungmin was escorting Felix and his servant back to the prince’s chambers.

“Are you ready to leave too or do I need to get Chan?” Jisung asked quietly.

“I held myself back, I’m barely tipsy.” Minho said as he stood up.

“Are you already leaving, son?” The King slurred.

“I’m still sore from my fall today, so I will turn in early today.”

“Fine, fine. But come see me tomorrow, there is something I need to discuss with you.”

Minho nodded and excused himself before leaving with Jisung.
As soon as the door of Minho’s chambers closed behind them, the prince pulled Jisung into a kiss.
While Jisung was a bit surprised, he still leaned into him and ran his hand through Minho’s soft hair.

“Everything alright?” He asked when they separated.

“I’m just a bit stressed.”

“You just had the most delicious smelling meal I can imagine, what could stress you out?”

“There is something fishy going on with Prince Hyunjin. Maybe Felix and I were wrong about the marriage plan.”

“What makes you say that?”

All these political intricacies were going over Jisung’s head. Maybe Prince Hyunjin had said something while Jisung was down in the kitchens that made him suspicious, because nothing he’d heard rang any alarm bells in his head.

“He’s not the heir to the throne. Father wouldn’t marry Felix off to someone without any prospect to become King or Queen. Sure, we are in Miroh’s debt but Father is not blind, a union between them doesn’t make any sense.”

“Well, Prince Hyunjin is going home tomorrow anyway. Maybe the King will tell you his plans when he’s gone because it’s not something he’s supposed to hear…”

“Maybe…”

“You’re thinking too much. Let politics be politics for a night and kiss me.”

“You are unbelievable.” Minho laughed and kissed him again.
Jisung stood on tiptoes to signal Minho what he wanted without having to stop.
The prince immediately understood and lifted him up, his strong arms holding him steadily as Jisung wrapped his legs around him.

Just as Minho’s hand started wandering under Jisung’s shirt, there was a knock at the door, making them both flinch so hard that Minho almost dropped him.

“Your food, your Highness.” A female voice from outside announced.

“Ah, yes. My servant will bring it inside, you may leave it in front of the door, thank you!” Minho called out as he carefully let Jisung back down.
As soon as the maid was gone they both burst out into laughter from getting spooked like this and after finally getting the food inside and trying it, not only did he come to the conclusion that raw fish could actually be very tasty but also that no dessert could be as sweet as Minho’s kisses.


The next morning he was woken up by Minho pulling into an embrace and nuzzling his hair.
He groaned and stretched his limby as he slowly opened his eyes.

“Good morning, love.” Minho whispered into his ear.

“How late is it?”

“Almost noon, I have to go see my father soon.”

“Why didn’t you wake me up sooner?” Jisung asked, not in a hurry, just curious because Minho usually woke up so early.

“I kept you up pretty late last night, I thought you would appreciate some rest.”

“Why thank you, kind sir.” Jisung cuddled into him to enjoy the skin contact as long as possible before they had to leave and act like they had a normal prince-attendant relationship.
Unfortunately, they couldn’t stay like this for only a few minutes. Minho kissed him on the crown of his head before slowly getting up and putting on his clothes. Jisung wondered if Minho would be able to stay in bed with him for as long as he pleased when he was King one day, but he doubted it.

Jisung was just about ready to walk out of the room when Minho held him back by the arm.
“You know how I kept your scarf as a good luck charm?”

“You stole it, but go on.”

“I want you to have something of mine to keep as well.”

He took his hand and dropped something into it. When Jisung took a closer look at it, he recognized it as one of Minho’s countless rings, a silver band with rose colored jewels.
“Minho… you know I can’t wear this… People would ask questions…”

“I thought about that!”
Minho pulled a thin silver chain from his pocket.
“You can wear it around your neck and under your clothes with this. Nobody will know.”

“Are you sure? You only got my filthy scarf, I can’t just take this.”

“I want you to take it though. Please don’t think about the value, I have tons of rings. I don’t know what else I could give you that’s small enough to keep it on you at all times.”

He took the ring and put it on the chain, holding it open so he could put it around Jisung’s neck.
Jisung sighed, how could he say no to him when he looked at him with such sincerity?
He turned around as Minho put the necklace around him and closed it behind him.

“Thank you.”

“Don’t thank me, I’m only repaying you for stealing your scarf.”
Jisung put the necklace under his shirt and kissed Minho one last time before they had to go see the King.


His Majesty was already waiting for Minho when they made their way down to the throne room.
“You’re late.”

“I’m sorry, Father. It won’t happen again.”

“It’s alright, come sit with me.” The King briefly looked at Jisung, “Get us something to drink.”

Jisung bowed slightly and went to pick up a pitcher of water on the other side of the room.

“So, what did you think of Prince Hyunjin?” The King asked, cutting right to the chase.

Minho thought for a while, “I think he is the only person I’ve seen that hasn’t become best friends with Felix five minutes after meeting him.”

“Yes, he was rather… shy, wasn’t he?”

“I don’t really know if it was shyness or something else. I think you should ask Felix more about him. He spent more time with him than me.”

The King nodded, “I was more interested in your first impression.”

“Why? What’s this about Father?”

“As you know, we owe Miroh a great deal. Their medicine saved so many people, including yours. They are proposing an alliance.”
Minho nodded, listening to his father. It was exactly what he had predicted. Jisung was a bit impressed by how well this lovable idiot knew politics.
“Of course, we do not have a lot to gain from this alliance but we are in their debt so I accepted their offer.”

“You are going to let Prince Hyunjin marry Felix?”

“No, Prince Hyunjin is going to marry you.”
The water pitcher slipped out of Jisung’s hand, shattering into a million pieces on the ground.

Notes:

MUHAHAHAHAHA
Yeah, there had to be some drama ruining the perfect little fluffy relationship. I'm sorry.

Happy New Year everyone!

Chapter 14

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“What are you doing, boy?” The King asked gruffly as water and tiny glass shards hit his feet.

“I… I’m sorry, it just slipped out of my hand. I’ll get a broom.”

Jisung looked over to Minho briefly. The prince seemed to still be processing what he’d heard. His mouth was slightly opened as if he wanted to talk but the words just didn’t come to him. As he turned around to fetch a broom and mop, the King started talking to Minho again but his own thoughts were too loud to listen to his words.
‘Don’t think, just do your job.’ The words echoed in his mind again and again as he tried to keep his hands from shaking too hard.
He started picking up the shards and dried the floor when Minho finally started talking again.

“I can’t marry him, Father…”

“Minho, don’t start like that. The deal has been made.”

“And you didn’t think to talk to me first?”

“What would you have done? I offered them Felix marrying the princess but she is already promised to someone else. Prince Hyunjin marrying you was the only thing they agreed to.”

“So I have no choice in this? I’m the Crown Prince!”

“Breaking this deal is going to ruin Levanter’s reputation. If we ever need help with anything again, which of our allies is going to come to our aid if we are known for not repaying our debts?”

“I am already involved with someone else.” Minho just burst out, freezing Jisung in his place on his knees where he was still trying to sweep up all the glass.

“I saw the token on your saddle, but now it’s time to stop fooling around, son. Prince Hyunjin will return in a month with a courting gift and official proposal. I want you to prepare something for him as well.”

“But…”

“I’m done arguing. You have a month to come to terms with this decision and when Prince Hyunjin returns, I expect you to at least pretend you are excited.”

“I can’t do that, Father.”

“You can and you will. For our country and for your future.”

When they left the throne room, Minho didn’t even wait until they made it back to his room. Luckily there were no servants or guards around to see the prince pulling his servant into a crushing hug.
“I won’t let it happen. I promise I won’t let it happen.” He muttered into his shoulder.

“But… how? It sounded like there was no other option…”

“I’ll find a way.”


Felix learned of the marriage plans on the same day, storming into Minho’s chambers in the afternoon.
“There you are! What are you planning? How can I help?” He said, practically jumping Minho and forcing him into a hug.

“So you’ve heard?” Minho asked as he tried maneuvering his limbs around his brother to get into a more comfortable position.

“Of course, you should have come talk to me immediately. So what is the plan?”

That was a good question. They had tried to come up with one for hours.
The easiest way to avoid marrying Prince Hyunjin would be to just run away together but Jisung didn’t even dare suggest it. He had to think of a conversation he had with Felix and Minho a few months ago.

“What would you do if you could just stop being a prince and do whatever you want?” Jisung had asked them when they had spent a quiet evening together when Minho was still recovering from his broken clavicle.

Felix had jumped on the question immediately, “I’d want to travel! I’ve never been outside of Levanter, I’ve barely even left the capital. If I could do anything I’d travel the world.”

“Where would you want to go first?” Minho had asked with a smile, looking like he could listen to his brother talk forever.

“An island, no wait, a beautiful mountain range. Maybe a mountain range on an island? There are so many things I haven’t seen yet!”

“When I’m King I’ll make sure you can travel as much as your heart desires.”

Felix’s smile had turned a little sad, “You know I can’t, Min… It’s dangerous and what if my health is getting worse again…”

“I don’t care. We’ll have found a cure for your headaches by then, I’ll make sure of it. And Chan can come with you or something to keep you safe.”

Jisung still didn’t know if it was stubbornness or optimism that had fueled Minho’s words but it had made Jisung hopeful that Felix’s dream would come true.
“What about you? What would you do if you could do anything else?”

Minho had looked at Felix, genuinely curious about his answer. But the Crown Prince hadn’t immediately answered like Felix, he’d just thought for a while until he finally said, “I don’t know what I would want to do more than this. I want to be King one day, it’s been my goal for as long as I can remember.”

“Uh, not true. When you were six you wanted to slay a dragon!” Felix teased.

“Shut up, you wanted to find a unicorn.”


So Jisung wouldn’t even bring up the possibility of running away, he didn’t want to put Minho in the situation to choose between him and becoming King. They had to find another way.
“Maybe you can talk to Prince Hyunjin when he’s back. I doubt that he wants to marry you any more than you want to marry him.” Felix suggested.

“How do you know that?” Jisung asked.

Minho looked equally clueless.
“You two have to be kidding me. Did you not notice how he and his guard looked at each other?”

“You mean Sir Changbin?”

“Of course I mean Sir Changbin. I bet Prince Hyunjin and him are in the same situation as you two, so he probably doesn’t want to marry you either.”

Jisung really didn’t know how Felix could be so sure but he also hadn’t really paid too much attention to the two visitors.
“You two can be so oblivious, seriously. But anyway, Prince Hyunjin might have been a bit closed off and distant but he was nice overall, talking to him at least won’t make it worse, right?”

Minho sighed, “You’re right, it’s worth a try. I’ll still try to talk Father out of it before he even arrives here…”

Jisung was still a bit unsure about that plan, “What if he doesn’t agree?”

“Then we’ll think of something else. We still have time. Prince Hyunjin will arrive here in a month but they aren’t going to get married immediately. There are still some rites they’d have to do in the weeks before the wedding.” Felix explained.

“Let’s hope it doesn’t come to that. I don’t want to do these rites with him…”

Jisung’s questioning look was enough for Felix to understand that he didn’t know what exactly they meant.
“It starts with exchanging gifts, and then after a priest will lead them through a few rituals together to ensure a happy marriage I guess. Some have to be done on particular days like a full moon or exactly ten days before the wedding and so on.”

“It’s like courting but supervised by someone that checks if you are putting in enough effort but also staying decent…”

Jisung blushed slightly, considering that Minho and him hadn’t exactly “stayed decent” in their relationship.
“Is… that a requirement?”

“Not necessarily… But you are supposed to prove the purity of your intentions in these rituals, you know, that you are not just there for lustful reasons but for the person? It’s honestly a bit weird and outdated but also kind of cute, right?”
Of course Felix would try to see the positive side of something like supervised dating but Jisung still thought it was strange.

“So you are going on dates with Prince Hyunjin?” He looked over at Minho.

He knew it wasn’t really his choice but there was a small voice in his head asking “What if he has more fun with him?”

“Only if I can't avoid it and I am going to hate every second of it.” Minho pulled him closer with one arm and placed a kiss at his temple. While Jisung felt slightly more secure, there was still that fearful little voice in the crevices of his mind that wondered why a prince would even be interested in a lowly servant in the first place.


Jisung’s mood was down for the rest of the day, though he tried to put on a brave face in front of Minho. It didn’t help that Chan noticed his downtrodden demeanor when he returned home that evening.
“What’s wrong?”

“Nothing…” He answered unconvincingly. He was tired from pretending all day.

He must have looked incredibly sad because Chan just approached him and pulled him into a strong hug. He couldn’t help but relax slightly in Chan’s arms and suddenly everything hit him at once.
Of course, Minho’s and his relationship had been doomed from the start. What had he been thinking? That they would live happily ever after? Minho was royalty. He was literally the second most important person in the entire kingdom and he was just Jisung, a sorcerer-in-training and enemy no. 1 to Levanter.

“Hey, it’s okay. Let it all out.” Chan rubbed his back soothingly, Jisung didn’t know when he’d started crying but at the moment it didn’t feel like he could stop any time soon. Chan didn’t say anything else and just sat down with him to comfort him.
By the time he had stopped crying, there was a big wet spot on Chan’s shoulder.

“Do you want to talk about it?”
Jisung just shrugged. His head hurt and he was tired from crying.

“Is it about your” Chan cleared his throat, “your friend?”
He nodded pathetically.

“Trouble in paradise, I assume?”
Another nod.

Chan sighed, “Young love can be like that. Did you have a fight?”
He shook his head.

“Oh, something more complicated?”
He nodded.

“Would you believe me if I told you that it all gets better in the end? But sometimes it has to get worse first.”

“I don’t want it to get worse though…”

Chan let out a short breathy laugh, “Understandable. I don’t know what exactly is going on but I bet the situation is not as dire as it seems at first. If you two truly love each other, you’ll get through this.”

As generic as Chan’s advice sounded, it made Jisung feel a bit better.
“Thank you, Chan…”

“Of course, Jisung. That’s what I’m here for. Now come sit down and eat something. I heard Minho fought with the King again, you must be exhausted from taking care of him after.”

Chan probably meant to make a fun, light comment about Minho being difficult, but being reminded of the reason why Minho fought with his father made him feel a bit worse again.
But he had to eat and the rich, thick stew the kitchens had prepared felt like the perfect comfort food.


The month leading up to Hyunjin’s return rushed by so quickly that it did nothing to calm Jisung’s anxiety.
Minho had gone from arguing with the King almost daily for the first two weeks to not talking to him unless absolutely necessary to keep up appearances. By now it was clear that the King wouldn't budge on his decision. A day before Hyunjin was said to arrive, Minho (with Felix’s help) had come to the conclusion that he had to just play along until he could talk to the foreign Prince alone.

Jisung hated the idea and Minho knew it. The prince tried to make it up to him by clinging to him every second they were alone, showering him in kisses, but it did nothing but remind Jisung of why he was like this in the first place: Because they could lose what they had.
He trusted Minho to take care of everything but the fear of what could happen soured his mood anyway. He tried to hide it, he enjoyed every second he spent with the prince but he struggled to go to sleep at night, knowing that when he woke up they would be one day closer to Hyunjin returning and stealing Minho from him.

Felix was sure he would agree to help them, that he didn’t want to marry Minho any more than Minho wanted to marry him, but Jisung couldn’t control the ugly feelings in his chest, viewing Prince Hyunjin as competition.
When the news reached them that Prince Hyunjin’s carriage had passed the city gates, Jisung helped Minho get ready. The prince looked stunning with his golden crown and his embroidered doublet.

“We’ll be fine, I promise.” Minho whispered, putting his hands on Jisung’s cheeks and pulling him into a soft quiz.

“I won’t look at you, but know that whenever I smile at Prince Hyunjin, I’ll be thinking of you instead.”

Minho pulled the chain with the ring out from under Jisung’s shirt and caressed the piece of jewelry with his thumb.
“This is the sign that you are the only one on my mind.”

Before Jisung could answer, there was a knock on the door.
“Your Highness? Your presence is needed in the throne room to welcome Prince Hyunjin.” A servant spoke from outside.

“I’ll be right there!”
Minho put the ring back under Jisung’s shirt and gave him another kiss before making his way down to the throne room.

 

Waiting for Prince Hyunjin to arrive in the throne room was torture, Jisung thought. Minho had told him that he didn’t need to be there but he thought that it would be even worse if he didn’t know what exactly was happening.
Minho was standing next to his Father as they waited, Felix was slightly behind them, trying to keep a straight face but the worry was obvious from Jisung’s position.

The door opened and revealed Prince Hyunjin and Jisung had to admit that he was gorgeous. His clothes were red, the color of Miroh, and equally as finely embroidered as Minho’s. He wore a golden amulet around his neck with his kingdom’s crest, the serpentine dragon. His long, blonde hair was brushed back, showing a pair of beautiful, ruby earrings that somehow accentuated his beauty even more. And to Jisung’s surprise, he was smiling brightly, a lot more expressive than he’d been the last time he'd visited.
Behind him, as last time, was Sir Changbin, visibly trying to look stoic but his face looked more than just a bit disgruntled, it was intimidating.

“Prince Hyunjin, welcome back. I hope your journey was pleasant.” The King greeted the prince.

Prince Hyunjin bowed his head, “I am grateful that I was invited back, your Majesty.”

He looked over to Minho and bowed his head again, “Prince Minho, it is nice to see you again. I hope our union will be a joyful one.”

Minho cleared his throat, “As am I…”

From the looks of it, he quickly had to remind himself to smile. As soon as he did, it looked quite natural but a part of Jisung was relieved that he knew it was fake.
Prince Hyunjin turned around slightly to Sir Changbin behind him who handed him a small box.

Hyunjin slowly walked towards Minho and bowed again before presenting the box to him, “Please accept this gift as an official start to our courting.”

The King was staring figurative daggers at Minho, a clear warning to behave and accept the gift.

“I… thank you, Prince Hyunjin.” He took the box and opened it, yet Jisung couldn’t properly see what was inside from his position.

“The last time I was here, I noticed the wonderful earrings you were wearing, so I hoped these would be to your liking. They are made from gold and a rare type of gem found in Miroh, it’s called Rainbow’s Kiss as drops of many different colors are trapped in it.”

“They are beautiful. Thank you.” This time his reaction wasn’t completely faked, Jisung knew what Minho looked like when he saw something he liked.
He closed the box again and picked up a small box from his throne.

“To be honest, I wasn’t sure what to get you, but please accept this gift.”
Minho hadn’t picked anything out, the King had after Minho had tried to argue that he couldn’t marry Hyunjin because he didn’t even know anything about him, so he wouldn’t even know what to get him as a courting gift.

Minho’s hands shook slightly, after Prince Hyunjin had taken the box from him, he quickly hid them behind his back.
Hyunjin gasped as he opened the box and revealed an amethyst necklace. Purple amethysts were the national gem of Levanter as it shared its color with the King’s crest. This necklace in particular had apparently belonged to Minho’s mother, which was why it was so hard for him to give it to Hyunjin when he didn’t even plan to actually marry him.

“I will cherish this gift forever.” The prince exclaimed, looking at Minho like he’d picked him a star from the night sky.

“You must be exhausted from your journey, a servant will lead you to your chambers and will return to you when dinner is served. We’ll discuss the details of your engagement then.” The King decided.

Prince Hyunjin bowed again before following one of the King’s servants out of the room.
“I expect you to continue playing nice with Prince Hyunjin, and before you even know it, you will fall for him.” The King sat back down on his throne as he looked at Minho.

Jisung saw Minho balling his fist behind his back but a simple “Yes, Father…” was all that left his mouth.

When they left the throne room together, Felix quickly came after them.
“Did you see Sir Changbin’s face? Now I am absolutely sure that there is something between him and Prince Hyunjin.”

“Are you sure that isn’t just how his face looks? The prince was clearly excited to see Minho…”

“Maybe he’s just a good actor.”

They made it back to Minho’s chambers where Jisung was immediately pulled into a hug and kissed.
“I hated this… every part of it.” The prince muttered between kisses.

“Me too…”

“Okay you two lovebirds but this could be your chance to talk to Prince Hyunjin.” Felix interrupted them.
Minho stopped with the kisses and looked at his brother.

“You’re right, sorry. Let’s go.”



Jisung had never had a need to go to the guest chambers of the castle, they were located in the North tower, far away from the princes’ quarters.
Felix stayed back to not overwhelm Prince Hyunjin but Jisung had insisted on going with Minho. When they knocked on the door it didn’t take long for someone to open but instead of the Prince the one who opened was Sir Changbin.

“Yes?” He asked, really keeping to the bare minimum of politeness.

“I need to talk to Prince Hyunjin.” Minho declared, not asking but telling the knight. Jisung wondered if part of growing up as a prince was that he didn’t ask for things from people below him.

Sir Changbin didn’t say anything at first and just seemed to look Minho up and down.
“His Highness can’t talk right now.”

“I will be quick.”

The knight was not budging.
“That doesn’t change the fact that he cannot talk to you right now. You’ll see him at dinner, your Highness.”

“It’s about the engagement.”

“As far as I know the details will be discussed over dinner, you can wait until then.”

Jisung could feel Minho getting annoyed with the knight. There weren’t many people aside from his father who told him no.
“You’re in my castle, Sir Changbin. I am not asking you to get Prince Hyunjin…”

“I’m in your father’s castle, your Highness . And my answer is the same. He cannot talk to you right now. You will see him at dinner.”

“Who do you think you are?”

“Mi- Your Highness, stop…” Jisung tried but just from the way he had met Minho he knew he didn’t like backing down in situations like this.

“I’m Prince Hyunjin’s personal guard and as long as you are not married to him, I don’t see why you would have any right to disturb him when I have clearly told you that he can’t see you right now.”

Minho opened his mouth to speak again when Jisung carefully grabbed his arm, “You can come back later, your Highness…”
Sir Changbin really looked at Jisung for the first time and the young sorcerer just wanted to hide from his intense gaze.

“Ugh, fine.” Minho grumbled and turned to leave.

Sir Changbin closed the door again but as Jisung turned to follow Minho he thought he’d heard the knight and the prince talking inside.
He couldn’t quite make out the words but the tone Sir Changbin spoke in to Prince Hyunjin was so incredibly soft that it was hard to believe that it was the same person Minho and him had just talked to.

Notes:

Heya I'm back!
I really hope this isn't moving too quickly but I am not the biggest fan of too much "filler" so-to-say so we had a little 1 month timeskip in there.

Hyunjin and Changbin are back and are behaving completely normal.

Your comments are all so nice and interesting to read! I love them so so much! Thank you!

Also, this is now officially my longest fanfiction (that I hopefully finish), so that's exciting.
Anyway, have a nice day!

Chapter 15

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Minho was slightly grumbly until it was time for dinner. Felix suggested he try talking to them but Minho insisted that this was something he could deal with himself.
The fact that Sir Changbin hadn’t let them through to talk to the prince made Jisung feel even more hopeless about their situation.
Minho dressed slightly more casually for the dinner, ditching most of his jewelry and crown before picking up Prince Hyunjin’s gift and scowling at it.

“Are you going to wear them?” Jisung asked, looking at the small ear studs. They were indeed beautiful, with gems that looked like drops of paint encased in glass.

“I have to wear them to show that I accept his gift.”

“What if you didn’t? I mean, you don’t want to marry him, why do you accept his gift?”

“It’s not that easy, Jisung… I need to go along with it until I can talk to him. If I disrespect him and his country like this, it creates tension between us. I don’t know the King of Miroh well enough to judge but people have started wars for less…”

“I thought Miroh was really small, would they declare war against Levanter?”

“They have enough allies to at least give us some trouble, and some of them are also allied with us. I can’t just refuse this courting or it will ruin our relationships with multiple countries…”

“But you can’t just go along with this!”

“Do you think I chose to be in this situation? I don’t want to go along with it but I have to until I can talk to Prince Hyunjin. Then we can work together to stop this engagement without creating an international incident.”

“Of course I don’t think you chose this, but I don’t like seeing you with him…”

“Jisung… this is not the right time to be jealous…”

“I’m not jealous!” Jisung didn’t mean to raise his voice, he really didn’t, but he just felt like Minho wasn’t taking the situation seriously enough. How could he be so calm when Jisung was a ball of anxiety? And of course he was jealous but admitting it would mean he didn’t trust Minho to handle the situation, admitting it would mean Prince Hyunjin was a serious threat and he refused to think about that possibility.
Minho looked at him, eyes widening in surprise.

“I need some fresh air… I’ll be back for dinner…” Jisung mumbled and quickly left the room.

He needed some quiet, some alone-time. He had about half an hour before he had to go back and be Minho’s servant again, serve him wine and food and act like nothing happened.
He sat down against a wall outside and tried to collect himself again.
He didn’t think what they just had could be considered a fight, maybe a minor disagreement, but it certainly felt like a big deal to him. The months before the King told Minho about his engagement had simply been perfect. They hadn’t fought a single time since that first kiss.

‘It’s not a fight.’ Jisung reminded himself. But his quickening heartbeat and breathing thought otherwise. He felt so stupid for panicking like this, he wasn’t in danger, Minho would handle the situation and then everything would be fine again. His panic didn’t make any sense but it rarely did when he got anxious.

He took a deep breath and buried his face in his hands to get himself under control.
He didn’t know how long he’d sat there exactly when he finally caught himself. He slowly got up from his crouch and took one last deep breath before going back inside.


He met Minho again as he was on his way back to the dining hall.

“Have you calmed down?” The prince looked at him with a raised brow that Jisung couldn’t help but feel bugged by. Did Minho not care about their fight squabble?
Jisung just nodded and looked away, he didn’t want to get into it here, right in front of the dining hall.

Minho, of course, looked beautiful as always, the new earrings accentuating the natural, mischievous glimmer in his eyes. Jisung wanted him for himself when he looked like this, a ridiculous thought he knew that, but it still bothered him that he’d dressed up like that for Prince Hyunjin.
They entered the dining hall, slightly late as everyone else was already there. The seat to the King’s right was still free, saved for the Crown Prince, with Prince Hyunjin taking his place next to that. Felix was seated opposite Minho with Sir Changbin next to him.
Jisung took his place at the wall behind Minho as the Crown Prince sat down next to Prince Hyunjin with an easy smile on his face.

Even though Jisung knew that Minho was playing a role, it still bothered him how he looked at Prince Hyunjin. His acting was just too good.
He didn’t hear most of their conversation, only getting close enough when he was refilling Minho’s cup.
Felix apparently tried talking to Sir Changbin who was watching Minho and Prince Hyunjin like a hawk. Now Jisung understood what Felix had meant when he said that there could be a relationship between the Prince and his guard. But in the end, the stoic knight couldn’t resist Felix’s endless charisma and was roped into a conversation.

Minho must have said something funny because Prince Hyunjin almost choked on his wine from laughter as Minho just looked at him with a smug grin, proud that he made someone laugh.
He had to keep himself from rolling his eyes when Prince Hyunjin put his hand on Minho’s arm as he excitedly talked about some landscape he painted as Minho just nodded along with interest.
It was rare to see Minho show interest in something like that, he didn’t particularly care about painting and he usually made it known when a topic didn’t interest him.

Jisung again didn’t know if he should be there, he absolutely hated watching this even though he knew it was fake.
Relief flooded him when the dinner was finally over and it was time to go back. Minho kissed Hyunjin’s hand, causing the other Prince to giggle and blush slightly before returning to Sir Changbin’s side who led him away towards the guest chambers.

When they made it back to the prince’s private quarters, Jisung let out a big sigh.
“I’m glad this is finally over…” He admitted.

“You don’t have to come to these things if you don’t want to…” Minho suggested while taking off his shoes and jacket to get ready for bed.

“No, it’s alright. I want to know what’s happening. Did you talk to him about meeting in private?”

“It didn’t really come up.”

“What do you mean? You were talking for so long and you didn’t mention needing to talk to him in private?”

“It slipped my mind, Jisung. I’ll have enough time to talk to him…”

“It slipped your mind?”

“It happens. I had fun so I forgot about it, okay?” Minho snapped at him.

Jisung flinched slightly at Minho’s tone but it wasn’t like he would let him talk to him like that.
“I saw you having fun and the way you were laughing at his jokes. You were basically glued to his lips.”

“Am I not allowed to laugh at something I find funny anymore?”

“You know that was not what I meant. But you almost seemed too eager to talk to him.”

“He’s fun, he’s interesting! Why wouldn’t I want to talk to him?”

“Since when do you find him interesting? You almost fell asleep when you talked to him a few weeks ago!”

“Maybe I was wrong. It happens. I like talking to him, what’s the problem?”

“Great, then talk to him about breaking off your engagement!”

“I don’t want to talk about it now. I’m tired.”

“Fine, then let’s not talk about the thing that could ruin everything. I’ll see you tomorrow.”
Jisung turned around and stomped out of the room.
He couldn’t really deny it anymore. They were fighting and he hated the feeling.


The next morning, Jisung didn’t want to return to the castle but in the end it was his job and while he was late, he thought Minho should be glad he’d shown up at all.
They didn’t really talk to each other. Jisung was doing his job, bringing Minho his breakfast, cleaning, washing his clothes, in silence and the prince also wasn’t the one starting conversation.
He didn’t even accompany Minho when he went off to training, deciding he’d rather dust the shelves, something he hated doing, but in the end he couldn’t stop himself from going down to the training grounds to watch him after all.

Apparently, he wasn’t the only one who had decided to watch the knights’ training as he spotted Prince Hyunjin leaning on a pole and watching the knights.
Jisung wanted to leave again but was too slow.

“Aren’t you Minho’s servant?” The Prince’s voice sounded from behind him.

Jisung took a deep breath before turning around again.
“I am…”

He didn’t want to talk to Prince Hyunjin but it wasn’t like he could just leave.
The prince smiled, “It’s nice to meet you. Are you here to watch the knights?”

“I’m just passing through actually… I see Sir Changbin is joining them today, are you here to cheer for him?”

“Oh, not just Changbin, I wanted to see what my future husband is capable of. Of course, I saw Minho at the joust but a sword fight is so different. He is so good at it, he even beat Changbin!” The Prince told him excitedly, Jisung wished he wouldn’t call Minho his future husband.

His eyes lit up even more when Minho happened to look towards them, waving at him.
Minho waved back before getting back to showing Jeongin some sword flourish.

Prince Hyunjin sighed, “He’s so dreamy, right?”

Jisung didn’t want to burst his bubble that Minho had probably waved at him and not the prince but he definitely felt his jealousy spark again.
When it seemed like the knights were finished, Hyunjin walked towards them and Jisung couldn’t help himself but subtly shifting the ground under his feet with magic, causing the prince to trip, stumble and land on his knees.
Was he a bad person for feeling a bit smug? Probably, because the universe immediately punished him with Minho rushing forward and holding his hand out to Prince Hyunjin to help him get up.

“Are you hurt, my dear?”

Dear.
Dear.
He called him dear. He used the word so casually as if he didn’t only call Jisung that.

Minho had to have seen him. Was he really that angry at Jisung? Was he the kind of person to purposefully flirt with someone in front of his partner just because he was mad at him? He didn’t think so but he had undoubtedly called Prince Hyunjin by that pet name.

“No, no, I’m fine. Just a bit dirty.” Prince Hyunjin stood up with his help and brushed himself off, “Thank you for helping me.”

Prince Hyunjin blushed slightly, suddenly getting a bit shy before quickly giving Minho a quick peck on the cheek.

“See you later.” He said and then quickly rushed back towards the castle as he left a slightly dumbfounded looking Minho behind.
Jisung felt the need to scream but just took another deep breath, without saying anything he turned and also made his way back.


Jisung was just pacing through Minho’s chambers until the prince finally returned.
“Can you prepare a bath for me?”

“We need to talk.” Jisung interrupted him.

Minho blinked owlishly as he looked at him.

“I don’t know what kind of cruel joke this is to you but do you really have to flirt with him when you know I’m right there after I told you how much it bothers me?”

Minho was suspiciously silent, clearly thinking about something.

“How can you not say anything? I don’t even know what it means anymore that you called me dear and love and darling since you apparently throw these terms around without thinking.”

“I don’t just throw them around…”

“Seriously? I just heard you call Prince Hyunjin dear !”

“I don’t throw them around carelessly. I… I really like Hyunjin.”

Minho could have punched him and Jisung would have felt less of an impact.
“You like him?” Jisung repeated, not quite processing what he’d heard.

“He is funny, kind and beautiful. I think I love him.”

A mirror behind Jisung cracked, seemingly on its own. The way Minho said it, his tone soft and vulnerable, as if he wasn’t even aware how much these words would hurt him, felt like Jisung had been stabbed right between the ribs.

He couldn’t breathe, he couldn’t say anything, he couldn’t do anything but go. He shoved past Minho and stormed out of the room, almost running into Felix.
“Jisung, wha- hey what’s going on?” He heard his deep voice behind him but he just kept going. He could barely see where he was going as tears flooded his eyes but he refused to let them drop. He only stopped when he finally reached his room in Chan’s house.

He just stood there for a second, not really knowing what to do. He felt like punching something, he felt like breaking down and crying his eyes out but there was also still the shock that kept everything at bay. Minho’s words still hadn’t completely caught up with him yet. Exhausted, he let himself fall on the floor, sitting with his back to the bed.

They had been together for months, and while Minho had always called him pet names like dear, darling or love, he hadn’t actually said “I love you.” and now he claimed that he loved Prince Hyunjin?
But maybe Jisung had just been fooling himself and Minho had just been playing around with him and their relationship was just a way to pass time.
What did he know? It wasn’t like he’d been in a serious relationship before this. Because he had considered it being serious, even if Minho apparently hadn’t.
Maybe he’d even had hopes that as soon as Minho was King they wouldn’t have to hide anymore.

He heard Chan return home, realizing he must have sat there for hours.
The knight whistled a little tune as he walked past Jisung’s door but stopped when he noticed the door being ajar. Jisung hadn’t even realized he hadn’t closed it.

“Jisung? Oh, I didn’t think you’d be home already.” Chan opened the door and peered inside, spotting him on the floor.
“Is everything alright?” He asked carefully.

“No…” His own voice sounded a little hollow. He hadn’t allowed himself to really cry yet but as Chan sat down next to him and put one arm around him, he felt himself coming down from the shock.

“What’s going on?” He asked and squeezed his arm a bit.

He had kept the identity of his boyfriend a secret from Chan but at this point he was tired of lying and dancing around the subject.
“Minho broke up with me…” He muttered as he put his head on Chan’s shoulder. Saying it out loud somehow made it real to him. “He… He broke up with me…”
And suddenly the tears he had tried so hard to hold back started flowing like a waterfall.

A sob rippled through his body as Chan held him tighter.
“Hey… hey… shhh… Minho fired you?”

“N–no… he broke up with me…” Jisung hiccuped.

“He broke… oh… OH. He’s… and you…” Chan stammered as he finally caught up.

Jisung didn’t know if Chan would berate him if he’d found out any other way but luckily now he was just continuing to hold him.

“Is it because of Prince Hyunjin?” He asked after a while.

Jisung nodded, “He said… he said he loves him.”

“He did?”

Jisung nodded again.
Chan grimaced slightly, not really knowing what to say to make the situation any better, so he just continued holding Jisung until there was a knock on the front door.

“I’ll quickly check who it is, okay?”
Jisung didn’t want to let go but he understood that Chan was an important person who probably a lot of important people had to see.

Chan wasn’t even gone for a minute when Jisung heard him talk outside.
“What are you doing here without a guard? Hey wai-”

A second later, Felix entered the room.
“Jisungie! There you are!”

Jisung didn’t even want to know what he looked like right now, his eyes were  red and puffy. There was probably a bit of snot at his nose.
“What happened? You just ran away and Min didn’t really talk to me.”

Jisung tried swallowing the lump in his throat, “He- He doesn’t want to break off the engagement…”

“What? That’s ridiculous, he spent weeks arguing with Father. Why would he suddenly…”

“He says he’s in love. He-” Jisung felt his eyes getting wet again.

“Oh, no no no, Jisungie.” Felix put his arms around him and petted the back of Jisung’s head. “That doesn’t make any sense, Min loves you.”

Another sob shook his body at Felix’s words, “He told me… He told me he loved him.”

“There must be something else going on. Hyunjin isn’t even his type. Only a month ago, he didn’t even look twice at him.”

“Why would he lie to me then? You should have heard the way he talked about him… I think he really likes him…”

“I don’t know, but there must be something going on. Maybe they are blackmailing him or something…”

Jisung wanted to believe that but what could they have on Minho that would be enough to blackmail him to act like this. He’d seen the way Minho looked at Hyunjin and as much as he wanted to believe that he was just playing a role his looks felt so genuine.

“Please believe me, Jisungie. I know my brother better than anyone else, he’s my best friend. And I know that he loves you. Whatever is going on, it’s not normal.”

“Thank you, Felix…”

“Aww, Jisungie. I told you before that if Min broke your heart, I’d be on your side. Now, what are we going to do about the snake that is seducing your soulmate?”

Notes:

Before saying anything else: I'm sorry, I had to do it.

 

Hope you still liked that chapter :D

Chapter 16

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Felix had offered Jisung to stay the night to keep him company and think about what was going on but Chan sadly sent him home, or more escorted him home, stating that he couldn’t just leave the castle without notice and then not return until morning. After even more protest from the prince, Chan had enough and picked him up like it was nothing.

“Are you coming to the castle tomorrow, Jisungie?” Felix asked before Chan carried him out of the door.

“I don’t know… If I don’t, can you tell Minho I’m sick?”

“Jisung, you can’t just-” Chan started but was promptly interrupted by Felix.

“Got it, Jisungie! And I’ll try to talk some sense into him! When I’m done with him, he’ll show up at your doorstep on his knees begging you to forgive him.”

A little laugh escaped Jisung’s throat, happy and relieved that he’d made such a good friend. He also didn’t even want to know what exactly Felix was planning, he felt like this sunshine of a person was hiding one hell of a petty, malicious side that he was just too nice to let out.

“I’ll be back soon, will you be okay, Jisung? Food should be delivered soon, can you open the door then?” Chan asked, throwing Felix over his shoulder.

“Oof, wait! Chan, are you going to carry me all the way back?”

“I don’t know, do you promise not to sneak back in here if I don’t? And don’t lie to me.”

Felix didn’t say anything.

“Good that we’ve got this sorted out. Now, Jisung?”

“Y-yes, I’ll be okay…” He would probably just sit down and be depressed a little more with Felix gone and no one to talk to until a servant brought the food.

“Good, I’ll hurry.”
Jisung heard Felix complain a bit more about being dragged back to the castle like a runaway cat but he knew Chan would not be budging until he had delivered Felix right back to his bedroom and told a guard to keep an eye on him.

Back alone with his thoughts, his eyes got a bit wet again.
Felix had sounded so sure that Minho would never betray him like that and he hoped so dearly that he was right. He opened the door when the food arrived and helped the servant carry it inside and put it on the table.
As Jisung waited for Chan to return, he started fidgeting with the ring around his neck. He didn’t even hear Chan come home until he entered the dining room.

“Felix is back in his chambers… what do you have there?”

“Nothing…” Jisung said quickly, hiding the ring in his closed fist.

“Come on, still hiding things from me?”

“I’m sorry, force of habit…” He slowly opened his hand to show Chan the ring, what did he have to lose? The knight already knew about his relationship with Minho anyway.

“It’s very pretty. Where did you get it?”

Jisung sniffed pathetically at the thought, “Minho gave it to me…”

“Oh, oh no I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to…” Chan put his arm around him again as he tried to soothe him so he didn’t have to cry again.

“Let’s eat, okay? That will cheer you up… or not cheer you up, you know what I mean.”

The food didn’t really make Jisung feel better but he didn’t want to worry Chan even more so he just let the man hug him one more time before going to bed. Not that he slept much that night.


The next morning, Jisung surprised himself when he simply got out of bed and got ready for work. Over the night his thoughts had gone from despair to pure spite and anger. He had thought more about Felix’s words and after that first shock was over, he was right. The way Minho had treated him was strange and out of character for him. Whatever had made him act like this had something to do with their visitors, he was sure of it. He would find out what was going on.
When Jisung entered Minho’s chambers, their routine felt awfully normal. The prince was already up, sitting at his desk and going through some papers.

“Morning…” Jisung greeted him.

“Not going to yell at me again?” Minho said, not even looking up from whatever he was writing.

Jisung took a deep breath, for that comment alone he felt like Minho deserved to be yelled at.
“No. But don’t you think you should at least apologize to me?”

“Apologize? For what?” Minho finally looked up, seemingly genuinely confused about what he meant.

“Are you serious right now? You told me you loved me for months and now you just move on to the next guy.” He tried hard to stay calm to get behind what was happening but his voice quivered slightly.

“I don’t know wha- argh…” Minho pinched his eyes shut as if his head hurt.

Jisung was still pissed at Minho but he didn’t want him to be in pain, he followed his first instinct and put his hand on his shoulder.
“Are you okay?”

Minho pushed his hand away weakly, “I’m fine, I don’t need your help.”
The pain seemed to disappear as quickly as it appeared, leaving another confused look on the prince’s face before he shook his head and looked at Jisung again.
“I don’t know what you’re talking about. There was nothing worth talking about between us…”

That really stung but Minho didn’t look like he was trying to be malicious, just honest and as Felix had already concluded, that didn’t make any sense at all.
What was even worse was that if Minho wasn’t lying to him, there was something that made him think he was telling the truth.

“I feel sick, do you need me today or can I go home?”
It was a bad lie, he knew he didn’t look sick and he wasn’t even trying to seriously pretend.

“Fine, go home. Come back when you’ve calmed down…” Minho turned back to his papers.

Whatever was going on with Minho better explain why he was so dismissive and rude, or Jisung would be livid.
Without properly saying goodbye he just left the room.


The only explanation Jisung could find for Minho’s behavior was magic. But did that mean Prince Hyunjin was a sorcerer? Or Sir Changbin? He needed to talk to Chan, who else would he be able to talk to about something like this?
He was so caught up in his own thoughts that he didn’t see where he was going, running straight into Felix’s servant, bringing the tray he was carrying to the ground with a loud clatter.
“Watch out!”

“Shit, I’m sorry.”

He immediately got down on his knees and tried helping him clean up the mess but Felix’s breakfast was already spilled all over the ground.
“Oh nonono!” The boy quickly picked up a letter that was slightly soaked in orange juice now.

“I’m so sorry, I didn’t see you…”

“The letter…” The boy tried patting it dry with a cloth but it looked pretty bad.

“I’m sure Felix won’t be angry, as long as he can still read it?”

“I know… His Highness never gets angry even though I make a lot of mistakes… He’s truly kind.”

Now Jisung really wondered what was inside that letter. Did he write it? He seemed to like the prince, but to be fair, who didn’t like him?

“It probably isn’t that bad, the envelope seems pretty sturdy, the letter is probably mostly unharmed.”

The boy sighed, “I hope so…”

“Should I help you clean this up?” Jisung asked, even though he hoped he would say no. He really needed to talk to Chan.

“No, it’s alright. I’ll handle this…”

“Okay, umm, sorry again for bumping into you…”

“It’s okay… really…” He didn’t sound entirely convinced but Jisung couldn’t bother with that right now.

“Just tell Felix that I was the one who ruined the letter and delayed breakfast, okay? Sorry, I really need to go now…”


Jisung finally found Chan in the barracks where he was planning the guards’ shifts.
After quickly checking if they were alone, he closed the door behind himself.

“I think Minho is cursed or something.” It immediately burst out of him before Chan could even say anything.

“Slow down, what? Is he okay?”

“I was talking to him and he had this headache and I think he maybe remembers things differently than I do.”

“So you’re saying he’s enchanted?”

“That’s what I said!”

Chan sighed, “I should have given you more theoretical lessons… An enchantment is not a curse…”

“That doesn’t really matter right now, does it?”

“I guess not… Anyway you think he broke up with you because of an enchantment. Are you sure?”

“What do you mean ‘Am I sure?’ Of course I am sure!”

“Calm down, Jisung. I didn’t mean it like that. It’s just… judgement could be a bit clouded and accusing someone of enchanting the Crown Prince is a death sentence…”

“Minho is behaving strangely! You heard it from Felix!”

“And you’re sure it isn’t blackmail or maybe…” Chan grimaced, “feelings can change…”

“Are you calling me crazy?”

“No! No of course not, you just need to be completely sure the feelings Minho has towards Prince Hyunjin are fake, and even then you don’t know who enchanted him.”

“He is the one enchanting Minho. It’s obvious!”

“Lower your voice, what if someone overhears?”

Jisung shut his mouth before continuing in a lower voice, honestly everyone should be proud of him that he managed to keep it together so well today.
“Who else would want to enchant him but that snake? Felix had a dream about Minho being crushed by a snake. And their crest is a snake-like dragon.”

“Wait, when did Felix have another dream?”

“A few months ago when Minho was sick…”

“You mean, a few months ago when Minho had an illness caused by a curse symbolised by a snake?”

He had a point, Jisung had to admit that.
“Okay fine, maybe that doesn’t have anything to do with this. But there has to be a spell I can use to expose him.”

“If there is anything to expose…”

“Of course there is!”

There was a knock on the door, “Sir Chan? The King is asking for you.” The voice of one of the guards sounded from outside.

“I’ll be right there!”
Chan put away his things and pulled on a jacket.
“If you have solid proof, you’ll have my full support. But without it, we can’t do anything anyway.”

“Fine, I’ll get proof. I’m going home and when you return tonight, I’ll have a spell ready.”


Back home, he sat down on the floor and opened up his spellbook and started looking through the pages about enchantments but the information on the topic was lacking. Chan had told him once that he didn’t like enchantments and his own magical prowess was lacking in that regard anyway so he didn’t record much about it. Just to be sure he also started reading up on curses, just to realize that Chan had been correct and enchantments and curses were two wholly different forms of magic, one attacking the mind, the other influencing the body.
The texts on intangible magic in general were difficult to understand, Jisung had only skimmed over them until now. There was also no convenient spell to just detect magic around him, that probably would have been the easiest way to expose Prince Hyunjin.

Morning quickly turned into afternoon and Jisung realized he had to hurry if he wanted to find something before Chan returned. Before he even knew it the sun had gone down and he heard Chan come home.
“Hey, any news?” The man asked as he poked his head inside of Jisung’s room.

Jisung only answered with a grumble, turning away from him. He still was a bit mad that Chan had questioned him earlier.
Without saying anything the man sat down next to him and pulled the book between them so he could look at it too.

“What about this one?” Chan asked, turning back one page.

“A bonding spell? I don’t want to create any bonds…”

Chan flicked his forehead.

“Ow! What the hell?”

“It’s not a bonding spell, if you want to find something you should at least read the book correctly.”

“Huh?” He looked at the page again to read it again. It really wasn’t a bonding spell, it was a spell to detect bonds between people.

“If you are correct, this spell can show you how Prince Hyunjin and Minho are connected.”

Jisung read through the spell quickly, “It sounds hard…”

“Not harder than that detection spell you channeled through the curse. You’re talented, you can do it.”
“I’ll get you some paper and ink, what else do you need?”

“Apparently some string and some candles…”

“I definitely have those somewhere.”

The ingredients for the spell were quickly collected.
Jisung laid out the paper on the ground and put the candles around them.

“You should try it out with different kinds of confirmed relationships first, just so you know that the spell works and how to interpret it.” Chan suggested as he sat down on Jisung’s bed.

“Like?”

“Well, you can take Felix and Minho to see how the spell indicated siblings, and the King to check parental bonds.”

“But I don’t need to know these things when looking at Hyunjin?”

“This is just practice so you know how the spell works.”

“Fine, I get it…”

“A romantic relationship…”

“Minho and I, of course.”

Chan looked a bit doubtful at first but then shrugged, “I guess you can try.”

Jisung quickly scribbled down all of their names in a circle.
“Okay…then pour the ink in the center…” He muttered as he did exactly that.
He pulled the spellbook towards himself and read out the incantation.
Another look at the ink puddle but nothing had happened.

“Are you focusing properly?” Chan asked.

“Of course, Chan. This isn’t the first spell I’ve cast.”

“Who are you focusing on?”

“All of us?”

“Try focusing on one of them, the spell should show you every bond of that particular person.”

“Oh… I’ll try that, yes…”
He read the incantation a few more times until he memorized it enough.
He stared at the little ink puddle and focused on Minho as he repeated the magic words and while it started bubbling for a second, it didn’t do much more.

“Your pronunciation is slightly off since you’re mumbling a bit. Try again and make sure the words are distinguishable.” Chan offered his advice.

Jisung nodded shortly and tried it again with Chan’s guidance.
Finally, the ink started flowing towards Minho’s name in a thin line and from there it spread to the other names on the paper. Then, the different lines took on different colors. The black ink turned blue between Minho and the King, green between him and Felix and finally red between him and Jisung.

“Good job!” Chan praised him and looked over the result.

They tried a few more names and combinations to come up with a definitive guideline what each color meant.
They found that the familiar bonds didn’t distinguish between a blood relation and an emotional connection as between Seungmin and Jeongin a vibrant green line appeared and Chan confirmed that they were definitely not siblings, and Jisung wanted to bury himself from embarrassment when the line between him and Chan became blue.

Chan just laughed it off with a short, “I’m honored but you know I’m not old enough to be your father right?”

In the end they had a solid grasp on what each color represented.
“So we have blue for a parental bond, green for siblings, red for romantic relations, purple for friends and yellow for animosity. Did I forget anything?” Chan summarised their findings.
Jisung shook his head, “No, that should be it.”

At this point he started getting pretty tired from casting one spell after another, so it was time to finally do what they were here for.
Jisung put the paper to the side and pulled up a new sheet and quickly wrote down Prince Hyunjin’s and Minho’s name. He thought about it for a second and put down Sir Changbin’s name too, just to confirm Felix’s suspicions.

They watched as the lines spread out from Prince Hyunjin towards Minho and Sir Changbin.
The line between Sir Changbin and Prince Hyunjin quickly turned red.

“I can’t believe Felix was right…” Jisung muttered before his attention quickly turned to the line between the two princes.

The ink took on a red color too, getting brighter and brighter before suddenly turning brown like dried blood.

Brown? What does brown mean?” He looked towards Chan who was deep in thought.

“Brown could symbolize corruption… someone meddling with their feelings…”

“So I was right! See? I told you there was something going on!”

“Yes, yes, you were right. Now, we have to think about what we’re going to do about this. Enchantments are tricky. When did he start to behave like this?”

“I think at the welcome dinner for Prince Hyunjin.”

“Maybe someone mixed a potion into his wine at dinner?”

“Impossible, I was holding the wine pitcher from the moment they opened the bottle. What else?”

“Well, it could be maintained over direct contact but I don’t think they would be daring enough to cast a spell while sitting at a table with so many witnesses… the last part would to slip an enchanted item into his pocket or…”

“Or give him jewelry he can wear anywhere?”

“The earrings? Hm, yes gemstones are very potent anchors for enchantments…”

“He hasn’t taken them off since he got them! That must be it!” Jisung jumped up but immediately felt a little dizzy and had to steady himself on the wall behind him.

“Be careful, you used up a lot of magic today. Let’s get you something to eat and then we can plan how we’re getting these earrings if he doesn’t take them off.”

Chan stood up to let Jisung lean on him when something else caught his attention.
“Wait, the spell isn’t finished.” He said, crouching down to look at the third thin line of ink originating from Prince Hyunjin’s name.

“But… all the names on the paper are already connected…”

“It’s going towards the other papers…”

They both stared intently at the line as it finally reached the pile of discarded paper and stopped there.
Jisung quickly picked it up to see where it went.

“That’s impossible…” Chan muttered under his breath as they saw the last line turn green between Prince Hyunjin and Felix.

Notes:

You get a plottwist!
And you get a plottwist!

I enjoyed reading your theories so much! I was a little excited that some of you figured out that the earrings were enchanted!

Chapter 17

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“How can Felix be Prince Hyunjin’s brother? I thought his mother was…”

“She is dead. She has to be… but the spell…”

“Well, Felix and him definitely aren’t close enough to feel like brothers…”

Chan looked lost, as if someone put an unsolvable puzzle in front of him.
“How old is Prince Hyunjin, maybe it was before…”

“I think he’s younger than Felix.”

“But it doesn’t make any sense…”

Jisung’s stomach interrupted Chan’s crisis with a loud rumble.
“Can we get something to eat before discussing this further?”

“Of course, I’m sorry, you must be exhausted from all those spells.” Chan put his arm around him again and guided him out to the dining room where their delivered food had long gone cold. But Jisung was so hungry that he didn’t really care about that.

“You can go to bed now, you had a long day.” Chan said after Jisung finished his food.

“What about you?”

He knew about Chan’s tendency to stay up until he physically couldn’t fight off sleep anymore.
“I need to think about some more things… All of this, it doesn’t make any sense. Prince Hyunjin simply cannot be Felix’s brother.”

“What if his mother didn’t die after all?”

“It’s impossible. She was executed. I only just became a squire back then, the man who got the order to execute her was the knight I was serving.”

“What if he lied and didn’t kill her?”

Chan shook his head, “He would never have done that. He would never go against the King’s orders.”

“But what if he-”

“Jisung.” Chan snapped at him, “He wouldn’t.”

“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean for it to come off like that…” He added with a sigh, “It’s just… he died a few years ago and he was the most honorable man I’ve ever known. If he was an oathbreaker, I don’t know what to believe anymore…”

“It’s okay, Chan. But maybe you should also go to bed, we can still think about these things in the morning.”

Chan let out a short breathy laugh, “You’re probably right…”

“I’m a powerful sorcerer, I’m always right.”

He rolled his eyes in fake annoyance, “Go to bed, Jisung.”


Minho apparently hadn’t expected Jisung to come back to work the next day, judging from the surprised look on his face when he brought him his breakfast, but at least he didn’t feel the need to make a rude comment about it.
Just silently doing his work while Minho ate, after all those times the prince had shared his breakfast with him, hurt but Jisung was determined not to cry again. He was holding onto the hope that whatever Minho did or said was caused by the spell and not real. But it still hurt so much. But Jisung had to push it down until he knew how to help him.

He was still working out how exactly he could get the earrings from Minho, he couldn’t exactly jump on his back and just rip them out of his ears. Well, he could try but he wasn’t delusional, Minho would absolutely destroy his tiny, skinny body in any kind of physical altercation. He knew from experience that the prince could easily pick him up by just putting his hands around his waist and… Jisung shook his head, this wasn’t the time to let his thoughts drift off like this.
Whenever Jisung passed the prince, his eyes remained fixed on the offending jewelry, he couldn’t help it.

“Why are you staring at me like that?” Minho said after a while. The slight annoyance in his voice reminded Jisung of the way he had talked to him when they first met, before they had gotten close, all harsh and annoyed instead of soft and teasing.

“I’m not…” Jisung lied as he turned away and folded a pair of pants.

“You are.”

Jisung didn’t want to fight again, so he just sighed. But maybe this could be his chance.
“I was just thinking that your new earrings need some polishing…”

Minho touched his ears at the mention of the bejeweled studs.
“No, I don’t think I should take them off, they are a gift after all…”

“Felix gave you some rings for your birthday and you’re not wearing them every day.”

“That’s different, and you know it. I don’t know… They make me feel closer to Jinnie.”

Jinnie . Jisung wanted to throw up..
“Yeah, you don’t say.” He couldn’t suppress the comment.

“What do you mean?”

“Nothing, ignore me.”

Of course, it couldn’t be that easy to get the earrings. Chan had also warned him about using magic, the chance of being discovered was too big.

“Did you clean my riding boots?”

“Not yet, why?”

“Jinnie and I are riding out today. He asked me last night, which you would know about if you hadn’t vanished yesterday.”

It was a good thing Minho currently wasn’t looking at him or he would have seen Jisung roll his eyes and it would have probably started another argument.

“Also, get the horses ready. The stableboy can show you which ones belong to Jinnie and Sir Changbin, you can take that brown mare again.”

“Wait, you want me to come?”

“Why wouldn’t you come? You’re my servant.”

Jisung definitely didn’t want to come to a romantic date between Minho and Prince Hyunjin but the prince probably wouldn’t accept another excuse like yesterday.

“Get everything ready by afternoon. And give the kitchen my order and pick it up later, yes?” Minho held out a piece of paper towards him.

“Anything else?” Jisung asked, barely hiding the displeasure in his voice.

“Try not to bring the mood down later? Seriously, what is going on with you lately? You’re even moodier than usual.”

Jisung took another deep breath, deciding not to answer and instead just taking the piece of paper. He just had to push down all these horrible feelings that welled up inside of him. Grabbing Minho’s boots with the other hand, he made his way to the door.
“I’ll wait at the stables when everything is finished…” He grumbled before leaving.


After letting the boots clean themselves, Jisung dropped Minho's order off in the kitchen. He had taken a quick look at the note Minho had given him.
The things Minho wanted to take to his date with Hyunjin were Jisung’s favorite: the little cheesecake pastries, chocolate-covered strawberries and the sweet wine that he enjoyed even if he couldn’t have a lot. Jealousy sparked in his chest that he quickly tried wrestling down with the thought that Minho was subconsciously still thinking of him and the spell was just warping it. He clung to this thought as hard as he could.
He brought Minho his boots back and steeled himself before making his way down to the stables.

Jisung still hadn’t warmed up to horses. While the small, calm, brown mare he usually took was okay, Minho’s stallion was a different story. The horse was huge and almost as temperamental as its owner. Minho usually hadn’t made Jisung take care of his horse since he’d confessed that he was a bit intimidated by it.
Jisung and the horse stared at each other while he was still debating if it was worth it going in there.

“Please don’t be difficult today, Soonie… I beg you…” He sighed as he held up the halter to put on the horse’s head.

It came to no surprise that the horse immediately took a few steps back and snorted almost tauntingly, refusing to cooperate with anyone who wasn’t the prince. When Jisung wanted to open the door to the box, the stallion started lowering his head and waving it side to side before hitting the door once with his hoof. Jisung flinched at the strike and immediately backed off.

“Why are you like this?” Jisung whined. He really didn’t want to deal with this right now. Maybe he would get the other horses ready first and then see if Soonie was in a better mood later. He didn’t really want to be stomped by an angry horse today.

The brown mare was relaxed as always, just letting Jisung guide her outside and going along with everything. After he was finished with her, Jisung took a look at Soonie again, but the horse was still refusing to come with him.
Jisung didn’t even want to know what the horse of someone as scary and intimidating as Sir Changbin was like. The stableboy told him that their guests’ horses were placed in the last two boxes, so he carefully made his way towards them.
He recognized Sir Changbin’s horse from the tournament, a slightly shorter but strong looking black animal. Jisung couldn’t help but think that they did look a bit similar.

“Hey… please don’t murder me…” Jisung whispered, really more to himself than to the horse, as he carefully brought out the halter and lead to guide it outside.

The horse didn’t move and just looked at him with its deep brown eyes.
He completely expected the horse to flinch back, maybe also striking the door like Soonie had done. Minho had told him once that horses could sense his anxiety and that’s why they were skittish around him, and right now he couldn’t keep his hands from shaking.
The horse moved closer to him and just calmly put its head into the halter so Jisung could just fasten it around its head. Jisung was stunned that the horse was so cooperative. It just snorted and started nibbling on Jisung's sleeve.

“You are not scary at all, are you?” Jisung asked quietly and carefully reached out to pet the horse’s nose.

“What are you doing with my horse?” A voice behind him asked, causing Jisung to flinch again.

Sir Changbin stood right behind him, his muscles looking even bigger as he crossed his arms in front of his chest.

“N-nothing! Minho told me to get them ready…”

“Minho?” Sir Changbin raised one eyebrow at Jisung using the prince’s name so casually.

“I mean… His Highness…” Jisung mumbled the correction.

The knight stared at him with a gaze so intense that Jisung wanted to melt away.

“I’ll take care of my own horse, I don’t trust anyone else with her.” He then said and stepped up to the box's door, crowding Jisung out of the space.

Jisung didn’t mind taking care of one less horse but that meant he would probably have to go back to Soonie.

“I saw Prince Minho’s steed still in his box, why did you try to get to my horse when your master’s isn’t ready yet?”

Jisung couldn’t keep in a short burst of nervous laughter. He felt like he was being interrogated.
“I’m not the best with horses, and Soonie doesn’t really like anyone other than Mi- His Highness.” He confessed.

The knight turned around to him again, “He makes you take care of his horse even though you’re scared of them?”

“I didn’t say I was scared…”

“You asked Dwaekki not to kill you.” He said with a straight face.

Jisung couldn’t even focus on the frankly adorable name of Sir Changbin’s horse as he felt his face grow hot, “You heard that?”

“So, why are you in charge of taking care of the horses when you’re scared of them?”

The way Sir Changbin said it sounded almost like he was accusing Minho of something. A wave of protectiveness crashed over Jisung, he was overwhelmed with the desire to defend him.
“His Highness isn’t like that usually. He hasn’t made me take care of the horses since he found out that I don’t like them. Today he just-”

“Today he just didn’t care about your feelings?”

“What? No, it’s not like that it’s-” Jisung stopped because that was probably exactly what it was. He just looked at the knight, not really knowing what to say.

Was it a confession that he knew something was going on with Minho? But why would he confess to something like that? Or was it just him not liking Minho? What if Sir Changbin actually didn’t know and it was all Prince Hyunjin’s doing? What if he knew exactly what was happening and was trying to figure out if Jisung knew too?

Apparently, he took too long to say anything as Sir Changbin suddenly cleared his throat, “I’ll take care of the horses, maybe I can also wrangle Prince Minho’s wild beast. Can you handle the one that’s already outside? That one seems calm enough.”

“Umm, yes. Thank you…” Jisung said almost mechanically, severely confused by the knight’s offer.

He slowly started walking towards the exit, hesitating in case the knight called him back but he didn’t.
Minho and Prince Hyunjin came down and joined them when Jisung just carefully put the saddle on his brown mare.
Sir Changbin had somehow managed to get the other two horses ready in the same time and was currently trying his luck with Soonie. As much as he didn’t like or trust the knight, he was grateful for his help. He also minded his own business so they didn’t really get into each other’s way.

“Why is Changbin abusing my horse?” Minho asked when he came to a halt next to Jisung.

Sir Changbin just backed away from the box as Soonie kicked the door again.
“Abusing your horse? This thing is a monster!” The knight grumbled.

Minho snorted in amusement as he watched.

“Min-min, maybe you should help him.” Hyunjin whispered into his ear.

“I guess I can’t let him suffer any longer, we want to leave soon.” Minho pressed a kiss on Hyunjin’s temple before finally going.
Jisung wanted to throw up again, and apparently it showed on his face as Sir Changbin gave him a strange look when he walked towards them.

“I’m… going to get the food…” He cleared his throat and turned away to leave.

“Thank you, Jisung! Isn’t he just adorable, Changbin?” He heard Prince Hyunjin say behind him.
He couldn’t hear the knight’s answer as he just rushed towards the castle, his eyes burning slightly from tears he tried to hold back.


Luckily, he managed not to cry and nobody mentioned his eyes being red when he returned, but he couldn’t help but think that Minho didn’t even notice.
He tried hard to ignore Minho flirting with Hyunjin as they rode in front of him and Changbin, keeping his eyes down on his horse’s head. It was a good thing that the gentle mare was following the other horses on her own without Jisung having to do anything.
Not looking at their path, Jisung didn’t notice where they were going until they reached their destination.
The gigantic oak tree with the dreamily sparkling pond took Jisung’s breath away, not because of its beauty but because of the memories attached to it. He wanted to leave, he needed to leave.

“Do you need help getting down?” Sir Changbin asked next to him while Minho and Prince Hyunjin walked away to look at the pond from up close.

“N-no, I got it…” Jisung said, not able to keep his voice from shaking. He had to push down those pesky feelings again.

His dismount was clumsy but at least he didn’t fall.
He took out a blanket for the princes to sit on and put the basket with food and wine on it.

“Great, can you two leave us alone for a bit? Take a walk or something.” Minho said as he guided Prince Hyunjin to the blanket.

“I’m sorry, but I can’t do that. It goes against the sanctity of your coming union.” Sir Changbin crossed his arms in front of his chest.

“Ugh, fine. You can stay.” Minho grumbled and sat down.

Prince Hyunjin laughed shortly, “Don’t be like that, darling. He’s just looking out for us.”

“Are you scared something could happen to us? Don’t worry, I’ll protect you.”

“My strong knight.” Hyunjin gave him a short kiss.

Jisung couldn’t stay there and watch this. His breaths grew shorter, he needed some time alone to calm himself down again.

“Um… I’ll be back soon…” He mumbled, probably only audible to Sir Changbin.

“Where are you going?” The knight asked.

“N-Nowhere, just… peeing…” Jisung was glad that he already turned his back to the knight or he would see his wetly glistening eyes and wobbling lip.

He walked straight into the forest, so much farther than he needed to. He didn’t even completely know where he was going, his vision blurred at the edges. He just wanted to be out of sight as he felt waves of magic crashing inside of him, trying to break out as he was overwhelmed by the sadness and jealous rage inside of him.
He just broke when his foot caught on a root, leading to his knees hitting the ground painfully. It felt like a string snapped inside of him as the wind picked up around him. He didn’t hear the wood of the trees around him groan over his cries.
Jisung knew he needed to calm down but how could he if he couldn’t even breathe?

He grabbed his hair and pulled on it slightly to distract himself but it did nothing but hurt his scalp. Violent sobs shook his body as he couldn’t do anything but cower on the ground and curl up into a ball.
He didn’t know how long he knelt there on the forest floor, his knees scraped and some small stone digging into them. Desperately sucking air into his lungs as if every breath could be his last. He didn’t even notice how the temperature dropped and the sky darkened until a few cold drops of water shocked him out of his haze.

“Hey! Are you there? Where did you go?” He heard someone call out.

Who was it? It didn’t sound like Minho.
It took a few more seconds to realize that it was Sir Changbin.

“There you are, you…” Sir Changbin trailed off. His voice was right behind Jisung now.
Jisung finally looked up, realizing why the knight had stopped talking.
The wind had cleaned the perimeter around Jisung from leaves, some of the smaller trees were uprooted and the bigger ones had deep indentations.
Sir Changbin stared at him, mouth agape.
Did he see him? Did he know about his magic?
It took a second for the knight to compose himself.

“We have to go back, that storm really came out of nowhere…”

Jisung looked up, realizing that the beautiful blue sky was blanketed by dark grey clouds.
Had he done that or was it coincidence?

“Are you coming?”
Sir Changbin didn’t say anything about it and he didn’t freak out. Maybe he didn’t see him after all. Jisung got to his feet, his knees were still wobbling slightly, making him almost trip and fall again.
“Do you need help?”

“I’m… I’m fine…”

He could feel Sir Changbin’s eyes on him but the knight didn’t say anything and just led him back to the clearing where Minho and Prince Hyunjin were already waiting.
The man even helped him get back on his horse without a comment and Jisung felt so drained, he just let it happen.
They hurried on their way back but they still ended up drenched.

“Jisung, lead the horses inside, will you?” Minho started when they dismounted back at the castle. Jisung just wanted to go home but what was he supposed to do?

“You Highness, your servant got a bit banged up in the forest earlier. He should probably see a physician.” Sir Changbin answered before he could.

Jisung didn’t know what the knight’s deal was but he was pretty grateful when Minho hummed shortly, “Fine, go get checked out. The stableboy will handle it.”

The princes both left them alone shortly after.
Sir Changbin took the reins of the horses from Jisung’s hand.

“Go home. You live with Sir Chan, right?”

“I do…” Jisung said before he could think about revealing where he lived to this man he didn’t trust.

Sir Changbin nodded, “Then go home. I’ll take care of this.”
His tone didn’t really leave room for discussion but still sounded incredibly warm, it confused him to no end but he was too exhausted from the magic outburst earlier to give it too much thought.


That night Jisung was awakened by Chan’s voice.
The man was apparently at the door, discussing something in a hushed tone.
Jisung slowly got up from his bed and crept towards his bedroom door to peek outside.

“I am not telling you again, you can come back during the day instead of sneaking around at night like a thief.” Chan sounded serious as he blocked the front door.

“I need to talk to him. Please.”
Jisung thought he was still dreaming or the whole day had left him so exhausted that he was hallucinating, because what would Sir Changbin be doing at Chan’s door in the middle of the night?
He stepped out of his room and walked up behind them to look over Chan’s shoulder at their visitor.
It was indeed Sir Changbin who stood there, a dark cloak pulled over his head. He looked up when he spotted Jisung behind Chan.

“Please hear me out. I need your help.”

Notes:

Hello there!
I hope you liked the chapter! Tbh I struggled a bit with it. But I also should study for my exams instead of writing this so maybe that was part of it...

Feel free to leave a comment if you liked it!
See you next time!

Chapter 18

Notes:

Slightly shorter chapter today, but I really liked the way it ended. (muhahahaha)

Thanks to all of you who return and comment for every update! It means so much to read and recognize your names in the comments!

Chapter Text

“Please hear me out. I need your help.”
Changbin looked at him with the utmost sincerity in his eyes.

Before Jisung could answer, Chan protectively stepped in front of him again, “What business do you have with my ward?”

Jisung couldn’t help but feel his cheeks warm a bit, and he didn’t know if it was embarrassment or the fact that Chan was so protective of him.
And it made sense of the knight to be so suspicious of Sir Changbin. It was strange that one of the men they suspected to have enchanted Minho showed up at their doorstep in the middle of the night.
Yet, maybe it was because Changbin had been nice to him today but Jisung felt like he should hear what he had to say.

Changbin looked a bit unsure, “I… please let me talk to him, Mylord. I guarantee you I wouldn’t be here if it wasn’t important.”

“It’s okay. If he just wants to talk, I don’t see a problem with it…”

Chan still hesitated a bit before stepping aside slightly.
Their visitor took a step forward to cross the threshold but was stopped again by Chan. Wordless, the older knight held his hand out. Changbin seemed to understand and carefully pulled a long dagger from his belt and placed it in Chan’s hand.
“Do you have any other weapons on you?”

“No, only this.” It was obvious that Chan made the younger knight a bit uncomfortable but Jisung knew he wanted to be safe rather than sorry.

Changbin was finally allowed to step inside, dropping the hood of his cloak when the door closed behind him.
Chan led them to the dining room to sit down, always staying close to Jisung and keeping a close eye on Changbin who sat down opposite of them and apparently tried to make himself as small and unintimidating as possible with his broad frame.

“So? Talk.”
Chan was really scary like that, Jisung thought.

Changbin’s eyes flitted between them, hesitating to speak, “I don’t think my words are meant for your ears, Mylord…”

Chan raised his eyebrows, “You want me to leave the two of you alone?”

“Whatever you want to tell me, Chan can hear too…” Jisung feared that he already knew what this was about.

Changbin nodded before taking a deep breath.
“You and Prince Minho, you are in love, right?”

Jisung didn’t really know what to say. Should he deny it? Admit it because Changbin already knew? With such a direct question, did he even have a choice?
“What gave it away?” He asked quietly.

“No simple servant is bothered about his master marrying. And I saw the way you look at him…”

Jisung avoided his gaze. Apparently, Felix had been right. They were not subtle at all.

“Where are you going with this?” Chan asked.

“You shouldn’t be too angry or hurt because of the prince’s behavior. He can’t help it, he-” Sir Changbin visibly braced himself for his next words, “He was enchanted.”

Jisung and Chan looked at each other for a second, both not expecting Sir Changbin to be so honest.
When they didn’t say anything, Sir Changbin just continued, " The earrings Hyunjin gifted him. They carry a love charm of sorts.”

Chan leaned forward, “And why are you telling us this? Are you aware that you are accusing your own prince of a crime punishable by death?”

“Please, I’m not finished. Hyunjinnie is innocent, you have to believe me. He-... He was placed under the same charm.”
Sir Changbin looked down at his own hands.

“He is enchanted too? But why?” Jisung couldn’t believe his ears.

“He also didn’t want to marry Prince Minho.” Sir Changbin swallowed a lump in his throat, “He wanted to marry me.”

Chan hummed in understanding, “There was a token on your lance at the tournament.”

Sir Changbin nodded, “It was his.”

“Why are you only now coming out with this? This could have been avoided.” Chan sounded angry. Jisung realized that until now he had never heard Chan truly angry.
He didn’t yell, instead his voice was low and intimidating like a wolf’s growl.

“I couldn’t. She allowed me to stay by his side but if I did anything to betray her, she said she would make him forget me. Like this, we can still be friends but I don’t know if I would survive if Jinnie didn’t even know who I was. I-” His voice broke off as it got more and more desperate. He closed his eyes and took a deep breath to collect himself, but Jisung could still spot some tears in the corners of his eyes.

“She?” Chan asked.

Sir Changbin hesitated before answering. His voice was shaky, almost scared.
“The Queen. Her Majesty, the queen of Miroh. She… she is a sorceress.”


Both Jisung and Chan didn’t know what to say.

“You mean, Prince Hyunjin’s own mother put him under a spell?” Jisung asked. He tried to imagine what it would take for a mother to do this to her child. He certainly couldn’t imagine his own mother doing something like this.

“But sorcerers have a natural resistance against these kinds of spells…” Chan muttered, deep in thought.

“Jinnie is not a sorcerer, he didn’t inherit any magic from her. Please, you have to help me. We have the same goal. Free Jinnie and Prince Minho from the spell.”

“W-why are you coming to me for this?”

“I saw you in the forest. I had all but given up but then I saw that you have magic. You can do things I couldn’t even dream of.”

“What do you mean, you saw him?” Chan asked, “Jisung? What did you do?”

Jisung sighed, he hadn’t told Chan about the short loss of control in the forest yet.
“I’m sorry, I got a bit overwhelmed…”

“He caused a storm strong enough that we had to leave the forest. I’m not an expert but it looked like really strong magic.”
Luckily, Sir Changbin was aware enough to read Chan’s incredulous expression.
“I won’t tell anyone. I promise!”

And Jisung believed him for some reason.
“He tried to talk to me in private because he didn’t know if you knew about my magic… I think… I think we can trust him, Chan…”

Chan didn’t look particularly happy, “Fine. But I am going to keep an eye on you.”

Sir Changbin shifted uncomfortably under Chan’s gaze.

“We knew about the enchantment…” Jisung explained, “But I don’t really know what to do about it.”

“But you’re a sorcerer…”

“I am really more of a beginner sorcerer. I don’t know how to break an enchantment…”

“But I saw you in the forest, your magic is powerful…”

“I’m really not that-”

“Magic is more than just raw power.” Chan explained, “Breaking enchantments is difficult. If you do something wrong, it might mess with the person permanently.”

Changbin deflated slightly, “Then what are you planning to do?”

“We don’t know yet. First, you need to tell us more about what’s happening. This is going too far to just ensure a connection between Levanter and Miroh.” Chan crossed his arms in front of his chest.

“It’s not.” Sir Changbin sighed, “There are some things about Miroh nobody knows about. Hell, I only know because Jinnie told me. I was only two years old when Her Majesty appeared and married the King but from what I’ve heard from my father it was a very quick marriage. He was immediately smitten with her, they married and had Jinnie only ten months after she came to court.”

Jisung and Chan both listened closely, not daring to interrupt him.

“Barely anyone knows that the queen is a sorceress, I only know because Jinnie told me when we were kids, and I don’t know, I think maybe she enchanted the King too?”

“The King of Miroh has been enchanted? Do you have any proof for that?”

“No, of course not. It’s only a hunch. But it wouldn’t surprise me, the queen is…” Sir Changbin struggled to find the right words, “controlling. I don’t mean to speak ill of my liege. I swear I take my oath as a knight seriously but… but…”

“So, you took an oath to serve her, who cares? She is dividing you and Prince Hyunjin and is using him to steal my boyfriend.” Jisung interrupted.

“Jisung, calm down. As a knight, your oath is your life. There is nothing more disgraceful than becoming an oathbreaker.” Chan put his hand on his shoulder.

“Jinnie has always tried to make his mother proud of him and she put him aside when she realized he didn’t have any magic. He deserves better. If I had to choose between him and keeping my oath, I’d choose him every single time without regrets. I don’t care about being an oathbreaker if it means I can be with Jinnie.” He looked at Chan, obviously trying to gauge his reaction. The older knight just hummed in understanding.

“It’s not my place to judge, you don’t have to look at me like that.”

Sir Changbin nodded but averted his gaze before continuing.
“A few months ago, Jinnie told me that the queen was furious, but he didn’t even really know why. Something about a throne being stolen, and a tiger cub growing? He couldn’t really make sense of it. Before that she mostly ignored Jinnie to focus on the princess and now… now she uses him for this sinister plan like he’s some kind of puppet…”

Jisung’s eyes widened, “What did you just say?”

Sir Changbin looked a bit caught off guard, “That she is treating him like a puppet?”

“Chan! He’s the puppet!” He yelled before even thinking about it.

He hadn’t thought about Felix’s prophecy in months.


A puppet brought from foreign lands
With strings pulled on by vengeful hands.
When sun is dimmed and trust is failed,
There comes an end to magic’s lie.
When what was hidden is unveiled,
Know, dead will live and love shall die.

If Prince Hyunjin was the puppet, maybe the rest of the prophecy would come true soon.
Chan understood what Jisung was getting at.

“Sir Changbin-”

“Just Changbin, please… I don’t think I can hold onto my title for much longer…”

Chan nodded, “Changbin, it sounds like the queen has some kind of grudge against Levanter. Do you know anything about that?”

“Not really… I’m Jinnie’s personal guard, I don’t interact with the other members of the royal family on a regular basis. Although… I think Jinnie mentioned something when we came here first. I don’t know about a grudge, and he wasn’t allowed to talk about it but he was supposed to look for someone called Yongbok.”

Chapter 19

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung laid awake that night, his thoughts racing in his head.
There were too many questions that their conversation with Changbin had sparked.
Who was Yongbok?
Why did the Queen of Miroh want to contact them?
Why did she go so far to marry her son off to Minho?
What were her plans for Levanter?
How could they break her spell’s hold on Minho and Prince Hyunjin?
He sat up on his bed and looked out of the window where the sky was already starting to brighten slightly. He had a good view of the lower city from his window. He saw that there were even a few people starting their day, unaware of the trouble their home was facing. They didn’t worry about their love being trapped by an evil spell. They didn’t need to feel inadequate as a sorcerer because of their inability to break said spell.
They had told Changbin about trying to get the enchanted jewelry away from Minho and Prince Hyunjin. Apparently, he had tried that already but Prince Hyunjin had become so fiercely protective of his bracelet that the knight would have needed to use violence to get it away from him and he couldn’t bring himself to hurt him.

The only thing they could come up with before Changbin had left was that they needed to find this Yongbok-person.

“Jinnie spent a lot of time with Prince Felix last time we were here, maybe he can help?”

“It would be a place to start at least… Maybe he asked Felix about someone…” Chan had thought out loud.

“I’ll go ask him tomorrow. Felix was already really suspicious of Prince Hyunjin, he’ll want to help us for sure.”

Jisung didn’t even wait until the sun had properly risen before getting ready. He knew Felix was a grump early in the morning but maybe if he finished his morning duties by time for breakfast, he could easily talk to him.
For once, Minho wasn’t up yet when Jisung entered with his breakfast.

“Wha- why are you here already?” He heard the prince grumble into his pillow, one eye looking at him sleepily.

“Thought I’d get an early start today. Go back to sleep if it bothers you. Breakfast is on the table.”

He tried to ignore how endearing Minho looked with his hair mussed up and his eyes still a little hazy from just waking up. He wanted to go and kiss him but this thought was interrupted by the gleaming of the Rainbow’s Kiss gem in the morning light.
Minho stretched languidly like a tired cat before getting out of bed with a big yawn.

“Get me some fresh water to wash my face, I’m meeting Jinnie and my father right after breakfast.”

“Do you need something else from me before lunch?”

Minho shuffled over to his breakfast and sat down, “My boots are muddy again and my clothes need washing.”

Both were things he would usually need half a day to accomplish, but also things his magic could do for him so he could spend that half day doing something else, like talking to Felix. 


After getting that bucket of water and gathering everything he needed to clean, he left as quickly as he could without seeming suspicious. It did sting a bit that Minho didn’t even pay attention to him leaving though.
He brought his work home to his room so nobody would see clothes scrubbing out stains on their own and boots being cleaned and shined by floating tools. It took him a little while to set everything up. He still had to get a bucket and washboard and had to stop a brush from trying to put shoe polish on a pair of pants but in the end everything did its assigned job.
It was a bit after breakfast time that he finally made it to Felix’s door.

It didn’t take long for the door to open after Jisung knocked but instead of Felix his servant stood before him.
“Um, yes?”

“I need to see Felix. Is he here?” The question was a bit obsolete. He didn’t know where else Felix would be this early in the day.

“His Highness is not really available right now…” The boy looked a bit nervous, not really looking Jisung in the eye when talking to him.

“It’s really important. If he’s in the bath or something I can wait for him until he’s finished, but I need to talk to him.”

“No, he’s not in the bath. He’s… umm… his head is causing him trouble again. He went back to bed…”

That was probably the worst case scenario. Felix’s migraines could get so bad that he wasn’t even able to hold a proper conversation. Still, Jisung wondered why the boy was so nervous. But maybe that was just his normal demeanor. He himself often had a nervous energy about him when talking to people he didn’t know well, so who was he to judge?
“Can you tell me when he feels better?”

“Of course but umm… it’s a bad one so his Highness probably won’t be able to talk to you today… I have to go now and give his Highness his medicine… Goodbye.”

Before Jisung could get in another word the door closed in front of him.

“Jisung? Are you okay?” A new voice asked behind him.

The source was quickly revealed when he turned around to see Jeongin behind him.

“Are you looking for Prince Felix?”

“Yes, I need to talk to him, but his servant said he’s resting…”

“Oh I can imagine.” Jeongin said with an amused snort.

“What do you mean?”

Jeongin looked over his shoulder, “Okay, you have to promise not to tell anyone. Not even Prince Minho or Seungmin.”

Jisung had absolutely no idea what Jeongin could tell him that would be so secret.
He nodded, looking at the young knight with wide eyes.

“You know how Chan has someone posted at His Highness’s door every night since he snuck out last time?”

“Yes?”

“Last night was my turn to watch him. He tried sneaking out again, so I obviously stopped him, and he asked me to let him go just once and… well…”

“You… you let him go out alone?” It was obvious why Jeongin didn’t want anyone to know. He’d directly disregarded Chan’s orders and endangered the very person he was supposed to watch.

“I did, but let me finish, Jisung. He looked really desperate and he promised me that he would be back before sunrise. I think he wanted to meet someone and he was so excited, I thought, well maybe he had a special someone and he couldn’t meet them otherwise.”
“You know Prince Felix, he wouldn’t ignore the rules just like that. Whatever it was, it had to be important to him. You should have seen the look on his face, he practically begged me to let him go. And I couldn’t say no… The prince is an adult and he didn’t leave defenseless, he had his bow with him, you know how dangerous he is with it.”

“So when did he return?”

“I’m not sure. My shift ended before he came back, but if his servant says he’s still sleeping, I’m guessing he came back shortly after I left.”

He couldn’t really blame Jeongin for complying with Felix’s request. The prince looked like the personification of innocence, you had to really get to know him to see through to the mischievous gremlin hiding behind that façade. Not even Minho could deny Felix something when he really wanted it. Chan was the only one who had apparently mastered handling the prince.
He didn’t know what Felix had done last night that had been so important to him.

“I won’t tell anyone, I promise. But I still really need to talk to him. I can’t really tell you what this is about but it could save lives.”

“That sounds serious. If it’s that crucial, he’ll probably understand if you wake him up.”

“His servant won’t let me inside though…”

“Jake is really a nice person, he’s just protective of the prince. I’ll tell him that you know about last night and he’ll let you in.” Jeongin said with a smile.

“Thank you. You don’t have t-”

“It’s nothing. Come on.” He said and knocked on the door again.

Jisung watched him closely. Jeongin was a bit taller than him and more muscular from his training as a knight, but he couldn’t help but find him adorable. He was like an enthusiastic puppy, full of hope and the will to do good. Jisung shook his head shortly, scolding himself for sounding like an old man, after all, Jeongin was only a year or two younger than him. Maybe he was spending too much time with Chan…

The door remained closed.
“Huh, weird. He’s usually so quick to-”

Jeongin was interrupted by the sound of something loudly shattering on the stone floor inside. The young knight’s fox eyes widened in alarm and worry that somebody had gotten hurt.
“Are you okay? I’m coming in!” Jeongin announced before opening the door himself and rushing in, Jisung right behind him.

“N-No don’t come in!” Jake yelled but it was already too late.

The boy stood in the middle of the room, surrounded by shards of a big flower vase he had apparently dropped.
“Are you hurt?” Jeongin asked.

Jisung took his chance to take a look through the open door of Felix’s bedroom. Light streamed into the room through a huge window. He wondered why the curtains were open if Felix was supposed to be asleep.
The canopy of light blue fabric obscured the view of the prince’s bed slightly so Jisung decided to take another step inside.

“Felix?” He asked gently, “Are you awake?”
There was no signature grumpy groan or complaint.
“Felix?”

“No! Get out! His Highness needs rest!” Jake came barreling in after him, stumbling and crashing into Jisung, bringing them both to the ground.
He hadn’t intended it but he pushed Jisung far enough into the room to see the bed.
The glaringly empty bed.

Jeongin came in after them, “What are you doing? Wha- Where is his Highness?”

“He… he…” Jake stammered, trying to no avail to find an excuse.

Jisung stood up, glad that the big, fluffy rug that covered most of Felix’s bedroom floor had cushioned his fall.
“Why did you lie about him being in bed? Where is he?”

“Jake… did his Highness not come home last night?” Jeongin asked, worry taking over his features.

The servant kept his eyes on the ground, not daring to look at the young knight.

Jeongin turned to Jisung, “Can you go get Chan? I really messed up…”
He didn’t need to tell him twice.


As soon as Chan heard that Felix was missing, he put everything else to the side and followed Jisung back to the prince’s chambers where they found an anxiously pacing Jeongin. Jake sat on a chair, hugging himself and still refusing to look at anyone.

“What happened?” Chan asked, breaking Jeongin out of his stride.

“I am so sorry, if I had known…” Jeongin looked like he was ready to fall to his knees and beg Chan to keep his title as a knight.

“You made a mistake, we can’t change it now. We have to find Felix.”

Chan trained his gaze on Jake.
“Do you know where he is?”

Jisung was glad he wasn’t on the other side of this interrogation. Chan rarely lost the kindness in his voice, except when anyone he chose to protect was in danger.
Jake looked like a small rabbit caught between the paws of a wolf, eyes wide, hands shaking.

“I asked you a question.” Chan pressed when the boy didn’t give him an answer.

“N-no! He didn’t tell me.” The servant said quietly.

“I don’t believe you. You know something.”

“I’m just a servant, he doesn’t tell me anything…”

“That excuse could have worked with any other noble but not Felix. There is no way he didn’t tell you anything.”

He turned to Jeongin again, “Get Seungmin and Minho, gather every available knight and guard. We have to find Felix and get him back.”

“But he left of his own volition, what if he doesn’t want to come back?” Jeongin asked hesitantly.

“Then you drag him back. We are in a bit of a crisis right now, a wayward prince is not something we should have to worry about.”

Jeongin seemed a bit unsure but nodded and left them to follow Chan’s orders.

“What should I do?” Jisung asked. He didn’t want to just stand there but didn’t know how he could make himself useful.

“Look around the room. Maybe you’ll find a clue to Felix’s whereabouts.”

It didn’t feel right to breach Felix’s privacy like that.
“Are you sure?”

“For all we know he got into some serious trouble. I’ll take the blame and apologize to him as soon as we find him.”

“He’s not in danger…” Jake suddenly piped up.

Chan turned to him again, “So you do know where he is?”

“Not directly… I just know that he’s not in danger.”

“And you want me to believe that? How do I know you’re not just covering for yourself? Maybe you are working with the kidnappers.”

“Kidnappers?” Jisung didn’t remember anyone talking about a kidnapping.

“Jeongin said Felix wanted to meet with someone, and now he’s missing. What else could it be but a kidnapping?”

It was a logical conclusion, Jisung had to admit that.

“He wasn’t kidnapped!” Jake insisted.

“I don’t know, that’s what a kidnapper would say…”

It took Jisung a second to realize what Chan was doing. He didn’t actually believe that Jake had any malicious intentions towards Felix. He wanted to rile him up so he would slip up and talk.

“I’m not a kidnapper! And his Highness is safe!”

“You seem so sure of that. What are you going to do when the ransom note arrives? If they send a ‘proof’ that they are serious? What’s it going to be? Simply a lock of hair? A finger?”

“No! They won’t hurt him!”

“So you know who has him?”

“N-no, I mean… I…”

“You’re not painting yourself in a good light here. You are on thin ice, give me one reason I shouldn’t throw you in a cell in the dungeons. I can’t believe you would betray the prince like this, putting his life on the line for personal gain.”

“I didn’t betray him!”

The interrogation was hard for Jisung to watch, Jake was obviously scared yet he was still angry enough at the insinuation that he did anything to hurt Felix to try to defend himself.
Instead of watching he did as Chan had told him and started looking around the room. Not going through things, really just outwardly glancing at them.

“You did and you are too cowardly to admit it, aren’t you? Because of you, Felix is going to get hurt, maybe even die.”

“No! They said they would help him! They-” Jake covered his mouth, shocked at his outburst.

Meanwhile, Jisung spotted a piece of paper on Felix’s desk, shoved under a bunch of books. It was slightly stained and wavy as if someone had spilled their drink on it.
He carefully pulled it out, revealing a letter.

“Chan?” He called out after briefly skimming its contents.

My darling boy,

you probably won’t know who I am, your father probably made sure of that.
As you don’t know who is writing this, I beg you to still read this letter to the end.
I know about your ‘illness’ as they have likely dubbed it. The frequent migraines, strange dreams and blackouts. You sometimes feel like things have happened before when everyone else tells you they haven’t. I know these things because I have experienced them too when I was young. Only I had my mother to help me.
Dear child, you are not suffering from an illness. Your pain is caused by the power locked inside you, spilling over while it is waiting for you to acknowledge and embrace it.
There is so much they have kept from you, to keep you from discovering who you are.
If you want answers, come to the gates tomorrow when the moon is full. You will meet someone there who can bring you to me and then I will finally be able to explain.
I know it’s hard to trust someone you don’t know but believe me when I say I’m not a stranger. I’m the first person you’ve ever known, my baby. My little dragon.
My little Yongbok.

 

“This is the letter you delivered to Felix when I bumped into you, right?” Jisung asked, looking at Jake who avoided his gaze again.

“Who gave it to you?” Chan continued his questioning.

The boy didn’t answer.

“We want to help Felix, but you-”

“You don’t want to help him! If you knew-” He cut himself off again.

“If we knew what?” Chan pressed.

But Jisung already knew what he meant, “You mean if we knew about the visions. You know about Felix’s magic.”

Jake’s mouth was agape as he stared at him, “You… know?”

“How do you know?” Chan asked, genuinely shocked and almost forgetting his tough interrogator persona.

“I’ve been his servant for years, of course I know. If you’re aware of his abilities, you should know that he’s not safe here. He will never be. It’s only a matter of time until the King finds out and then he’ll be killed.”

“The King wouldn’t really-” Jisung looked at Chan who just shook his head to confirm Jake’s words. The King very much would kill Felix if his magic were to be revealed.

“So, we are all on the same page now about Felix. You know we don’t want to hurt him. I’ve known about his magic for over a decade, I could have told the King about him this whole time. We just want to bring him home. The person meeting with him, I believe, could be incredibly dangerous to the whole kingdom.”

“But not to him right?” Jake’s priorities were clear as day. He didn’t care about the kingdom, he cared about Felix.

“I am not sure. They might be. You sure seem attached to him.”

“From the beginning he treated me more as a friend than a servant, and I think I was his only real friend for a long time. Of course I’m attached.”

“You just want to protect him…” Jisung muttered.

“I may not be as… close to him as you are to the Crown Prince, but yes.”

Chan let out a deep sigh, his shoulders slouching slightly, “You can go, stay with your family. If- When Felix is back, I’ll send someone to get you.”
Jake nodded and quickly got up and left.

As soon as the door behind him closed, Chan let himself fall on one of the chairs, “One prince is enchanted, the other is missing… and to make it even worse, apparently the dead are rising.”

“It’s exactly like the prophecy said.” Jisung commented, “Dead will live and… and love will die. Chan, what do you think that means?”

“I don’t know. Prophecies are too vague to make sense of them before they happen, but it can’t mean anything good. At least we know who Yongbok is now... She was after Felix from the start."

Notes:

Happy Valentine's Day!
But also did I end my chapter on Valentine's Day with a reminder of the "love will die" line of the prophecy?
Maybe

Chan gets really protective over Felix, so he got a bit mean during the interrogation.
And oof yeah Innie messed up. He was too easily fooled by Felix.

Also I think I didn't mention this yet, but yeah that's Jake from Enhypen :D
Needed someone to play Felix's servant and thought the Australian from the group my best friend stans was a good choice :D

Chapter 20

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The search party led by Chan and Seungmin came up empty handed that day.
Chan suspected that Felix had fully left the capital by now so their only chance to find him was to let them scour the surrounding regions.
They decided to tell the King that Felix had been kidnapped by an unknown assailant.
He was rightfully furious when he found out, demanding to know who had been on watch duty when it happened. Jeongin looked like he was ready to break into tears when he tried to take a step forward but was held back by Seungmin.

“I was.” Chan said, bowing his head, “I fell asleep. There is no excuse for my failure.”

“I should strip you of your title for this mistake. Make sure you find him quickly. One more mistake like this and I will go through with it.” The King growled.

“I understand, your Majesty…”

“This matter should be kept secret for now. We can’t have people panicking so shortly before the wedding.”

“The wedding, Sire?”

“Minho, Prince Hyunjin and I have decided to expedite the whole process since they apparently got to know each other well enough in this short time. The wedding will be on the coming Saturday.”

“That’s… in three days, Sire. Is it wise-”

“I do not need to be lectured about the wisdom of my actions from someone who got my son kidnapped. My decision is final. You are dismissed.” The King waved his hand dismissively.

They bowed and filed out of the throne room. When the door closed behind them, Jeongin immediately spoke up.
“Why did you do that? It was my mistake.”

Chan put his hand on the young knight’s shoulder.
“It was a mistake that you have hopefully learned from. You are young and have a promising future ahead of you. You don’t have the years of experience to protect you from having your title stripped.”

“You got a second chance, Jeongin. Stop overthinking it.” Seungmin added.

“I don’t know how I will ever repay you. Thank you. Thank you so much.”

“You can repay me by giving it your all finding Felix.”

“Of course! You can count on me. You said they probably went South, right? I’ll start my search there right away.”

“Slow down,” Seungmin chided him softly, “at least pack some supplies before you head out. I’ll come with you.”
Seungmin led him away, throwing one more thankful look towards Chan as they left.

When they were finally gone, Jisung could finally address what had been bothering him the whole time.
“Chan… the wedding, we can’t let it happen. We won’t, right?”

He put an arm around Jisung and patted his shoulder, “We will break this enchantment before it will happen. I need your help to send a letter to an old friend. He’s an expert in enchantments…”

“What? Why didn’t you ask him before?”

Chan sighed, “I thought we had more time to figure this out on our own. We didn’t really part in the most amicable ways. I don’t know if he would help us but we don’t have a choice now.”

“And why do you need me to contact him?”

“I don’t really know where he is, so a pigeon isn’t really an option. I don’t need you but I might as well show you how to send letters with your abilities. Come on.”


Back at their house, Chan sat down at his desk and quickly drafted a short letter and handed it to Jisung. He quickly skimmed it.
“So, who is this person?”

“We studied together under your father, but he continued his studies when I left to train as a knight.”

“But that sounds like you were friends?”

“We were, but we got in a fight when I decided to leave. He called me a traitor, I called him a suicidal idiot, we haven’t talked to each other since then. He hates Levanter with a passion.”

“Then why are you putting in so much detail?”

“The chance that he’ll help us is already low, he’ll not appreciate it if I lied to him.”

“Okay, if you’re sure… What do I have to do?”

Chan lit a candle, “You’re going to burn the letter after casting your spell. Take this.”

He handed him a crude necklace, just a small, red stone held by an old leather string.
“It belonged to him, I hope the connection is enough, even after twenty years. His name is Hongjoong.”

Jisung nodded and held up the letter and the necklace. He muttered the words in the old tongue that Chan had told him before. The words of the letter lit up for a second. Chan nodded shortly to signal Jisung that he could burn it now.
As the flames slowly ate away on the paper, Chan smiled at him.

“Would you look at that, you did it on your first try. Good job.”

“What if it didn’t work and I just sent a letter to some random person.”

“No, it worked. Now we have to hope that he’ll answer.”

Jisung nodded and looked down at his hands.
“Chan? What if we can’t stop it?”

“I feel like we are still missing pieces to see the full picture. If it comes to it, I will personally ride to Miroh and make her take her spell back.” Chan pulled him into a hug, and Jisung had to admit that it really made him feel like everything was going to be alright. Maybe that was Chan’s personal kind of magic or something.


That day the very rushed wedding preparations started. Messengers were sent to every important noble in the kingdom as well as every close ally of Levanter. The Kingdom of Miroh was too far away to attend in time, but Prince Hyunjin had apparently assured the King and Minho that it wouldn’t be a problem since they could just travel there together after the ceremony. Minho’s schedule was so full that he took his breakfast at sunrise and only returned to his chambers hours after the sun had gone down again.

Jisung had to spend his day watching and assisting multiple tailors taking measurements and picking out fabrics for the wedding. After that, they went to the jeweler to give him details on how the rings were supposed to look. Then the kitchen brought up samples for the wedding dinner. At least all the preparations meant that Minho didn’t have much time to spend with Prince Hyunjin, but that didn’t mean the spell over him was suddenly broken.

“I think red would suit Jinnie well, don’t you think, Jisung?” He asked while looking at the collection of gemstones the jeweler offered to set into the wedding bands.

“I let Jinnie choose the flowers for the decorations, he’s good at this sort of thing.”

“We can’t have this appetizer at the wedding. Jinnie doesn’t like eggplants.”

The whole day, it was just “Jinnie this, Jinnie that” but it wasn’t like he was just standing idly by.
“What do you even like about him?”

It took Minho a while to answer, briefly staring off into the distance, his eyes slightly glassy before snapping back to himself, “Everything of course. He’s perfect.”

After returning home that evening, Jisung spent the rest of the night reading through his spell book as if suddenly new pages that could help them would appear.
Instead he woke up the next morning with a crick in his neck from falling asleep over his book. Chan’s friend, or former friend, didn’t get back to them that day. With only two days left until the wedding, Jisung felt like his anxiety was extremely reasonable.

He had to find another way to break this enchantment. Maybe he just had to step up his own charm instead.
That morning he made it to Minho’s room just as the sun rose. The prince was still in bed, lying in an impossible position that Jisung couldn’t imagine being comfortable, his face smushed into his pillow.

He silently knelt down next to the bed and watched him for a few seconds.

Jisung took a deep breath and carefully reached out to run his fingers through Minho’s hair. The prince mumbled something in his sleep and rolled over slightly, his face now right in front of Jisung’s.

Jisung took his hand away shortly as he eyed the small gem earrings. Right when he decided that he could go for the enchanted jewelry right now, Minho grumbled something in his sleep before blinking his eyes open slowly.
“Wha-’s going on?” He asked, his voice still rough from just waking up.

“Good morning.” Jisung whispered, hesitantly continuing to pet through his hair.

“What’re you doin’?” Minho slurred, yet he didn’t do anything to stop him.

“Nothing, just saying good morning. You… you just look so pretty when you’re half-asleep.” He said, cursing his awkwardness. Minho always made sweet-talking and flirting look so easy, Jisung really preferred being on the receiving end.

“I’m always pretty… What time is it?”

“Sunrise…” Jisung said, slightly deflated as the prince practically ignored his flirting.

“What’s going on with you lately? You’re never this early… Lemme go back to sleep…” Minho grumbled, pushing his hand away and turning around again. He reverted to being a blanket pile with no discernable human features.

Jisung carefully set his knee on the bed to lean over but Minho immediately reacted to the shift of weight.
“No… Go away, I mean it. Come back in an hour… or at noon for all I care…”

‘You do care! You would pull me into bed with you if you were in your right mind!’ Jisung wanted to yell but he bit his tongue. And while he managed to not yell at Minho, his temper got the better of him.

Before he could think about it, he was on the bed, sitting on Minho and trying to pry the small earrings from him. He hoped that the prince would be too overwhelmed to put up much of a fight.

“What the fuck are you doing?!” Minho yelled, immediately wide awake.

Jisung’s hand was ripped away from Minho’s ear as the prince grabbed his arm. In a matter of seconds Jisung was pinned on his back with Minho holding his arms. He tried to struggle and get out of his grip but Minho was just too strong.

“Do you want to explain what that was or should I just call for a guard?”

Before Jisung could answer, something wet hit his cheek. Minho touched his bleeding ear. His earlobe wasn’t ripped but there was just enough of a wound for a bit of blood to lazily trickle out.
Jisung used the chance of his hands being free to sit up just enough to kiss him. His nose hurt a bit from hitting Minho’s face so desperately.
Minho didn’t pull back, for a second Jisung thought he even kissed him back until he suddenly hit the ground.

“What is going on with you?! I- Argh…” Minho pinched his eyes shut and pressed his hands to his temple.

“Minho, what…” Jisung started. He looked like he was in excruciating pain.

“Out… Get out…” Minho grunted.

He reached out to the prince but his hand was slapped away.
“I said, get out!”

The door opened behind Jisung as hurried steps approached.
“Min-Min, are you okay? I heard you yelling.” Prince Hyunjin was by Minho’s side in an instant, petting his head and holding his hand.
“Are you in pain? What happened to your ear?” He asked but Minho didn’t answer as he was still screwing his eyes shut and clenching his fist from the pain.

Prince Hyunjin turned to Jisung who was still lying on the ground.
“What happened?”

What was he supposed to say? That he jumped Minho and tried to rip the earrings out of his ears?
“Umm…”

“Just leave, Jisung…” Minho mumbled, relaxing slightly as the pain slowly seemed to fade.
He didn’t sound angry anymore, just exhausted, maybe a little sad.

“I’m sorry…” Jisung said quietly as he got up, pleading to not be sent away.

Prince Hyunjin furrowed his brow, still trying to piece together what happened.
“Maybe you should come back in a few hours when he feels better?” He suggested.

“No.” Minho interrupted, “Don’t return.”

Jisung felt like he was stabbed in the heart, “Are… you firing me?”

“But Min, isn’t he your friend?” Prince Hyunjin asked softly.

Minho finally opened his eyes again, fixing his gaze on Jisung.
“I don’t want to see you here again.”
Jisung bit his lip hard enough to draw blood. He didn’t trust himself to speak, so he just nodded and turned around.

“Min, why are you crying?” He heard just as he left the room.
“I don’t know…”

Notes:

So, please don't hate me for more angst, I had to do it...

 

I think it's probably not a surprise but we are getting really close to the climax and finale~

Chapter 21

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Jisung had underestimated how dear he held his job in the castle until he lost it. Of course, seeing his boyfriend was a nice incentive but he had grown to enjoy his work and the busy life in the castle. Even in the last few days, when seeing Minho with Prince Hyunjin had hurt him so much, he was glad to still be around.

Now he knew why Changbin had played along with the Queen of Miroh’s plan based on the fear alone that Prince Hyunjin wouldn’t even consider him a friend anymore. It hurt to see the one he loved with someone else, but being separated from them hurt even more.
Jisung had hoped that if he could stay close, maybe the spell would lose its hold on Minho or maybe he would find a way to break it, but how would he do that now?

He felt numb as he slowly made his way through the halls but at the same time his mind was reeling.
‘I failed. I failed and now Minho is going to marry Prince Hyunjin and stay under the spell forever. And I will probably be arrested for attacking him. And then I’ll die and Minho won’t even grieve for me. And Felix is going to be lost forever and… and…’
He felt his legs give out but he couldn’t even register the pain shooting up his leg as his knees hit the floor. He couldn’t breathe. There was this strange wheezing sound in his ears, did it come from him?
Where even was he? He hadn’t paid attention to where his feet brought him before he collapsed. Darkness crept up at the edge of his vision until he could only see a small pinprick of light. He was so cold. Was this what it felt like to die? Was he dying right now?
There was a pressure on his shoulder, something shaking him. Was someone shaking him or was he shaking on his own?

He might have passed out at one point for who knows how long. When he woke up, he found himself in a bed in a dark room. Moonlight illuminated the room enough for Jisung to recognize that it was his own bedroom in Chan’s house. He slowly stood up and padded out of his room. His mind hadn’t fully caught up to him as he followed the light coming from the kitchen to find Chan sitting at the table, pondering over a letter.
He raised his head when he heard Jisung approach.

“Jisung! You’re awake!” He stood up and guided him to sit down on one of the chairs.

“What happened?” Jisung asked, “How did I get here?”

“A maid found you collapsed and struggling to breathe in a hallway and alerted the physician who then told me. He gave you something to calm down and you finally fell asleep.”

“Calm down?”

“You were panicking, not responsive and struggling against us when we tried to help you.”

Jisung only remembered feeling like he was dying, was that really just panic?

“Do you remember what happened to cause this?” Chan asked carefully, his worried, dark eyes scanning him for a reaction.

Jisung had to think about it for a second. What was he doing again?
He remembered getting up early that morning and going to see Minho, and… He felt like a moledrake had just barreled into him.

“Minho… He fired me.” He whispered, “I tried to get the earrings from him and I tried snapping him out of the spell but it didn’t work.”
He felt the sting of tears welling up in his eyes again.

“Hey, come here, don’t cry…” Chan put his arm around him and pulled him close.

“But I messed it all up, now I’m going to get arrested and then I won’t be able to help him anymore…”

“You are not getting arrested Jisung… If you were, I would have already heard about it.”

“I attacked Minho, I even hurt him…”

“And he didn’t tell anyone about it. Take a deep breath, I’ll get you something to eat and to drink. You’ve been out for a while, you need your strength and your wits about you tomorrow.”

“Tomorrow?”

Chan cleared his throat as he put a cup of water and some bread and cheese down in front of him, “The wedding.”

“But it’s the day after tomorrow…”

“You were really out of it the last two days…” Chan explained to him a bit sheepishly.

The reality of the situation sunk in and almost took away Jisung’s breath again. He collapsed on Thursday morning, and now it was Friday evening. They had less than 24 hours left to prevent the wedding.

“Hey, hey, Jisung. Focus on me, don’t get lost in your head again.” Chan knelt down in front of him, putting his hands on Jisung’s shoulders.
“Breathe with me, okay? In… and out…”

He followed Chan’s instructions without thinking and felt his breath return to him slowly.
“Good job, you’re doing great.”

“What are we going to do now?” He hated how raw his voice sounded but he was constantly on the verge of having another meltdown.
Chan carefully handed him a cup of water so he could drink a bit.

“Hongjoong actually got back to me only a few hours ago.” He explained.

Jisung inhaled a sip of water, coughing through his question, “What did he say?”

“Slow down, are you okay?” Chan hit him on the back until he stopped coughing.

He nodded, and waited for Chan to finally tell him.
“Well, he wasn’t very keen on helping us at first, he definitely didn’t have a lot of nice words left for me, but I convinced him…” He grimaced slightly, Jisung wondered what he did to get his help.
“It’s a powerful enchantment, apparently the gem they used is a perfect medium for affection spells, but real emotions have a chance of trumping it. If Minho really loves you, maybe…”

“It won’t work…” Jisung muttered.

“Are you sure? From what I’ve heard…”

“When I tried to take the earrings from him, I gave it a shot and kissed him. It didn’t work…”

Did that mean Minho didn’t actually love him that much? Maybe their connection wasn’t as strong as he thought or it would have worked.
“That doesn’t have to mean anything, it’s a very powerful spell.” Chan tried to comfort him. “Don’t overthink it. If all of Minho’s feelings towards you were suppressed, he would have had you arrested.”

Jisung just shrugged, “Is there no other way?”

If he tried again and again and it didn’t work, it would probably hurt him even more than just leaving it be. It would be proof that Minho may not have actually cared about him after all.

“There is one other way. The spell is so powerful, it has to stay connected to the caster’s magic.”

Jisung knew enough to understand, “So she has to drop the spell or we…”

“Yes, if she dies the spell is broken.”

“We have to go to Miroh? But that’s too far. We won’t make it there in time!”

“It’s the only other way.”

“I guess, I’m going to pack my bag then.”

“Jisung, I know it’s hard but please try one last time to appeal to Minho tomorrow before the ceremony.”

But what if it didn’t work? Jisung was scared, he wanted to hole up and hide as if that would solve this situation. He didn’t want to be hurt even more by Minho’s indifference but he also was not a killer. He didn’t know if he could take another’s life even if they ruined his happiness like that.

“I’ll be with you. If it doesn’t work, we’ll immediately be on our way to Miroh.”
It was a small relief but Jisung would take whatever he could get.


The wedding was set for noon the next day. Chan and Jisung made their way up to the castle at sunrise to have enough time to talk to Minho.
Jisung was still anxious and fidgety, constantly biting his lip or scratching on a piece of loose skin on his thumb but Chan’s steady presence gave him enough courage to come with him.
When they tried to enter the private wing of the castle where the princes’ chambers were located, they were suddenly with a spear blocking their way.

“I’m sorry, Mylord.” The guard looked at Chan, “but we have orders to not allow Jisung back here.”

“Orders from whom? As far as I know I am responsible for the security of the royal family.”

The guard looked a bit uncomfortable denying them entrance, “His Highness the Crown Prince was very clear that he wasn’t allowed to enter. I’m sorry…” He looked genuinely apologetic, Jisung couldn’t be mad at him.

“I’m still allowed to enter, right?” Chan asked.

“Of course, Mylord.”

Chan nodded and led Jisung away to a small alcove, “Wait here, I’ll go get him.”

“I think I need to throw up…” Jisung muttered.

Chan looked around and quickly snatched the helmet of a decorative armor nearby. He pushed it into Jisung's arms.
“Just in case… I’ll be right back.”

Jisung nodded and watched Chan leave.

Not a lot was going on in this part of the castle, everyone was too busy with the wedding preparations in the main hall. He heard a few footsteps pass by from time to time but that was it. He couldn't have been standing there for more than a few minutes when someone rushed past the alcove without paying him any mind, Jisung looked up just in time to see familiar blonde locks disappear behind a corner.
“Felix?”

Without thinking he ran after him, the helmet stayed abandoned in the alcove.

“Felix!” He turned the corner, only to see the blonde head descending some stairs.

The longer he followed Felix the more unfamiliar his surroundings became.
The only other times he had been in the old, abandoned part of the castle, he’d been in the secret passage leading out of it. This was another part.
The dust was thick as it settled over pretty much everything. Jisung immediately noticed how much colder it was than in the main building. The thick stone walls were keeping most of the heat outside and there were no fireplaces to warm up this wing.
He found himself alone in a hallway leading to multiple rooms. He had lost sight of the prince.

“Felix?” He called out.
“Are you here?”

Suddenly he was pulled into a room and greeted by the second prince pushing him against the closed door and holding his mouth shut.
“Don’t yell, Jisungie.” He whispered, staring at him intently.

He nodded quickly and Felix released him.

“Everyone has been looking for you! Where have you been?”

“Shh, not so loud.” Felix shushed him.

“Sorry, but we were all so worried about you.”

“Tsk, I’m sure you were but the others…”

“What do you mean? Of course the others were worried.”

In truth, Jisung wasn’t even sure if Minho had fully registered that Felix was even missing as caught up as he was with Prince Hyunjin, but that was hardly his fault. Chan and himself were definitely worried, even the King, if he could even comprehend a human emotion despite hate and anger.

“Jisungie, it’s… complicated. I found out some things about myself and I don’t know how to explain it but you can’t tell anyone I’m here.”

“Felix, what’s going on? Chan is going to come back soon and then we can all talk.”

“I don’t want to talk to Chan.” Felix looked uncharacteristically angry, practically spitting Chan’s name as if it was a curse.

“I’m sure whatever it is, he can help…”

“He can’t and he won’t, he-” Felix broke off his own sentence, taking a deep breath as he found himself getting angry.

“He’s a liar. He and Father and Minho. All of them.” He said in a more controlled voice but the anger was still present in his eyes.
Jisung’s eyes widened, luckily Felix seemed to misinterpret his shock for genuine surprise.

“I know it’s hard to believe, and I know you’re in love with Minho but I’m telling the truth…”

“What do you mean?” He asked dumbly. He didn’t know how much Felix knew.
Did he know about the magic? What did he know about Minho to call him a liar? He probably didn’t know about Jisung’s own magic, that secret was still safe.

“Jisungie, you’re my friend. I don’t want to pull you into this mess. You need to go home, forget about Minho. He’s going to be happy with Hyunjin.”

Now that really hurt. Felix had been the most vocal about supporting Jisung and Minho in their relationship.

“What? No, Felix. Listen, we found out about Minho being under a love spell. You were right, he doesn’t really love him.”

Felix’s expression didn’t waver a bit at the news.

“You… you already knew…” Jisung realized, “But if you know about the love spell, why would you tell me to leave?”

Felix didn’t say anything. He just shamefully avoided his gaze.

“You are not making any sense! Why would you say something like that?” Jisung said, not able to keep the accusation out of his voice.

“Maybe it’s the better alternative!” It burst out of the prince, stunning Jisung into momentary silence.

“The better alternative? To what?”

“I’ve already said too much. Just trust me on this, please .”

Felix looked around and picked up his bow and quiver from where they were leaning next to the door. Jisung knew he didn’t have a lot of time left. Whatever Felix was planning was bad, and it had the Queen of Miroh’s handwriting all over it. Panicking a bit, he grabbed Felix’s arm before he could leave.
“Please, Felix. I don’t know what’s happening but I think there’s been a misunderstanding.”

Suddenly, the door opened as someone new stepped inside. Jisung flinched a bit, not expecting any more people, while Felix only took a step back to allow them to enter.
“Who is this, dear?”

Simply put, the woman was gorgeous. Her hair looked like spun gold, her face was slim with soft, gentle features and sprinkled with a galaxy of freckles. Looking at her, it was obvious to Jisung that Felix was truly his mother’s son. Seeing them standing next to each other, it seemed ridiculous that anyone could think that Felix had the same parents as Minho. He definitely didn’t take after the King, and Minho took so much after his late mother with her dark hair and fair skin that this also wasn’t a realistic option.

“That’s Jisung. He’s my friend. I told you about him.”

“Ah, Minho’s little toy. Is he going to be a problem?”

She looked so kind, maybe that was why her words stung so much. Had Felix described him as Minho’s toy or was that something she came up with? He didn’t even want to know.

“No, he has nothing to do with any of this.”

“Felix?” Jisung asked carefully.

“Jisungie, umm, I know it’s difficult to believe but that’s my mother.”

Jisung knew that he was bad at not showing his emotions, so he just hoped that his fear of being faced with a powerful sorceress could be interpreted as genuine confusion.

She smiled at him. It looked a lot like Felix’s smile yet it didn’t really reach her eyes.
“Aren’t you adorable with those big, innocent doe eyes? I can see why he would be interested in you.”

“Th-thank you?”

“Jisung? You’re going home, right?” Felix asked.

What was Jisung supposed to say? He didn’t know what Felix’s mother would do if he refused, so he nodded quickly.

She smiled, “Good boy. You are probably better off without the brat of that monster anyway. But… just to be sure…”

She gripped his shoulder with surprising strength, her fingers digging into his skin.
“You are going home and you will stay there for the rest of the day, aren’t you? Doesn’t that sound nice?”

Her eyes flashed golden and Jisung felt… something. It was strange, he couldn’t really explain it if he tried. Her voice sounded incredibly reasonable to him, as if it really was a good idea to go home. But at the same time a bigger part of him went into a state of defiance. She was trying to cast a spell on him so he would listen to her and his own magic was shielding him.

“Mother, I don’t think that’s necessary…” Felix commented, looking at Jisung with worry in his eyes.

“Better safe than sorry, dear.” She said before letting go of Jisung’s shoulder.
“Be on your way now.”

Jisung didn’t really know how people usually acted when under a spell like this, so he just nodded and slowly left the room.
He somehow managed to keep a normal pace until he made it out of the abandoned wing. As soon as he was sure, he was out of sight, he sprinted back to the alcove where Chan had told him to wait.
They were in so much trouble.


Chan was already waiting for him, “Where were you? I got worried.”

“Felix is here, and the Queen of Miroh too.” He immediately said when he was still gasping for air after his sprint.

“What? Jisung breathe.”

He took a few seconds to catch his breath enough to speak.

“I saw Felix and followed him. He and the Queen are here and they are planning something.”
Jisung continued to recap to Chan what had just happened, the knight’s expression turning more and more worried.

“I couldn’t convince Minho to come with me. The ceremony starts soon. We’ll have to worry about Felix and the Queen when it comes to it. For now, we have to stop the wedding.”

Notes:

Things are heating up!
Next time: The wedding and the finale of this fic!

Chapter 22

Notes:

Welcome to the finale of my fic.
This has honestly been an amazing experience for me.
You were all so supportive and your comments were so fun to read!
Special shoutout to incredibly frequent commenters Annie285, McQuisel, unabhaengige and daisety! I got so excited every time I saw your names pop up!

Anyway: Have fun!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The wedding was held in the throne room as was custom for the Crown Prince entering marriage. Multiple guards were posted at the doors, standing to attention as Jisung and Chan came running towards them.

“Sir Chan? What are you doing here? Shouldn’t you be inside already?” The guard captain asked, lowering his weapon immediately.

“Yes, I was dealing with something in my office. Let me in.”

“Right away, Mylord, umm…” The guard eyed Jisung shortly.

“He might not be in the prince’s service anymore but he’s still my ward and eligible to accompany me to events.”

“Of course. I apologize.” The guard bowed his head shortly and stepped aside while another opened the door for them.

The throne room was decorated with what looked like thousands of red roses in bouquets, garlands and petals on the ground. Every noble who managed to travel to the capital on such short notice was seated on benches set up to watch the ceremony. Minho and Prince Hyunjin stood on the broad dais in front of the throne where the King was seated, a priest stood next to them and broke off whatever he was saying at Jisung and Chan’s rather noisy entry.
Everyone in the room was staring at Jisung and Chan, but the only one Jisung could look at was Minho. He looked absolutely stunning. His wedding tunic was deep purple, the color of his family crest, with intricate golden details woven into it. A cape in the same color, lined with expensive white furs was lying over his shoulders, making him appear more muscular than he already was. His boots had a bit of a heel, bringing him to the same height as Prince Hyunjin. He looked perfect, flawless, if it wasn’t for the small bandage on his right ear where Jisung had almost ripped his earlobe.
Prince Hyunjin probably looked equally handsome but Jisung couldn’t find himself to think about him when Minho was staring him down with a mixture of confusion and anger.

The priest cleared his throat slightly before taking a breath to continue when Chan suddenly spoke up.
“Stop this wedding!” He announced.

“Chan, what is the meaning of this?” The King asked, rising from his throne and looking down at them.

“What are you doing?” Minho hissed, still looking at Jisung.

“Your Majesty, I have reasons to believe that Prince Minho and Prince Hyunjin are both under the effect of a love spell.”

Prince Hyunjin let out a gasp.

Minho took his hands in his to comfort him, “That’s ridiculous, Father!”

The wedding guests started whispering among each other, someone interrupting a royal wedding like this would probably be the hottest gossip for years to come.

The King nodded towards Minho before turning to Chan again, “I don’t know what you’re hoping to gain from interrupting my son’s wedding like this, but a baseless accusation is not-”

“With all due respect, your Majesty, it’s not baseless. Don’t you find it strange that Prince Minho was against this union until recently?”

“I was wrong about Hyunjin at first. Getting to know him changed my mind.” Minho insisted.

“We have a witness!” Jisung suddenly burst out before being able to think about it.

The King raised an eyebrow at him.

“Sir Changbin knows about this.” He continued a bit more quietly.

Prince Hyunjin looked towards his knight in the crowd, so Jisung followed his gaze to find him.
Changbin stood up, his hands shaking slightly. Talking to Jisung and Chan in secret and announcing his betrayal of the queen in public were two totally different shoes. If they failed, Changbin would never see Hyunjin again.

“Changbin? What is he talking about?” Prince Hyunjin’s voice sounded so innocent and vulnerable, if Jisung hadn’t felt bad for him before this he definitely would have now. He was just a pawn in his mother’s twisted game.

“Please tell him…” Jisung pleaded.

Changbin took a deep breath, “It’s true, your Majesty.”

There was more whispering among the guests.

“The spell is anchored in the prince’s earrings.” Chan explained.

The King sighed, “Just take off your earrings, son. Then we can move on with this.”

“What? No! This is stupid!” Minho protested.

“Then Prince Hyunjin’s bracelet!” Jisung shot back.

Prince Hyunjin clutched his left arm to his chest and shook his head.

“Take it off, Prince Hyunjin, so we can get on with it.”

“No! I can’t!”

The King looked over to Chan again and gave him a sign to step up to the throne.
Chan quickly complied, immediately being dragged into a hushed discussion with the King. The King shook his head in disbelief while Chan insisted on whatever he had just told him.

The King shortly turned his head to the crowd, “Everyone out!”

A count in the second row stood up, “Your Majesty, are you saying there is validity to these claims?”

“I’m not saying anything. You heard me! Out!”

“Father, you can’t be serious!” Minho protested.

Prince Hyunjin looked like he was close to tears about his wedding being disrupted like this.
The King sat back down on his throne and stared at his son, taking in his appearance, probably to see if there was anything off.
After a few minutes everyone had filed out of the room except for the King, Minho, Prince Hyunjin, Chan, Jisung, Changbin and a handful of guards.

“You, servant boy.” The King gestured towards him.

“Jisung.” Chan reminded him of his name.

“Right. You are close to my son. Did you notice any differences in him?”

“I am right here, Father. Don’t talk about me like I’m not!” Minho cut in.

“I told you, I am fine. I just had to get to know Jinnie better, is that so hard to understand?”

“Watch your tone, boy. You are still speaking to your King.”

“I am talking to my father, who would rather listen to a servant than his son!”

“Silence. I am talking to the boy.” The King turned his head to Jisung again but Minho didn’t want to be shut up.

“All of this is ridiculous. This wedding will continue or…”

“Or what, Minho? What will you do?”

Minho pulled Hyunjin close without breaking eye contact with his father, “I will marry him now or I will leave and we’ll get married somewhere where you can’t ruin our happiness.”

“You want to elope with him? If you do that, you’ve been the Crown Prince for the longest time.”

“Then I guess, Felix can look forward to the throne.”

“Felix will never sit on this throne.” The King growled.

Speak of the devil and he shall appear.
Suddenly, the doors flew open loudly as Felix entered the throne room, his bow and quiver slung over his shoulder.
The King’s surprise at Felix’s entry quickly morphed into anger.

“Where the hell have you been?”

“What? Did you get worried? Please…” Jisung had never heard Felix’s voice sound so maliciously sarcastic.

“My son was kidnapped, and now just strolls into my throne room like nothing happened. You better explain yourself.”

“You thought I was kidnapped? And you still decided to hold the wedding? I shouldn’t be surprised, after all, it’s not like you actually care for me. I look too much like her for you to forget where I came from.”

The King was briefly stunned, giving Felix the chance to continue talking. Jisung looked towards Minho, trying to gauge his reaction but he seemed a bit dazed, just staring into empty space.

“Oh yes, I know about her. My mother. I know about everything now. Why you always favoured Minho, why I always had these strange dreams, why I blacked out… You didn’t even know about my visions but still only ever tolerated my existence!”

“Visions?” The King asked, horror dawning on his face. He looked towards Chan, “I thought only women inherited this rotten ability.”

“It’s rare… but men-”

“Don’t look to Chan for this. I am talking to you.” Felix demanded, turning the King’s attention back to him.

“I am done talking to you. Guards, seize Prince Felix.”

The guards seemed a bit unsure. Felix had a good relationship with essentially everyone he’d ever interacted with, but they eventually moved forward to follow their king’s order. They were forced to stop again when Felix drew his bow and aimed it at the King.

“Nobody move, or I will let the arrow loose.”

The King scoffed, “You will do no such thing and you know it.”

Jisung didn’t really know where the King took this confidence from, Felix looked plenty determined to him.

“You may be decent with a bow, but you’ve never been able to shoot at a living target, no rabbit or deer, and certainly no human.”

“I’ll show you how decent I am with a bow…”

A strange sensation crashed into Jisung’s body as Felix’s fingers let go of the arrow. He was dizzy for a second, blinking as he shook his head to get back to himself. Everything around him seemed to move in more and more slowly and eventually just stopped, no, not everything, Felix’s arrow flew towards its target at the same speed one would assume an arrow to fly.
It was a strange experience. Jisung’s eyes followed the arrow, watching as Chan stepped in front of the King. The arrow lodged itself in his lower ribs.

“Chan!” Jisung yelled instinctively before he noticed that his mentor wasn’t reacting to getting hit. Nobody did. Most eyes were still focused on Felix.
The only one who still moved was Felix who looked towards Jisung, startled by his yell.

“How…?” He muttered.

The door behind him opened up once again, letting in the Queen of Miroh.
She looked around the still room until her eyes landed on Jisung too.

“Well, would you look at that? There is another sorcerer among us.”

“What? No, there has to be a mistake in the spell. Jisungie is not a sorcerer…”

“I don’t make mistakes in my spells. It only exempts those who carry magic in their soul. Think about it, darling, I told him to go home and yet he is still here.”

“But…” Felix looked at him with large, confused eyes, “Jisungie…?”

There was no use denying it, she found him out.
“I’m sorry, Felix… It’s true…”

He couldn’t really read Felix’s emotion. Was he angry at him for lying? Did he understand why he did it as exposing his magic would have been a death sentence?

“Now I’m curious. What makes a sorcerer become a servant to someone who despises his entire existence? Not just a servant, no, a lover. A lover to someone filled with pure hatred for his kind.”

Anger bubbled up in his chest, as he wanted to defend his boyfriend.
“Minho is not like that! He loves me. He is not like his father!”

She laughed mockingly, “He loves you? Would he still do that if he knew about you? You are deliciously delusional, sweet child.”

Jisung couldn’t say anything. She hit a nerve. He didn’t know what Minho would do if he found out about his magic. He was scared to even think about the possibility. If his magic was revealed, his biggest fear was not being arrested, it was that Minho would hate him. He tried not to focus on that and rather get hung up on her condescending tone.

“If he knew, he would want you dead, just like his father. Love doesn’t mean anything to them.” She continued. Her voice was sweet as honey, like a mother gently teaching her child about the world. Jisung knew that even without her magic she was incredibly skilled in getting what she wanted from people.

“The King’s crimes are his own, not Minho’s. He’s not like him.” He met her eyes defiantly. He grasped onto the ideal image he had of the prince. He couldn’t let her plant seeds of doubt in his mind.

“Death would be a mercy for both of them-”

“Mother…” Felix interrupted, causing her to sigh.

“Right, don’t worry, darling. I let Minho live, like I promised.” She soothingly carded her fingers through his hair.

“You’ll let him live?” Jisung asked, trying to figure out what exactly was her plan.

“Yes, he may continue to live under my spell, married to my son Hyunjin. It’s quite the merciful sentence, don’t you think?”

“Merciful sentence? For what? He hasn’t done anything!”

“He kept my child away from me!”

“What?” Jisung looked towards Felix.

“He knew the whole time that I was only his half-brother, that Father tried to kill my mother. And he lied to me my whole life about it! Without his and Father’s lies, maybe she would have found me a long time ago.”

“What? No, Felix. He didn’t know. He never lied to you. He loves you so much!”

“How would you know that? You’ve only been in the capital for a little over a year!”

“Because…” Jisung tried to figure out an excuse but quickly realized that this was not the time to tell even more lies.
“Because Chan has tried his best to keep the knowledge away from either of you. He told me shortly after I arrived here because you had a vision in front of me and I panicked. Minho doesn’t know, believe me.”

The Queen of Miroh tutted as she put her arm around Felix, “What I’m hearing is that there is someone else who could have told you who you really are and didn’t. Everyone you thought was your friend ended up lying to you. First Minho and Chan, and now even your newest friend Jisung. But don’t worry, my little dragon, you still have me. You don’t need any of them.”

Jisung felt powerless in the face of her ability to twist his words.

“No, it was just to protect you, Felix…” He argued weakly. Felix’s face was already showing what he thought, eyes big, brow furrowed to a look of utter devastation.

“And if he lied about that, how do you know he’s not lying right now?” She whispered.

“No… I’m not lying…”

Felix’s hands were shaking, “I don’t… I don’t know what to do…” He said, his voice as fragile as an ice sculpture in danger of breaking any second.

“That’s okay, darling. I’ll take care of you. You don’t have to break your head about all of this.”

She waved her hand and spoke a few words in the ancient tongue as her eyes flashed golden. Jisung recognized the spell as the first one he’d learned from Chan.
“I’ll finish our business here and then we can go home.”

There was a metalling clanging as the lances of the guards around them were ripped from their hands, gently floating in the air above them.
She was quick with her magic, Jisung couldn’t even think to utter a spell before the lances pointed themselves at the dais and flew towards the people still on it faster than any arrow.
Jisung acted purely on instinct. The spell was something he’d used subconsciously before he even knew how to talk. The decorative shields that lined the balconies overseeing the throne room looked like colorful lightning as they flew to protect Minho and Chan, and by default also the King, Prince Hyunjin. With a sharp clang both the shields and the lances fell to the ground.

“You’re quick, I did not expect that, young sorcerer.”

“You said, you wouldn’t hurt Minho!” Jisung accused her, looking at Felix to see how he would react to her breaking her promise.

The blonde prince stared at the dais where the weapons and shields had just clashed, his hands were shaking, his breath shallow and quick. Jisung knew from his own experience that he was in shock, panicking, probably not even completely processing what was happening.
“I can’t do anything against collateral damage.” She shrugged.

Jisung was done arguing with her, it was like talking to a wall. His best shot would be to snap Felix out of it.
“Felix! You know Minho doesn’t deserve this!”

“H-he… Min…” He stammered, still struggling to breathe properly.

The Queen sneered, “How could you be so blind to the danger they pose for our kind? Every sorcerer would be better off if the King and his kin perished.”

“I told you, Minho is not like that! He is kind and brave! He almost died from that magical plague months ago but when he found out who was the perpetrator, he showed mercy! He wanted to save him because he was just a boy! And-” Jisung hadn’t thought about the boy in months, but now it hit him like a galloping horse.
“The boy… He told me that someone gave the spell to him, a woman with golden hair… That was you, wasn’t it? You turned a child into a murderer!”

“Mother, that… that can’t be true… He’s lying, right? Please tell me he’s lying.” Felix muttered, looking at her, scared of the truth. Felix had empathised with the boy even more than they had all done.

“I just gave a young promising sorcerer an opportunity for the revenge he deserved. I didn’t force him to unleash the spell.”

“Felix, please listen to me.” Jisung pleaded, “I am so sorry for lying to you about all of this, but I am not the villain here, neither is Minho. It’s her! She is not a good person! She says she loves you as her child but she doesn’t actually care about her children! Look at Prince Hyunjin! What kind of mother puts a love spell on her own son to have him marry someone he doesn’t love while his true love is being blackmailed into silence? The lances earlier would have hit him too if I hadn’t intervened! She only cares about her revenge!”

“How dare you accuse me of not loving my children? The spell I placed on Hyunjin was for his own good. I would have lifted it as soon as the marriage was consummated. If he had played along until the throne of Levanter was his I wouldn’t have had to do this, but he chose to rebel against me.”

“If you just wanted for him to have a throne, why not make him the Crown Prince of Miroh? Listen to what she’s saying, Felix! She doesn’t make any sense!”

“The Mirohian throne will go to Felix. I’ll make sure of it.”

“But I don’t want the throne… I don’t want to be King…” Felix argued, sounding unsure. Jisung felt like he was finally breaking through to him.

“Don’t be ridiculous. It’s your birthright. With your powers as a seer you will make a wonderful King.”

“Sounds like Felix doesn’t like the plan you have for him. What are you going to do now? Enchant him too?”

“I’ve had enough out of you. I hate to have to hurt a fellow sorcerer but you leave me no choice.”

Her eyes flashed golden with magic.
There were a few decorative armors standing at the walls of the throne room that shuddered to life and stepped off their pedestal. They approached Jisung with heavy steps as they drew their weapons.
Jisung couldn’t help but panic a bit, trying to think of what he was supposed to do. Last time he had been in a fight, he got lucky with an acorn to fend off the beast and he hadn’t even finished it off himself.

“Mother… Please stop. We can just leave and-” Felix grabbed her arm, not with a lot of force, just to get her attention.

“I know it’s hard, but don’t worry. I’ll take care of everything.”

She gave him a light push, just enough for him to stumble backwards a few steps and bump into another armor that promptly grabbed Felix’s shoulders to keep him in place.
“No! Let me go!”

Jisung could only hear Felix yell but he didn’t really have time to watch him any longer as he was busy running away from a hulking suit of armor swinging a morning star bent on bashing his head in.
He cursed himself a bit when he ended up in a corner, caged in by two suits of armor and a stone pillar. He managed to dodge the first strike that hit the stone pillar, sending a few pieces of rock flying. Luckily, he closed his eyes to avoid getting dirt in them but he felt a sharp sting on his cheek where a particularly sharp piece grazed him.
He ducked out of the corner while the suit that had just tried to hit him wound up another strike, he tumbled to the floor as the second suit of armor tripped him up. He turned on his back and just barely rolled away from another strike when he got an idea.

Above them hung a heavy, wooden chandelier. Without thinking, he used his magic to pull it towards them, the fixtures holding it groaning before finally snapping.
He felt a short, sharp pain in his head as he used his magic to push the falling chandelier towards the suits of armor.
With an ear-shattering bang Jisung’s pursuers were crushed under the heavy wooden beams. The sound sent Jisung into a few moments of shock before blinking and looking around to take in the situation.
Felix was still struggling against the hold of the third armor. It took him a second to see that the Queen had moved away towards the dais.

There was a dagger in her hand as she approached the people on it. Not knowing who she’d attack, Jisung used his magic to pull the dagger out of her hand. It buried itself deep in one of the wooden benches.
“How brutal…” She tutted as she looked towards the crumbled pieces of metal that were all that was left of the impressive armors.
“So ruthless, but I guess they were just objects…”

She looked towards Minho’s frozen form.
“I have to admit that he is very pretty, at least he takes after his mother in that regard, I guess.” She put her hand on Minho’s cheek.

“Leave him alone!”

“Or what? What are you going to do, little sorcerer? Your magic doesn’t even come close to mine.”

Her fingers brushed against Minho’s earring.
“Enchantments are tricky but I have spent my whole life perfecting the craft. It’s easy for me to dominate a mind.”

“I told you to leave him alone!”

The big, colorful window behind the throne cracked. Jisung didn’t even know what he would do with the shards of glass yet. But by now, he understood why people killed each other. He wanted to stop her at all costs.

“Watch it, boy, if you mess up, you don’t just hit me but your little prince here too.”

It was enough to make him hesitate.
“You’ve never actually hurt anyone, have you? You crushed the armor I sent after you, I wonder what you’d do with a living opponent.”

A wicked grin spread across her face as her eyes flashed golden once more. She took her hand away from Minho’s cheek as the prince unfroze. His face was completely neutral, his eyes distant as he blinked slowly.

“No…” Jisung whispered.

“Kill him.” She ordered the prince who turned to Jisung and started walking towards him.

He picked up one of the swords lying on the ground.

“Minho… Please don’t do this. I know you’re in there!”

There was no reaction from the prince. He looked like he was sleep-walking, sort of awake but also not really aware of his situation.

“Minho! Wake up!”

“He won’t. He’s been under my spell for weeks and hasn’t broken out of it. He’s no more that a little puppet for me to direct.”

“He’s not your puppet! Minh-” He had to jump back to avoid Minho’s first strike.

He had to defend himself but he could never hurt him. He tried to immobilize him by making his limbs lock up magically but his concentration was wavering in the face of fighting the one he loved. Minho was stopped only for a second before shrugging the spell off and cutting Jisung’s leg.
Jisung’s leg gave in, bringing him to the ground and desperately scrambling away from him.

“Minho, please! I don’t want to hurt you. I… I can’t hurt you! And you don’t want to hurt me!”

He managed to deflect Minho’s sword at least slightly, shifting it further down so he only scratched his arm instead of probably taking off his hand.
As he tried to crawl further away his uninjured arm hit one of the shields he’d used to defend them earlier. It was heavy but he managed to bring it up to deflect another strike.

“Please, Minho!” A few tears ran down Jisung’s face, stinging when they reached the cut on his cheek.

He just cowered behind the shield as Minho hit it multiple times with full force. Jisung desperately went through the spells he learned, trying to think of what to do but coming up with nothing. His thoughts were interrupted by Minho grabbing the side of the shield and ripping it from Jisung’s hands. He didn’t stand a chance against Minho’s physical strength.

“M-Minho…” He stuttered, looking up to the prince’s unemotional face as he lifted the sword to deliver the final blow.

“I… I love you…” He whispered, not even loud enough for the prince to hear. It was just for him, like a silent little prayer. One last comforting thought before he would be killed.
He squinted his eyes shut, waiting for the blow that would snuff out his life. He wondered if it would hurt, maybe it would be so quick that he didn’t even realize that he was dying.
He had failed. His worst nightmares had come true.
But the strike never came.

He carefully opened his eyes to see Minho still standing over him with his sword raised. Minho was shaking, his eyes clearly wet. His free hand made its way up to his head, clutching his head in pain.
“Minho?” He asked carefully.
He didn’t answer but his eyes betrayed the inner struggle between him and the spell. The Queen had been able to push Minho to hurt him but killing him was different. The prince could never kill Jisung, even while under a spell.

Jisung slowly got up and put his hands on Minho’s cheeks where he caught a few tears that had slipped out with his thumb.
“Please come back to me…” Jisung whispered.

The sword dropped from Minho’s hand and sent a clanging noise through the silent room as it hit the ground.
Jisung could see the moment the magic faded, Minho’s features got softer, his body relaxed slightly, and the flood gates opened.
The prince pulled him into a crushing hug, as if letting him go would mean he would disappear as he wept into his shoulder. Minho usually wasn’t someone who cried easily, Jisung actually couldn’t remember a single time he’d seen him weep so openly.

“I’m so sorry… I’m sorry…” He repeated over and over again like a mantra.

Jisung just held him, even rocking him slightly so he would calm down.
He looked towards the dais where the queen was watching them, shock clearly written on her face.
All of this had gone on long enough for Jisung to notice her being a bit pale by now. Holding up a spell that stopped time was draining her.

“Stop all of this! Your spell is going to drop any second now and then you’re surrounded!”

“You can’t fool me! You’re tired too!” She tried to deflect. “Tired enough that you won’t be able to stop me when I do this!”

She held up another dagger. Jisung recognized it as the one Chan carried on his belt often. She had probably taken it from him while Jisung was busy with Minho.
She went over to the King again, holding the dagger right over his heart.

“Finally… I wish I could make it more painful. You’d deserve it. You-” She was interrupted as a heavy cough rippled through her body. Keeping up the spell really seemed to take a toll on her.
She got ready to push the dagger into his chest when a lot of things suddenly happened at the same time.

Chan fell to the ground with a pained groan.
Felix finally escaped from the suit of armor that toppled over and fell to the ground.
Changbin dashed forward, pulling Prince Hyunjin away from from the dais, holding him close to his chest as he struggled, completely confused as to what was happening.
The King’s hand shot up, gripping the sorceress’s throat while slapping away the dagger threatening him.
She struggled against him but his grip was like steel clamping down on her throat.

“You wretched monster. I don’t know how you are alive but I know that you are out of energy to evoke your evil craft.”

“No! Let her go!” Felix yelled, picking up his bow again and aiming it at the King.

“Must we go over this again? You are not going to shoot me. You’ve always been too weak. Too weak to fight. Too weak to actually stand up to me.”

Minho slowly let go of Jisung and turned to face the situation.

“Lix…” He said, his voice a bit raw from crying, “I don’t really understand what’s going on, but patricide is not the solution to whatever might be the problem.”

“You’re right, you don’t understand what’s happening. How could you? Father has never taken me seriously, he always kept me down, shutting me up whenever I said someone against him. He barely let me leave the castle because of my sickness, but guess what? I wasn’t sick! And all because I look like my mother! I’ve had enough! He’s a monster, Minho!”

Jisung saw Felix’s hands shaking but he didn’t want to interrupt. It wasn’t his place to talk Felix out of this, especially since he wouldn’t particularly mourn the King himself.
“Felix, don-” Minho tried again but it was too late.

Felix let the arrow loose, this time there was nobody stepping between it and its target. The arrow pierced the King’s heart, making him drop the sorceress. He gasped for air as he fell to his knees, the light quickly fading from his eyes. He was dead before he’d even fully hit the ground.

The sorceress smiled through a few coughs as she rubbed her throat.
“Good job, my dear. Now, let me finish this.”

Jisung got a bad feeling as she stood up straight. Her eyes flashed golden one more time as she scraped together the last bit of energy left in her body for one last spell that would probably lead to a lot more casualties.
She opened her mouth to speak the words of her spell but only a shocked gasp left her mouth as the tip of a sword burst out of her chest.
She fell to the ground, right next to her archenemy and ex-lover, revealing the person who had stabbed her.
Changbin threw the bloody sword aside and pulled Prince Hyunjin to his side once more.
Prince Hyunjin only covered his mouth with his hand as he stared down at the lifeless body of his mother.

“NO!” Felix yelled as he fell to his knees and dropped his bow.

There were a few moments of silence, only interrupted by another pained groan from Chan.
Jisung quickly ran up to him to look at his wound and put pressure on it so he wouldn’t bleed out.

“Somebody get the physician!”
Minho slowly walked up to his father’s dead body, falling to his knees beside him.
He didn’t cry anymore, too shocked to see his parent dead, but his eyes were still red and puffy.
Two guards hoisted Felix back up to his feet. They kept him in a strong grip but seemed a bit unsure of what to do. He was still a noble after all.
“Your Highness?” One of them looked at Minho, “Should we… bring him to the dungeon?”

Minho took a deep breath, he closed his father’s eyes before standing up and facing the guards.
“Bring him to his room. I want three guards always with him. Two at the door, one inside.”

Felix didn’t say anything and just let the guards lead him away.
Another guard arrived with the physician in tow.

The old man wanted to kneel down next to the King again but Minho shook his head.
“Father-” He cleared his throat, “His Majesty is already dead. Please look after Sir Chan first.”

“Of course, your Highness…” The physician bowed his head and started working on Chan’s arrow wound.

It was frustrating to watch and not be able to do anything for Chan, Jisung thought.
Minho pulled him into his arms, “He’s going to be okay. The physician is the best in Levanter and he’s treated hundreds of arrow wounds.”
He could just nod and hope that he was right and Chan would be fine.

“E-excuse me? Prince Minho?” Someone hesitantly asked behind them.

They turned around to see Prince Hyunjin. Minho’s gaze hardened with anger.

“Minho…” Jisung whispered, “It wasn’t his fault… He was enchanted too…”

“I want to apo-” Prince Hyunjin started but Minho brushed him off with an annoyed grunt.
“We’ll talk at a later point. I’m busy right now.”

“Of course, I’m sorry for interrupting.” Prince Hyunjin bowed deeply, very unbecoming for someone of his station, before he was led away by Changbin who just gave Jisung a reassuring nod.

When they were gone, Minho put his hands on Jisung’s cheeks.
“Are you okay, my love?”

“Just a bit bruised and the cuts are all not that deep. I’m going to be fine.”

Minho pulled him towards him and leaned his forehead against Jisung’s.
“I am so sorry. If I had broken out of her spell earlier, you wouldn’t be-... I… I would have never forgiven myself if I’d ki-”

“Don’t even talk about that. You didn’t kill me and it wasn’t your fault!”
Instead of answering Minho just kissed him so deeply, Jisung couldn’t help but melt into him. It hadn’t been that long in the whole scheme of things but he had missed Minho’s kisses.



Theoretically, after the love spell was broken everything could go back to normal and Jisung could finally be happy with Minho.
In reality, Jisung avoided Minho over the next few days. Not completely of course. He’d just missed him and his touch too much to keep away from him, but whenever it got silent and they actually got to talking, Jisung quickly found something else to do.
The reason was simple. There was no way Minho didn’t know about his magic now, but he was absolutely not ready to talk about it. And maybe Minho also could forget about the fact as long as they didn’t address it, so they could focus on their other problems.

For example, Chan who was still in the infirmary. The physician had said that he’d been quite lucky as the arrow had been stopped by his muscles and ribs before it hit anything vital but his recovery would still take a while. The rib that had taken the blow was broken and would need time to heal completely.

A week after everything went down, Chan was finally fit enough to not just lie in bed anymore so Minho called in a meeting with him, Jisung, Prince Hyunjin, Changbin and Felix.

Jisung hadn’t seen Felix this whole week and was shocked by how rough he looked.
His hair was greasy, his eyes were still red, implying that he’d been crying a lot. He looked weak as he’d apparently been on a hunger strike for the first few days until they had found Jake who went back home to his family. When his personal servant and friend had brought him his food, Felix apparently had been unable to refuse.

They all sat around a large, round table until Minho finally spoke up.
“I think I’m missing some context to everything that has happened. I want to hear the whole story before passing any judgement.”

While Minho hadn’t been crowned as King yet, he had taken over the attached responsibilities already, and being the highest judge in the Kingdom was one of his new duties.

Chan cleared his throat, not standing up as his wound still hurt, but still trying his best to talk to all of them.
“I should probably start. I’ve been sitting on this secret since I was a child…”

He recounted the story of Minho’s mother dying and the King finding a new woman, even siring a child before finding out she was a sorceress. Hearing it again didn’t really make it easier. Chan had come to the conclusion that she must have escaped her secret execution by magically convincing his mentor that he’d already killed her or something similar.

“You knew the whole time… and you didn’t tell me?” Felix spoke up after Chan had ended his story.

“I wasn’t completely sure if you had actually inherited her ability to see the future until Jisung told me about your first prophecy. Please believe me when I say that I just wanted to protect you. If the King had known that you found out, he would have killed you. I’m sorry, Felix.”

“I… I don’t even know who I am anymore! I thought I could learn where I came from and who my mother is but now… I found my mother and lost her immediately.” Felix slung his arms around himself in a self-soothing manner.

“If I could say something?” Prince Hyunjin piped up hesitantly.

Nobody said anything and just looked at him, giving him a chance to talk.
“Mother was very strong… She could be very kind but she could also be scary. She was like a rose with poisonous thorns. I loved her so much and would have done anything for her until she told me about her plan to marry me off to Prince Minho. She knew I was involved with Binnie. I did everything for her, I even gave up my claim to the throne so my younger sister could succeed her. Because she told me giving up the throne meant I could be with Binnie, and then she wanted to take him from me. And when I protested for the first time in my life, she… she enchanted me with that vile spell…”

Changbin pulled Prince Hyunjin into his arms when his voice hitched slightly.

“What I want to say is that she wasn’t a good person and she was only nice to me and my sister if we did as she asked. Maybe it’s good that you only scratched the surface of her ugly sides…”

“All of this doesn’t change who you are, Lix.” Minho added, “You’re still my brother, and a friend to so many people.”

Felix avoided Minho’s gaze at first.
“You really didn’t know?” He asked quietly.

“I didn’t. I’ve been blindsided just like you.”

Felix nodded slightly and Jisung could feel that this assurance calmed his inner turmoil ever so slightly.

A heavy sigh then left Minho.
“Unfortunately, I can’t get around finding a punishment for you… You’ve committed high treason and regicide in front of multiple witnesses…”

“I’ll accept any form of punishment…” Felix muttered grimly, utterly defeated. It was strange to see Felix like this, Jisung thought, it was like the sun was hidden by a thick blanket of storm clouds.

Minho nodded, “I will think of something. But be assured that I will never abandon you. Father was… a cruel person, I cannot deny that, but I want to be different. I don’t want to rule through fear.”

There was a moment of silence before Prince Hyunjin spoke up again.
“I received a letter from my father, calling me home. Apparently I wasn’t the only one in the family trapped under a spell.”

“Are you going to be okay?” Minho asked, his anger that had been directed at Prince Hyunjin had mellowed down over the last few days as he came to terms with the fact that he’d also been a victim, “If you don’t want to go home, you may stay here for a while.”

“No, it’s alright. I want- I need to go home. Father told me in his letter that he isn’t angry at me, he says still loves me despite everything Mother has put him through...”

Minho nodded, “Do you need anything for your travel? Miroh is far away…”

“After all the trouble we’ve brought with us, I don’t think we deserve your help…”

“I understand that you were as much of a pawn in her game as I was. Let me at least give you some supplies and an escort if you need one.”

Prince Hyunjin bowed his head slightly, “Thank you.”

Their meeting came to an end shortly after and to Jisung’s surprise Minho hadn’t called him out on his magic.
Everyone else slowly left the room until Jisung was alone with the prince.
He also got up to leave when Minho grabbed his hand to hold him back.

“You’ve been avoiding me. Why?”

Jisung sighed, before deciding that it was too anxiety-inducing to dance around the subject any longer.
“I wasn’t sure how you would react to me being… well…”

“A sorcerer?”

“Yeah… that…”

Minho gently stroked his hand with his thumb.
“I grew up with the belief that magic is evil and corrupts anyone who came in contact with it. That every sorcerer was evil and irredeemable, but the last few months and some recent revelations make me question all of it. You are many things, Jisung, but you are not evil. The same thing is the case with Felix or that boy who started the plague…”

His hand ran along Jisung’s neck and pulled out the necklace hidden under his shirt.
Jisung’s heart jumped a bit in fear when Minho took the necklace off of him.
But then he watched as Minho removed the chain from the ring and instead put it on Jisung’s finger.

“I don’t care anymore if anyone finds out about us. I love you, Jisung.”

He joined their lips and for the first time in a while, Jisung finally felt hopeful about the future.
“I love you too.”

Notes:

And that's it... almost...
There is going to be a little epilogue but I don't know how long that is going to be yet.

Thank you so much for reading!
This is the longest fic I've ever written and I have to say that I am a little proud of myself for finishing it!

All of you, have a nice day! Maybe we'll see each other again on a different fic!

Chapter 23: Epilogue

Notes:

Have fun with the little epilogue to this story.
While the whole story was written from Jisung's perspective I thought I'd change it up a bit for the last chapter.

Enjoy!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Eunji lived a simple life in her opinion.
She lived in a peaceful little town near the Eastern Sea where nothing major ever happened.
Early in the morning, before the sun even rose, she went and tended to her little garden to harvest her herbs and then she went on and prepared her healing salves and other tinctures.

The only thing unusual in her life was the tiny fact that she had fallen in love with a sorcerer and carried a child who inherited his powers. Her life had been anything but boring as she watched her little boy grow up into a young man.
And then she had to let him go so he could learn how to control his powers and boring normalcy had entered her life again.
She missed her boy but she knew it was for the best. Under Chan’s tutelage he would become a great sorcerer.
She wished that his letters were more frequent but she understood that he was busy with his studies and with the job he had apparently picked up by saving the Crown Prince himself.
She couldn’t imagine how that had come to be. She didn’t know what the prince was like but if he was anything like his father she just hoped that hey boy was safe.

Then, a few months after Jisung had left something other than a letter reached her, or rather someone.
He arrived early in the morning, soft knocks interrupting Eunji while making headache medicine for the butcher’s wife.
She opened the door to find a young boy looking up to her.

“I-... I’m looking for Miss Eunji.”
The boy looked thin and exhausted.

“Well, you’ve found her. How can I help you?”

“Ji said you would help me.”

There was really nothing she could do despite taking him in.
He told her what happened and she couldn’t help but feel sympathy for him. He had lost his mother so young and then had been taken advantage of by another sorceress.
So she gave this boy a new home, after all, her home had started to feel lonely without Jisung.
The boy took over Jisung’s old responsibility of delivering her remedies to the townspeople and in exchange she gave him a home. She even taught him some herbology and the boy took to it like a fish to water, determined to learn how to cure every disease known to mankind. It was adorable, really.
Her home became a bit more lively again, though she still missed her Jisung.


The next two years brought quite some turmoil to the Kingdom of Levanter. The scandal of someone enchanting Prince Minho to force him to marry, immediately followed by the death of the King caused by none other than the youngest prince, quickly spread even to the smallest provinces. Eunji just hoped that Chan kept her baby far away from these turmoils.
Who exactly was on the throne didn’t really matter to most common people. Most of the time it didn’t change much for them. But when King Minho took the throne and immediately lifted the persecution of sorcerers, it forced people to care.

Not a lot changed for Eunji’s everyday life but it definitely took a heavy weight off of her heart. Her boy was safe to be himself. His existence alone wasn’t a death sentence anymore for him.
It made doing her work easier, a bright smile often decorating her face.

So her life went on until one day two and a half years after Jisung had left there was a knock on her door.

“I’m coming!” She called out, abandoning the herbs in her mortar briefly to open the door.
She was greeted with the round, friendly face she had missed so much for the last years.

“Hey mom. Surprise, I’m home.” Jisung said softly, grunting as Eunji pulled him into a strong hug.

“Why didn’t you tell me you’d come? I would have closed the apothecary for the day if I’d known.”

“Then it wouldn’t have been a surprise, Mom…” He laughed slightly.

“Come in, come in. You have so much to tell me! I know almost nothing of what you’ve been up to!”

“I actually came to introduce someone to you…” Jisung admitted, turning his head to the side.
“You can come now!”

Another young man stepped into her little garden. The way he held himself and the quality of his clothes immediately betrayed him as someone coming from money.

“Who is this, dear?”

“Um… this is Minho, he’s my.. umm…”

“What he is trying to say is that I am courting your son.” The young man helped Jisung.

“Minho… Is that name common in the capital?” She asked, because there was just no way the king of the realm just casually stood in her garden.

“Not really… So, the king might have taken a liking to me.” Jisung said, his head flushed with embarrassment.

Eunji’s eyes widened in surprise as she took a good look at her son’s beau.
“Y-your Majesty?”

“That’s me.” Minho said with a soft smile.

“I haven’t cleaned at all, Jisung, why didn’t you tell me you would be bringing royalty here?” Eunji fretted, patting some dirt off of her apron.

“Please don’t worry about that. It is our fault for not telling you we’d come.” Minho tried to calm her down but Eunji still felt herself being extremely embarrassed.

She sighed, “I can’t just turn you away when you’re already at my door. Please excuse this mess, your Majesty.”

She let them inside and quickly cleaned up some chairs for them to sit on. Minho scooted his chair even closer to Jisung’s, so they sat leg to leg next to each other.
“Can I get you something to drink? I can offer you self-made jasmine tea…”

“Tea would be nice, thank you.” Minho said, giving her his friendliest smile before looking at Jisung who rolled his eyes a bit in amusement.
The tea was quickly brewed and Eunji quickly gave each of them a cup.

“So, jasmine tea… Jisung’s favorite?” Minho asked, earning him a soft kick from him.

Eunji didn’t really know what that was about.
“Yes, since he was a child.” She told him. Jisung flushed red again.

Eunji cleared her throat awkwardly. She had never met royalty before, and Jisung had also never before brought home a beau like this, what should they even talk about.

“Mom, you can just talk to him like a normal person…” Jisung said as her struggle was apparently obvious.

“I’m just a bit overwhelmed. It doesn’t happen every day that your son brings home a suitor and it’s even rarer that the suitor is the king. How did that even happen?”

“Well, it’s kind of a long story…”
Jisung started telling her how he met Minho, only being interrupted a few times by Minho who wanted to clarify things like “I was not that rude to you.” or “Did you forget who saved you from becoming moledrake food?”

Eunji could see how they interacted with each other, bickering like an old couple and immediately laughing it off after. She knew this was what love looked like and she couldn’t be happier for her boy. She listened with a mix of wonder and shock, at first she couldn’t believe that Jisung hadn’t told her about any of the dangerous situations he’d gotten into in his letter.

“I didn’t want to worry you…” He admitted sheepishly after she scolded him for keeping her in the dark.

The sun was slowly setting when they ended their tale.
“I wanted to come home earlier but Minho still had to get some things in order after his coronation, so it took a while.”

“Don’t worry about it, my sweet boy. I know you would have come earlier if you could have.” She said, giving him a forehead kiss as she got up.
“It’s time for dinner.  I’ll make your favorite, yes?”

“Thanks, Mom…” She took a good look at her son. He was blushing at her babying him and she had to admit that he wasn’t her little boy anymore. He had grown into a strong, young man, twenty years old now.
She shook her head before she started to tear up at the memories of him taking his first steps and saying his first word. She quickly cleared her throat.

“Could you go tell Yuhi to come home? He wanted to go play with the baker’s boys after he finished his deliveries. They should be in the apple orchard at the river.”

“Yuhi?”

“The boy you sent my way. Yuhi.”

“He’s still here?”

“Of course, he didn’t have a home. What did you think I would just send him away?”

“No… I mean, I thought you would maybe get him to another kingdom or something…”

“And let him fend for himself? Jisung, you know me better than that.”

“Sorry, you’re right. I’ll go get him. Do you want to come, Minho?”

The young king shook his head.
“I’ll stay here. May I help you cook, Miss Eunji?”

Eunji couldn’t believe how polite the young man was, considering he was the ruler of their kingdom.
“O-of course, your Majesty.”

“Okay, I’ll be back soon…” Jisung gave the King a peck on the cheek before whispering something that sounded a lot like “Behave.”

After Jisung left, Eunji got to work quickly. She didn’t really know what to talk about with the King.
“How can I help?” He asked, “I have to admit that I am not very familiar with cooking aside from grilling rabbits and fish over a campfire.”

“If you would like, you can cut up the sweet potatoes in tiny cubes.” She suggested, not wanting to sound too demanding.

He nodded, “I know how to handle a knife at least.”

They got to work in silence as Eunji prepared the other ingredients for Jisung’s favorite sweet potato stew. He had always had a sweet tooth so she came up with the recipe to soothe his cravings while also getting him to eat vegetables.
After Minho was finished cutting up the sweet potatoes, she instructed him to throw them into the pot as she added the other ingredients.
Jisung was gone for a surprisingly long time.

“Miss Eunji?” Minho asked suddenly.

“Yes, your Majesty?”

“Please, you can call me by my name. I am courting your son after all. There is something I wanted to ask you.”
The King actually seemed a bit nervous, his ears flushed red.
Eunji just nodded, wondering whatever could make him so nervous.

“I love Jisung with all my heart, he is my best friend and closest confidant.” He said with a serious look on his face.
“That is why I wanted to ask you for your blessing to marry him. I know you don’t know me very well but please believe me that I only have the best intentions.”

Eunji was speechless. It was so easy to forget that the most important man of the kingdom stood before her. Right now he was just a young man, madly in love and fearful of the possibility of being rejected by his love’s parent.

“I swear to treat him well. If you want me to prove my devotion, I’ll do anything.” His voice sounded a bit more desperate as a response to Eunji’s silence.

“No, please, your Ma-... Minho.” She raised her hands slightly to calm him down.
“My silence wasn’t meant to be a rejection.”

Minho’s shoulders relaxed slightly.

“I was just surprised because I didn’t think a man of your station would consider asking me for permission. I can see how you two look at each other. My son has always been a little bundle of nerves but he looks comfortable with you, almost carefree. I haven’t seen him like this in a long time. I can tell that he loves you and you feel the same for him. A mother wishes nothing more than to see her child happy, and you make him happy.”

“That means you…”

“Of course I am giving you my blessing.”

A smile spread on his face, the anxiety from before completely vanishing.
“Thank you.”

Not a minute later, Jisung and Yuhi entered through the front door.

“Sorry to take so long, he didn’t want to come with me at first…” Jisung laughed, ruffling the boy’s hair.

“I didn’t recognize him… Last time I saw Big Bro he looked a lot different!”

“Big Bro?” Minho asked.

“Well yeah…” Yuhi said, looking to the ground in embarrassment, “He is Miss Eunji’s son…”

“And you are my boy now too.” Eunji finished his thought, patting the boy on the head and fixing his hair slightly after Jisung had messed it up.

Jisung returned to Minho’s side, “What did you two talk about?”

“Oh, nothing much…”

Eunji looked at the two of them, “He helped me cut the vegetables and told me about himself.”

Yuhi quickly set the table as Eunji brought the large pot over to the table.

“Mom, who is supposed to eat all of this? It’s way too much!” Jisung complained jokingly.

“Well, I hope you’re hungry.” She laughed as she dished out a portion of the stew to everyone. She briefly worried about giving Minho one of her crude wooden bowls, the King was probably used to metal or even porcelain, but he didn’t complain and just looked a bit curiously at the food.

“Is everything okay?” She asked.

Minho looked up, “Of course, it’s just that I haven’t tried sweet potato stew before. I can’t wait to try.”

“It’s amazing! It’s by far the best thing Mom can make!” Jisung said, quickly putting the first spoonful in his mouth and almost moaning in delight at the taste, his cheeks puffing out as he ate.

Eunji couldn’t help but laugh, “I thought your time in the castle would have taught you some table manners.”

“I have manners…” He said with his mouth still full, causing Minho to join Eunji’s laughter.

A betrayed look graced Jisung’s face.
Minho briefly kissed him on the side of his head, “I’m sorry, you know I love the way to eat.”

Yes, Eunji was sure that Jisung would be in good hands.

Notes:

And that's it!
The end!
Yuhi is named after Hyui from Nexz because I saw the video of him asking Han to sign a photocard he always keeps in his phone case and I just thought that was adorable :D

There is something I didn't really know how to add to the story at this point but I think is maybe interesting: What happened to Felix? What was his punishment for killing the king?

Well, Minho couldn't not punish him. It was expected of him or people would have been very suspicious of him taking the throne. Usually the punishment for regicide would be death but Minho obviously doesn't want Felix dead.
He knew that Felix had always wanted to travel and see the world after being kept in the city for all of his life. He never wanted to be king.
His punishment was to be stripped of his title, so he isn't a prince anymore and for a lot of nobles that would probably be a crushing punishment but for Felix it means that he's free of all of the responsibilities that come with being a prince.
He left with Hyunjin and Changbin to Miroh to get to know his half-sister, and after that he started travelling the world.
He got his migraines under control by embracing his seer powers. His mother had some books about that in Miroh that helped him with that.
He still returns to Levanter from time to time but he mostly sends letters.

 

And that's all!
See you on another story maybe!
Or you can come visit my tumblr if you want to chat!
Bye bye!

Notes:

Thanks for reading!
This idea has been floating around in my head for a while now and this is going to be an ambitious project probably, but I'll do my best :D

If you liked it, please leave a kudos and/or comment!